Wireless World 1962 06

Wireless World
Wireless
World
TELEVIS ION
ELECTRONICS,
ELECTRO N I CS, RADIO, TELEVISION
1 962
JUNE
J UNE 1962
Managing
Managing Editor:
HUGH
S. POCOCK,
M.I.E.E.
POCOCK, M.I.E.E.
HUGHS.
Editor:
F.
B.sc.
DEVEREUX, B.SC.
L. DEVEREUX,
F. L.
Assistant Editor:
H.
H. W. BARNARD
Editorial:
P. R. DARRINGTON
P.
M.
G. LAZENBY,
M.A.
LAZENBY, M.A.
M.G.
W.
A. WOODYER
W. J. A.
Drawing Office:
H.
H . J. COOKE
Production:
D.
R. BRAY
D.R.
Manager:
Advertisement Manager;
G. BENTON ROWELL
249 Editorial Comment

250 Storage Tubes
255 Technical Notebook
256
258
260
262
264
268
269
PRICE: 2s. 6d.
FIFTY-SECOND
FIFTY-SECOND YEAR
OF PUBLICATION
PUBLICATIO N
Television Symposium, Montreux

Hanover Fair
World of Wireless
Personalities
Exhibition: List of Exhibitors
I.E.A. Exhibition;
Short-wave Conditions
Industrial Electronics Symposium
Communication Station
270 G.P.O. Satellite Communication
International Audio Festival
271 International
T~ Roddam
By T.
275 Routh's Criteria
Rodda
By A. L. Hands
Hani
278 Automatic Relay Stations
By G.
Design-6
Fundamentals of Feedback Design6
By
G. Edwin
Edw
281 Fundamentals
285 Letters to the Editor
Ray "
By " Cathode Ray
Zeros-2
289 Poles and Zeros2
294 News from Industry
Grid ",
Free Grid
By "" Free
296 Unbiased
By
298
VOLUME 68 No. 6.
By W. R. Daniels
Conferences and Exhibitions
M.I.E.E.
Chairman: H. S. Pocock, m.i.e.e.
I.R.E
M.Brit. I.R.E
M .A., M.Brit.
E. Miller, M.A.,
Managing Director: W. B.
London,
Street, London,
Iliffe Electrical Publications Ltd., Dorset House, Stamford Street,
S.E.l
S.H.I
.
appropriate
as appropriate
Please address to Editor, Advertisement Manager, or Publisher as
letterbefore letterobtained before

be obtained
first be
must first
Editor must
the Editor
writing from
in writing
rtÛiffe
from
the
@lliffe Electrical Publications Ltd. 1962. Permission in
acknowledgmen t
provided acknowledgment
allowed provided
are allowed
comments are
or comments
abstracts or
Brief abstracts
journal. Brief
^press
press or illustrations are reproduced from this journal.
to the journal is given.
Telegrams: '"Ethaworld,
lines). Telegrams:
(65 lines).
3333 (65
Waterloo 3333
Telephone : Waterloo
Monday of preceding month). Telephone:
(4th Monday
PUBLISHED MONTHLY
MONTHLY (4th
Ethaworld,
PUBLISHED
and U.S.A.
Canada and
Od. Canada
Os. Od.
2 Os.
Overseas, 2
and Overseas,
Home and
Subscriptions: Home
Annual Subscriplmns:
S.E.l." Annual
Cables : "Ethaworld, London, S.E.I."
London,
U.S.A.
Telex." Cables:
London, Telex."
House,
Edward
King
:
BIRMINGHAM Ivmg Edward House,
OFF ICES: BIRMINGHAM:
BRANCH OFFICES:
N .Y. BRANCH
Y ork, N.Y.
N ew York,
at New
Second-class mail privileges authorized at
S5.50. Second-class
85.50.
GLASGOW:
25210.
Coventry
Telephone:
Street.
Corporation Street. Telephone: Coventry 25210. GLASGOW: 62,
8-10, Corporation
COVENTRY: 8-10,
2. Telephone: Midland 7191. COVENTRY:
Street, 2.
New Street,
New
YORK
NRW YORK
4412. NEW
Blackfriars 4412.
Telephone: Blackfnars
3. TdepAone:
Deansgate, 3,
260, Deansgate,
MANCHESTER : 260,
Telephone: Central 1265-6. MANCHESTER:
Buchanan
C.l. Tefepfome;
Street, .1.
Bl!lchanan Street,
9-1197.
6. Telephone: Digby 9-1197,
Broadway, 6.
OFFICE:
111, Broadway,
U.S.A .: Ill,
OFFICE: U.S.A.:
Cc
www.americanradiohistory.com
66
(Advertisement)
(ADV ERTIS EMEN T)
VVIR ELES S VVOR

Wireless
World
LD
LOW-NOISE
JUNE , 1962
June,
1962
ALLOY-
FD404
PICTURE
SHIFT
MAGNET
mrmr.
SHIFT
ACTION
TRANSISTOR
MAGNET
AC107
Pict
ure
Picture
re shift mag
magnets
are fitte
fitted
imnets are
d immed
iatel
mediately
itelyy behi
behind
the defle
deflection
coils
XV.
j.
-a
nd the
ction coils
on thee neck
neck of
of aaa telev
television
picture
ision pictu
re
of
television
picture
I
(JI
LCI
J)(*
FVJ
fV)
ffl
U
A
tube to
.0 position
the pictu
picture
on the
the
i
posi tion the
re on
scree
n. The Mull
Man
screen.
Mullard
picture
shift
ufac
turer
ard pictu
Manufacturers
inexpensive
valve
s
of
inex
pens ive valv e tape decks
re shift
leadss natu
naturally
to the
the use
use
deck s lead
rally to
mag net, type FD40
magnet,
PD404,
has been
been deve
develhave alwa
always
been concon- of all-transistor
reco rders have
4, has
ys been
l- tape recorders
circuitry.
Again
the
all-t
rans
istor
circu
oped to over
itry.
overcome
the
disadvantages
Agai
n the
come the disad vant ages fron
ted with the
fronted
the prob
problem
ofhum
hum and
and AC10
lem of
AC1077 has been adop
adopted
for this
this apapted for
micr
opho ny, and the need
mlcrophony,
need for
for aa voltvolt- plica
tion,
plication,
being
used
In
presentand
is
bein
g
used
in
pres
entage
amp lifier whic
age amplifier
whichh intro
Introduced
duce d aa day battery
operated
recorders.
batt ery oper
ated reco
rders .
WHAT'S NEW IN I mini
mum of hum and
minimum
and micr
mlcrophony
has Finally,
o phon y has
Fina lly, man
manufacturers
of high
high qual
qual-ufac turer s of
alwa
always
existed.
Transistors,
with
ys exist
ed. Tran sisto rs, with ity audio
equipment
who
wish
to
use
audi o equi
pme
nt
who
wish
to
use
THE NEW SETS their abse
absence
of heat
heaters
and inhe
inhernce of
ers and
r- tran
sisto
transistor
pre-ampllfiers
with
high
r
pre-a
mpli
fiers
with high
ently good micr
mlcrophony
properties,
These
These articl
articles
describe
the
es descr
opho ny prop
ibe the
ertie s, quality
qual ity valv
valvee amp
amplifiers
are mak
making
lifier s are
latest
latest Mulla
Mullard
developments
rd devel
ing
opments
offered aa logic
offered
logical
solution,
and
the
al
solu
tion,
and
the
for
incre asing use of the
for enter
entertainment
equipment
tainm ent equip
increasing
the
AC107.
This
new
ment
AC10
7.
This
new
Mull ard low-noise
Mullard
transistor,
type Mullard
low-noise trans
istor , type
Mull ard lowlow-noise
transistor,
denoise tran
sisto r, deAC107, is now bein
AC107,
being
used exte
extensively
g used
nsiv ely signe
asso
associated
with the
the tung
tungsten
steell as
ciate d with
d spec
signed
specifically
for
a.f.
amplificaifica
lly
for
sten stee
a.f.
ampl
ifica
a
volta
voltage
amplifier
feeding
subsege amp
lifie r feedi
ng subs
e- tion in low-signal-level
typess used prev
previo'usly.
Eddy curr
currents
type
stages,
isthus
thus
low- signa l-lev el stage
ious ly. Eddy
ents que
s,
is
nt
valv
e
stag
quent
valve
stages
in
up-to-date
es
in
up-to
-date
set up
up in
in the
the tung
tungsten
steel whic
which
are set
cont
ribu ting grea
sten steel
contributing
greatly
to the
the high
high
tly to
h hybr
id tape
rders .
hybrid
tape reco
recorders.
reduce
the sens
sensitivity
of the
the defle
deflec,
redu ce the
stan dard s attai
itivi ty of
standards
attainable
with
a
wide
nabl
e
with
cThe
a
deve
wide
lopm
ent of battery-operated
tion coils
ry-o pera ted rang
coils,, so that
that extr
extra
scanning,
a scan
ning The development batte
rangee of modem
audio
equipment.
mod ern audi
o equi
pme nt.
pow
er Is
power
The new
new shift
shift mag
mag-is required.
requ ired. The
net is mad
madee from
from Mag
Magnadur
powder
nadu r pow
der
bond
ed with nonbonded
non-conducting
P.V.C.
cond uctin g P.V.
C.,
so that eddy curr
currents
are negl
negligible!
ents are
igibl e.
EM87 SENSITIVE VOLTAGEThe EDAM
FD404 thus has
has elec
electrical
and
trica l and
mag
netic
magnetic char
characteristics
which
preacte risti cs whic
h prevent it
It inter
Interfering
with the
the perfo
performferin g with
rmance of the defle
deflection
colls whil
while
perLEVEL INDICATOR
ction coils
e permitt ing sens
mitting
sensitive
control
of
the
posiitive cont
rol of the position of the pictu
picture.
re.
fo r ta pe re co rd er s
WHAT'S NEW IN
THE NEW SETS
EM87 SENSITIVE VOLTAGELEVEL INDICATOR

10 -V GR ID BA SE
10V GRID BASE
'
In many
man y pres
present-day
tape reco
recorders,
ent-d ay tape
rders , An
An additional
addi tiona l featu
re of
feature
of bs .fP
the recording
output
voltage
avail!
reco rding outp
ut volta
ge avai
l- the
EM87 is
that aa rethe
EM87
Is
reri fl
able for drivi
driving
the
voltage-level
ng the volta ge-le vel cord
ing sign
cording
signal
greater
f
j tlEfj
al
grea
ter
indi
cato r is abou
Indicator
aboutt lOV,
10V, whic
which
is often
often than 10Vwill
h is
cause
the
| M, j
lOV will caus
e
the
insuf ficie nt to
insufficient
to close the
the disp
display
of lumi
lay of
nous area
luminous
areas
of
the
|
mjj.
s
the
ting type
I exis
existing
typess of
of indic
indicator.
For this
this disp lay to over
ator. For
lap,
thus
display
to
overlap,
thus
reaso n, Mullard
reason,
have desig
designed
new giving
Mull ard have
ned aa new
givin g a brig
brighter
sec- L WH j
hter secindi
cato r-th e EM8
indicatorthe
EM87-which
has aa tion at the cent
7-wh ich has
centre
of the
the displ
display,
re
of
ay.
grid base of only
only lOV.
10V. An
An even
even shor
shorter
ter These
Thes e large volta
voltages
can
result
in
ges
can
resu
lt in
grid
-bas e-an d henc
grid-baseand
hencee grea
greater
sensiter sens
i- distorted
disto rted recordings,
reco
rding
s,
the
brighter
and
the
brig
hter
tivit
y-ca n be achi
tivitycan
achieved
if the
the targ
target
eved if
et section
secti on of the disp
display
thus serv
serves
as aa
lay thus
es as
volta
ge is redu
voltage
reduced
by conn
connecting
ced by
ectin g aa usef
ul indication
useful
of
when
the
recordindic ation of
when
the
reco rdresis tanc e in
I resistance
in serie
seriess with
with the
the targ
target.
et. ing signal
modulation
is exce
excessive.
sign al mod
ulati on is
ssive.
MVE
MVE 1040
1040
VOL 68
NO. 6
NO,
6
JUNE 1962
ComponentsComponents
WE would like once again to congratulate the Radio hope that the Council will go further and take the
and Electronic Component Manufacturers' Federato
initiative of which it is undoubtedly capable to
tion on the excellence of their Annual Report (this bring about a long overdue rapprochement.
time for 1961) which gives a detailed and wellbalanced picture of the industry against the back- -and
and Materials
ground of world trade.
Total production of components is valued at
Slightly modifying the analogy of the previous
+88%
140M ( +
% on the previous year). Components
o_n this page, we may say that if components
item on
used in professional equipment amounted to 50M are the cells and corpuscles of the electronics indus((+16%),
+16%), in domestic receivers 32M (9%)
(-9%) and in
try, metals,
metals, insulants and other materials are the
audio equipment 12M ( +
20%). Of this total amino acids from which the complex proteins of
+20%).
39.8M (+20%)
( +20%) was exported, principally to Europe,
corpuscles and indeed of larger tissues and structhe Commonwealth and N.
N . America, with the
tures are built.
built.
European market assuming a steadily increasing
Fundamental advances in electronics, as in other
predominance.
technologies, are more often than not dependent on
Looking at the radio and electronic industry as a the discoveryin
designof
discovery-in these days even the design-of
whole the estimate of the value of total production new chemical compounds and materials, and a full
in 1961 is given as 420M (excluding other electronic and early appreciation of their properties.
products which are classified under associated indusIt is gratifying to learn, therefore, of an extension
tries). Professional equipment is valued at 200M of the experiment in university technological educa(+18%),
( + 18%), domestic receivers 100M (-10%)
(10%) and tion at the University College of North Wales, which,
audio equipment 40M ((+14%).
+ 14% ). The fall in the
in addition to providing a degree course in Electronic
number of television receivers produced, 1.3M Engineering under Prof. M. R. Gavin (with a sub( -13 % ), was to some extent offset by a record output department of
(13%),
o{ Control Engineering), is now to estabof radio receivers including transistor portables, 3M lish a Chair of Materials Technology (to be occupied
((+20
+20%).
% ). Total radio and electronic exports reached by Dr. R. W. Cahn). Quoting from the official
68.5M (+18%)
( + 18%) and included professional equipannouncement: "It is believed at Bangor that the
+ 15% ), domestic receivers, 3.8M present situation calls for a reappraisal of the teachment, 25.3M ((+15%),
(+9%) and audio equipment 10.5M (+15%).
ing of -materials
materials and it is for this purpose that the
These figures are impressive, particularly when it subject of Materials Technology is being introduced.
- is realized that the increase of productivity for the
The course draws on the methods of physics,
same period by the engineering and electrical group chemistry, metallurgy and engineering, as and when
was 7% and by the whole country was only 1.2%. appropriate, but the whole treatment is integrated
The "body
" body politic"
politic " of the Industry has many
in terms of modern theory of solids and in the light
vigorous limbs, but often they seem to lack proper of technological needs. It is believed that a sound
co-ordination. The right hand either does not know discipline can be provided, a discipline which makes
or is all too painfully aware of what the left hand a valuable contribution to the education of all underis doing. Independently they exhibit remarkable graduate engineering students. In the early stages
skills, but there are times when full integration of these developments of Materials Technology the
of all faculties is necessary to meet external hazards.
main emphasis is on electrical materials as there is
A healthy circulation of good blood is as essential already at Bangor some considerable electrical backto general co-ordination as it is to special skills. It ground with a strong research effort on applied
supplies and transports all the basic elements neces- semiconductors. Later on, when the present plans
sary for growth and has access to widely different have been fully - realized
reahzed and consolidated, -there
there
tissues; its condition is indicative of the health of the should be a widening of the course to include other
body as a whole. By analogy the component manu- aspects of materials."
facturers can claim with some justification to be the
It is pleasing to note that electronics materials
life blood of the industry, and in their Report they
are to be given initial priority, and we congratulate
have expressed themselves as "prepared to support
Support those concerned with the structure of the course on
the formation of any central organization designed to their determination to lay a foundation of basic
represent all interests, provided that it is constituted principles which will illuminate future developments
on the right lines and at the right level and is truly
as well as providing a better understanding of existrepresentative of all sections of the Industry." We ing materials.
Wireless
WIRELEss World,
WoRLD, June
JuNE 1962
249
STORAGE TUBES
STORAGE
TUBES
A SUR
SURVEY
TYPES
VEY OF TYP
ES AND
AND FUNCTIONS
FUNCTIONS
By W.
W. R. DANIELS*
DAN IEL S*
ST OR AG E tube s had thei

ong m wdI
t
e
theirr 0rigin
30
wel l over
ove
30
yea
rs0^TO
years
ago.
Television
of r the
ago.GET
plpevis
- ion was
Tel
was probably
pro bab ly one
one of the
prim
e
mov
ers, for the
prime movers,
the sensitivity
tubes
sens itiv ity ofcamera
of cam era tube s
cou ld be incr ease d by ove r fifty
tim es by inte grat ion
y 0
and
stor ageCreof
S ,."
o('fhe
r
the pict
ure-el
elem ent signals for a
cture
who
le fram
whole
framee. Sin
Sin!ce PJ
- ,em
ents signals
a
thes e earl
y day
stor age for
tube s
hav
havee diveraiiied
dive rsif ied coLSiL"
con side rabl y. ' llir.hTfeSS
It
is the auth or's
inte ntio n to revi ew the pre sen
t Ma,e
stat e of the art and
to
poi ntns
s poS
^
^
out som e limi tatio ns.
Me
cha nis m of Storage
Mechanism
Sto rag e
city of the inci den t bea m is

incr ease d the seco nda ry
emi ssio n fact or incr ease s,
pass es thro ugh unit y,
kee ps on incr easi ng to reac h
dec reas es aga in unti l finally a max imu m and then
it bec ome s .s
aga in -fi
less
than
rer
Vn.%=.r
one . !
The two poin
ts whe
thro ugh unit y seco nda ry emi re the curv e pass es
ssio
n
fact
or are very
imp orta nt, bein g call ed the
first and
the firSt
and Second
seco nd cr
cros
sove
s negft'
rs. As
overs
l
ossneg
ativ
e
cha
rges
, negative charges can be deposited
dep osit ed or,
on
the insu lato
r SUrf3Ce
surf ace 3t
at eIectron
elec tron velocities low er
than The
^hies lower
the S
first cros s-ov er, it follows that
velocities betw een the first, ,
w, ,ha , at elec tron
and
vdS
t^7hra".
^
i "
seco nd
cros s-ov er,
we hav e I a loss of elec tron st
from the insu lato r surface, and 'z
the surf ace con seq uen tly
acq uire s a
pos itiv e pote ntia l. The seco
nda ry elec tron s pro duc ed are gath ered up by
the coll ecto r elec trod e,
and in the case of the seco
bein g grea ter tha n one, equ ilibnda ry emi ssio n fact or
the pos itiv e pote ntia l at the rium is reac hed whe n
the pote ntia l of the coll ecto insu lato r surf ace equ als
r
emi ssio n of this kind has its elec trod e. Sec ond ary
orig in in and just belo w
the surf ace and at low elec tron
elec tron s do not pos sess ene velocities the prim ary
rgy sufficient to kno ck
out of the surf ace mor e than
one seco nda ry elec tron
for eve ry inci den t one : the
dist urb anc e they cau se
doe s not reac h dee p eno ugh
. The n, afte r reac hing
a velocity corr esp ond ing to
an opt imu m thic kne ss
(fro m whi ch a max imu m of
be extr acte d), the seco nda seco nda ry elec tron s can
ry emi ssio n rati o falls
aga in. I t is unit y aga in at
the seco nd cross-ov er
and then less tha n one.
The modern
mod ern storage
fundamem-ni
stor age tube
tub e employs
emp loys the
the fun dam enta l
prin
cipl e of cap
principle
capacitance
informaacit anc e to
to store
stor e electronic
elec tron
ic info rma
tion
tion,, i.e
electrode
oni.e., a sequence
seq uen ce of
of signals.
signals. The
The
elec
trod e on
whi ch the stor age takes plac
e, gen eral ly call ed the
eS
targ
target,
can be
be aconsidered
as
very
large number
et, tlT
con
cV^
face
the
side red
as 'aa generally
very largcalled
e num ber
of tiny cap
acit ors
hav ing one com mon elec trod
c pacit
r
e
nnrmpn
?
^
having
one
common
electrode
nor
mal ly form ed by the con duc
tive sup por t of the
7
ctive
diel
ectr ic cTeTpig
dielectric
If cThi
"f
support
of
the
(see Fig. 1).
s con duc tive sup por t
may be a fiat
flat plate
plat e o/a
or a mesh
1c
mes h and^he'TeleaK
and the diel
ectrraic
is
very thin
a very
thln,, umform
insulaton
spe
t J
unif orm insu lato r. The
The spec ial feat ure
of this Capaator
cap acit or is
the fact
fact that the side opp osit e
,s the
m the common
the side opposite
to
two
he the
com mon electrode
I trod e has
elec
has that
two terminalsterm inal
i.e., the
elec
e ectron
for electrons
the s;caoacitor
tron beam,
bea m, for
elec tron s arriving
arri ving at
at
the
cap
acit or
.and
disc
harg
ing it,
and discharging
it, and the
the collector,
collector, for
for etorons
elec
tron s
leav
ing the capacitor
cap acit or and
leaving
it
to
acquire
and thus
thus causing
cau sing it to acq uire
a positive
pos itiv e charge.
is
a
conductor
cha rge. The
The collector
coll ecto r is a con duc tor
som
dist anc e away
somee distance
of thc targc!
awa y from
from the
the free
free side
side of the targ
and can
be
a wal
coating, a ring or ano ther mes et
3
Wa 1l coatln
h,
an "com
u- tion
? of
& athree.
ring orBasicallv
another mesh
or any
combination
rtieri
bina
of the
the
thre
are only two con diti ons gov erni e. Basically, ther e
ng the des ign of the
col
lec tor: -0 COnditions governing the
cdlecmr:design'of the Bom bar dme
nt-i ndu ced ConductivityKeenino
Bombardment-induced
Con duc
(1) It mus t indu ce a field as
min d the pict ure of the prim tivi ty.- Kee pin g in
n ISt lnduC a field as eve n as pos sibl e at
ary elec tron s reac hing
^ !hi
face ofr the
, dielectric.
even
as
possible
at
the
the !surf
surface
To
this
end
dee
per and dee per into the insu
diel ectr ic. To this end
lato r, the poin t is
add
itio nal electrodes
elec trod es are
additional
usedd to
are use
to even
eve n out
out the
the
field and whe n thes
e do
do not
ese
act
as
act as Part
par t of
of
rifi coll
n ecto
r r they
u are refenot
the
rred to 35
7
as "" shad
sha d-ing
ing'" elec
electrode's!'
^ referred t0
trod es.
(2) It mus t cau se a min imu
(2)
3
m of
of obstruction
obs truc tion to
the elec
tron beam
electron
which
bea m"hhmum
whi ch is
is directed
dire cted on
on to
to the
the
free surface
surf ace of
the
dielectric.
of the diel ectr ic.
Cha
rge patterns
Charge
the
target
which
are
patt ern s are
are created
crea ted on
on the targ et whi ch are
som
fun ctio n of the
somee function
Thev
the information
info rma tion to
to be
be stored
storof
ed.one
Theor
y
are
aie buil
builtt up, or
or destroyed,
by
action
des troy ed, by the
the
acti
on ofuponeand
or
mor
moree electron
elec tron beams
bea ms and
and the
the building
buil ding up and
des
truc tion is done
destruction
by secondary
bomdon e by
seco nda ry emission
emi ssio n or
or bom bar
dme
nt-i
ndu
ced
bardment-induced conductivity.
con duc tivi ty.
Sec
ond ary En.ission.-AlI
Em issi on. -Al l insulators
Secondary
have secondary
insu
H
emi ssio n cha ract eris tics sim ilarlato rs hav e seco nda ry
to
the
r
e
,tics
simiiar
,o
he
curv e sho wn
in Fig. 2. A
" prim
velo
vVcoL
Atf!low
LEcro
ow
nm ary elec tron
^COLLECTORR
cities the
!!L
! n factor
P ary less
electron unity
velocities
seco
nda ry emission
emi ssio
secondary
fact or is
is less than
than unit y and
and the
the
surf ace of the insu lato r will
gain mor e elec tron s
Wi
UiUil
4than it lose
s, i.e.,
1
efL'T"'?
it will
will acquire
acq"uire a negative
neg ativ e=Iecm
n ilib
ru rium
. ses
'und
e-'er11
charo-p
cha rge.
Equ
Equilibrium
under
these
conditions
will
be
reached'
thes e con diti ons will be reac
whe
whenn the pote
potential
HveV > hed
ntia l of
of the
the surface
surf ace of
I......__.__I
of the insu lato r
I
equ
als
the
equals
cathode
electroiTvelocath ode potential.
pote ntia l. As
As the
the elec tron velo * 20th Century
Cent ury Electronics
Electr-onics Ltd.
Ltd.
:t___
250
l llllll
__._____.I
~I____.____.I~I T+
-f
hi a I./ . Simplified
Simplified picture
Fig.
is achieved.
picture of
of the
the way
way in
in which
which storage
storage is achi
eved.
WIR
ELESS World,
Wireless
WOR LD, June
]UN E
1962
1962
Fig. 2. Secondary-emission characteristic
all rely upon secondary emission and/or

and/ or bombardment-induced conductivity.
conductivity. The knowledge of the
the
facts illustrated by Fig. 2 is therefore
therefore essential
essential to
to
the understanding of the functioning of
of storage
storage
tubes.
It is necessary to elaborate on the statement
statement that
that
the target can be considered as being
being aa .very large
large
number of elemental capacitors.
capacitors. As the
the dielectric
dielectric
has some conductivity the presentation in Fig.
Fig. 11 is
is
over-simplified:
elements are
are resistresistover-simplified: all the target elements
ance-capacitance connected as shown in Fig.
Fig. 33 and
and
it is evident that, because time-constants are present,
present,
there are optimum running conditions.
reached where the primary electron creates

creates aa disdisStor age Tubes
turbance, or track, right through the thin insulator.
insulator. Types of Storage
This track, for a fraction of time,
time, allows
allows electrons
electrons
Storage tubes fall into the following categories:
categories :
to pass from the backing surface through to
to the
the
(1) electrical inputoptical
input-optical output
output
other side of the insulator. This is a state of
of affairs
affairs
(2) electrical inputelectrical
input-electrical output
emission and
and is
is
totally different from secondary emission
(3)
(3) optical inputelectrical
called bombardment-induced conductivity.
conductivity. This
This
(4) acoustical inputelectrical
output
" track " must .allow the passage of electrons
electrons for
for aa
(5) optical inputoptical
input-optical output
per- Devices in the first group are called ""direct-viewshort time and be ""self-healing,"
self-healing," otherwise a perdirect-viewmanent change in the characteristics of the dielectric
dielectric ing"
ing " storage tubes and the second " electrical-outhas been brought about which is called ""bum."
bum." put " storage tubes. For .the third group the
the term
term
These characteristics vary with the material
material of
of the
the "camera
" camera tube
tube"" is employed.
employed. The
T he fourth category
category
insulator. The electron velocity required to
to achieve
achieve covers a special type of camera
camera tube which is
is made
made
bombardment-induced conductivity is very high for
by 20th Century and in which aa quartz ""window
window""
the known suitable materials, being of the order
order of
of forms the target sensitive to ultrasonic vibrations
vibrations so
so
lO,OOOeV
l,OOOA thick.
10,OOOeV for an insulator 1,000A
that a television type of display
display may be
be used for
for
ultrasonic " shadowgraphs*."
Conditions. -T he conditions at the
the first
Equilibrium Conditions.The
In the last group are special image convertersa
converters-a
and second cross-overs, where there is aa secondary
secondary
emission ratio of unity, imply that there is
is an
an equipoints. It has been shown
shown that
that at
at
librium at these points.
electron velocities below the first cross-over
cross-over the
the
dielectric gains electrons until its potential
potential equals
equals
that of the cathode, whereas at electron
electron velocities
velocities
above the first cross-over the dielectric tends
tends to
to
lose more and more electrons until, the collector
collector
is reached
reached
voltage permitting, the second cross-over is
reversed. The first cross-over
cross-over
where the process is reversed.
therefore represents a state of unstable equilibrium
equilibrium
Fig. 3. Equivalent circuit of part of storage tube target.
and the second cross-over a state of stable
stable equilibrium.
field that is not usually encounteredsuch
encountered-such as LalleLalleRead-out.-The read-out is obtained by
by modulating
Read-out.The
emulmand's
camera
in
which
an
electron-sensitive
emula uniform electron beam (or its secondary emission)
emission)
sion is used to store an image for subsequent
subsequent
pattern. In the direct-display
direct-display "development"
by the stored charge pattern.
display.
and optical display.
tube modulation is obtained by flooding the
the stored
stored " development"
This article will deal only with devices of
of the first
of electrons
electrons
pattern with an even, diffuse stream of
storage
and
second
categories
as
nowadays
the
term
" storage
whereas in tubes with electrical output an unmoduunmoduparticular.
seems to apply to them in particular.
lated electron beam is scanned over the target. ReadRead- tube"
The storage tube with optical outputthe
output-the directout is said to be destructive if in the
the process
process of
of
tube-can be looked upon as aa
pattern is
is viewing storage tubecan
modulating the reading beam the charge pattern
form of cathode ray tube; the storage
storage
single readread- sophisticated
ddestroyed,
estroyed, whether immediately in one single
tube with electrical
electrical output, by comparison,
comparison, is
is assoassoout or slowly by a number of read-outs.
in video
video
When it is required to destroy one charge pattern
pattern ciated with circuits which are common in
with simultaon the target so as to make room for a new
new one, the
the technique. However, storage tubes with
neous
made.
electrical
and
optical
output
have
been made.
term " erasure"
erasure " is used.
used. Often this is destructive
destructive
is short.
short.
read-out at such a rate that the time taken is
Tubes.-Most types
types of
of
Frequently erasure does not leave the target at
at aa Direct-viewing Storage Tubes.Most
the general
general
potential which is suitable for the inscription
inscription of
of aa direct-viewing storage tubes follow the
4. Secondary emission
emission is employed
employed
new charge pattern: it has to be "primed." Again,
Again, design of Fig. 4.
pattetn on the dielectric coating
coating
to form a charge pattern
this is done by secondary emission.
mesh collecting
collecting the
the
The operations of forming a charge pattern
pattern of the storage mesh, the field mesh
this process.
process.
(writing), modulation of a uniform beam
beam by
by this
this secondary electrons emitted during this
unifor~
charge pattern (reading), cancellation of the
the charge
charge Reading is carried out by modulation of a uniform
pattern (erasure) and bringing the target to
to such
such aa
potential that writing can take place again (priming)
(priming)
*See,
for instance.
instance, Wireless
Wireless World,
World, p.
p. 361,
361, Vol.
Vol. 64
64 (1958).
(1958).
* See, for
Wireless World, June 1962
251
W IRELESS WORLD, }UNE
METALLIZED
metallized SCREEN
screen
/_r--:1=====;:::=-"::::::
I
LENS SYSTEM
II
II
I:
FLOOD GUN
II
II
11
II
II
I
1'--
~
STORAGE MESH
\ STORAGE
MESH WITH
WITH
DIELECTRIC
DIELECTRIC FACING
FACING THE
THE GUNS
GUNS
WRITING GUN
rates. Storage tubes of this direct viewviewing

type are
are
ing type
manufactured by a number of firms including EngEnglish Electric and Mullard, in
in England,
R.C.A.,
England, R.C.A.,
Dumont and I.T.T. in the U.S.A., and
and C.S.F.
C.S.F. in
in
France.
Storage Tubes with Electrical Output.-The
Output.The numnumber of possible permutations of basic
basic principles
principles leadleadof storage
storage tubes
tubes with
with
ing to the essential feature of
electrical output has produced a greater
greater variety
variety of
of
designs of these tubes as compared with
with the
the direct
direct
viewing tube.
Barrier-grid Storage Tube.Tube.The

of
The target plate of
this storage tube supports aa thin
thin film
film of
of dielectric
dielectric
material (Fig. 5). A charge pattern is
is formed
formed by
by
Fig. 4. Direct-viewing storage tube
tube based
based on
on flood-gun
flood-gun principle
principle
with aa velocity
velocity suffisuffiwhere electrons reaching the screen are
are controlled
by charges
charges the action of a writing beam with
controlled by
cient to give a secondary emission greater
greater than
than unity.
unity.
on storage mesh.
Secondary electrons are collected on
on the
the barrier
barrier grid
grid
The read-out
read-out signal,
signal,
or on the collector wall coating. The
BARRIER
COLLECTOR
BARRIER GRID
COLLECTOR (WALL
GRID
(WALL COATING)
COAT lNG)
which is the difference of charge between
between peakpeakwhite and the charge of the individual picture
picture
element is assessed by scanning with an
an unmoduunmodulated beam which brings the whole target
target to
to the
the
same positive potential. This potential is
is deterdetermined by the barrier grid and
and the
the collector.
collector. The
The
important function of the barrier grid
grid is
is to
to oppose
oppose
any redistribution of charges on the dielectric and
and
so fix the charge pattern. Simultaneous writing
writing and
and
ELECTRON GUN
reading can be carried out if the tube
tube is
is fitted
fitted with
with
\
DIELECTRIC STORAGE SURFACE
at least two separate electron guns.
guns.
PLATE
TARGET PLATE
FORMING
FORMING BACKING
BACKING ELECTRODE
ELECTRODE
The signal can be extracted from either the
the target
target
preferred as
as it
it
Fig. 5. Barrier-grid type of tube.
tube. Storage in
in this
this depends
depends upon
upon or the collector, the former being preferred
signal-to-noisee ratio, because it
it is
is
the beam penetrating the barrier
barrier grid
grid and
and leaving
leaving aa charge
charge on
on provides better signal-to-nois
target. Secondary electrons are collected
smaller and is thus less subject to stray
stray pickup
pickup and
and
collected by
by the
the barrier.
barrier.
is easier to screen.
The stored information may be read out
out at
at teletelediffuse beam generated by the flood gun: the
the charges
charges vision speeds for seconds or even minutes
minutes with
with this
this
on the dielectric of the storage mesh
mesh act
act like
like iris
iris type of tube. Erasure of the stored pattern
pattern can
can be
be
diaphragms in the tiny ' openings of the mesh and
and so
so produced within one second by suitable switching
switching
regulate the number of electrons allowed to
to pass
pass
and pulsing, but tubes of this type
type are
are not
not "fast
"fast
through the storage mesh in each elemental
elemental area.
area. erasers."
These electrons are then accelerated by the
the electric
electric
There are a number of manufacturers
barriermanufacturer s of barrierfield between the storage mesh and the metal backback- grid storage tubes, including R.C.A. (Radechon),
(Radechon),
ing of the fluorescent screen upon which
which they
they finally
finally E.M.I,
E.M.I. and 20th Century Electronics. A
variation
A variation
impinge. The field mesh fulfils a number of
of imim- of the barrier-grid storage tube
tube is
is the
the "Tenicon"
"Tenicon"
portant functions: it generates a uniform field
field in
in made by Mullard. By operating the scanning
scanning beam
beam
the neighbourhood
neighbourhoo d of the storage mesh; it
it acts
acts as
as above the first cross-over in the writing mode
mode and
and
collector of secondary electrons produced by
by the
the below the first cross-over in the reading mode most
most
writing beam; it is the decelerator for
for the
the flood
flood of the stored information can be extracted in
in one
one
beam, without which the velocity of these
these electrons
electrons scan, which provides a good greyextracted
scale and
and fast
fast
scale
would be too high to allow the charges on
on the
the erasure.
storage mesh to act as elemental irises, and
and finally,
finally,
but not least important, it helps to collect ions
ions which
which
Storage Tube Using Bombardment-induced
Bombardmen t-induced Conmight cancel the charge pattern on
on the
the storage
storage mesh.
mesh. ductivity (Fig. 6).The
is aa very
very
6).- The target of this tube is
Erasure of the charge pattern is carried out
out by
by adad- thin film of insulating material with
metal backing
backing
with metal
justing the potential of the meshes in
in such
such aa way
way towards the writing side. A positive uniform charge
charge
that electrons are allowed to land
land on
on the
the storage
storage is produced on the reading side under the
the action
action of
of
mesh at high velocity. Secondary emission
emission causes
causes the unmodulated reading beam operating at
at aa velovelothe whole storage target to assume aa uniform
uniform posiposi- city such that the secondary emission
emission factor
factor is
is greater
greater
tive potential, and priming is carried out
out by
by aa pulse
pulse than one. The maximum positive potential
that can
can
potential that
which induces a reduction of the potential
potential of
of the
the be built up in this way is determined by
by the
the potenpotendielectric on the storage mesh.
_
tials of the collector and shading electrodes.
electrodes. The
The
One of the outstanding features of
of direct-viewin
direct-viewingg writing beam is accelerated to aa velocity
velocity high
high enough
enough
storage tubes is the high brightness of
of the
the display.
display. to cause bombardment-induced
in the
the
bombardmen t-induced conductivity in
The reason for this is that the
the phosphor
is excited
excited thin insulator, and a charge pattern
phosphor is
pattern that
that is
is negative
negative
continuously by flood-gun electrons, thus
dispensing with respect to the insulator surface appears
thus dispensing
appears on
on the
the
with the scanning mechanism, which
which increases
increases the
the reading side of the film, corresponding to
to the
the charge
charge
time available for excitation by a factor
factor of
of the
the order
order pattern of the writing beam multiplied
multiplied by
the gain
gain
by the
of 10
105 as compared with scanning at,
at, say,
say, television
television due to bombardment-induced
conductivity. This
This
bombardmen t-induced conductivity.
252
WIRELESS
Wireless World,
WORLD, June
]UNE
1962
1962
BOMBARDMENT-INDUCED
DMENT-INDUCED
BOMBAR
CONDUCTIVITY
TIVITY TARGET
CONDUC
STORAGE
STORAGE LAYER
ELECTRODE
BACK ELECTRODE
BACK
~~~~/
,....--__,....,'II[]__/ I
'Ill ~ 1
~ ---, E
__r--~
~~~=====--~
READING GUN
READING
DEFLECTING
DEFLECTING
COILS
COILS
7-\...... ~
7T SHADING ELECTRODE
COLLECTOR
_ j t==
,~
WRITING
GUN
WRITING GUN
SHADING ELECTRODE
d by causing electrons to
which storage
in
Bombardment-induced-conductivity tube
tubereading
in which
storage isis achieve
achieved by causing electrons to
Fig. 6. Bombardment-induced-conductiYity
side.
to
writing to reading side.
penetrate
penetrate through storage layer from writing
charge patter n modul ates the numbe r of second ary

electro ns emitte d at each " pictur e " point when the
the
target is scanne d by the readin g beam and
it can
ss appear s on the collector electro de; bbut
"tsignal
also be extrac ted from the target.
One of the advant ages of this type of tube is the
the two
opposi tion of
diame tric opposition
of the
two
fact that due to the diametric
both
negligible, even
is negligible,
tion is
interaction
even if
if both
guns their interac
deflection.
focusing and
magnetic focusing
emplo y the magnetic
and deflection
deflection.
guns employ
able
reason
a
time
e
storag
cing
sacrifi
Further,
by
s.crilicmE
storage
.son.U.
Furthe r,
mance can be obtain ed. Erasur e
grey-s cale perfor
P
ISl?Se
beam curshorte ned by increa sing the be
time can be ?hSS\Sea.lS"e
not
tube is
again this
but again
readin g gun; but
.the reading
rent of the
this tube
is not
few
a
from
vary
can
time
e
Storag
."
eraser
a ""fast
fast eraser." Storage time can vary from a few
television-scan
under television-scan
minute s, under
severa l minutes,
secondss to several
second
entally
tube is
conditions. As this tube
read-out
is fundam
fundamentally
read-o ut condidons.
it has
device, it
read-o ut device,
read-i n read-out
simult aneous read-in
a simultaneous
has found
found
to
p.p.i.
of 'P-P;
conver ter of
scan converter
as scan
applic ations v,^
lilctll^ applications
- 1- "
many
acture rs
numbe r of
orthogonal.
of manuf
manufacturers
onal. There are a number
orthog
target
condu ctivity target
bomba rdmen t-indu ced conductivity
of the bombardment-induced
C.S.F.
(Graph econ), C.S.F.
includ ing RCA (Graphecon),
storagee tube, including
storag
nics.
ry Electro
(France)
Century
Electronics.
e) and 20th Centu
(Franc
Storage
Storage Tube with Storage
Electrical-output
Electrical-output Storage
variand
ilities
possib
of
r
numbe
.-Such
Mesh.Such
is
the
number
of
possibilities
and
variMesh
Fig.
that Fig.
ations in
storage tubes
tuoes
uiai
ng. 77/ can
b-dii
tubes that
of storage
design ot
in the
the design
storage
can
ations
the
wheth er the
depend
different tubes,
1repres
tpi t-S^llL
L different
x
j, depending
Xr ing
represent
represciu
iwu
,^ whether
ent two
electro n gun
the electron
storag e mesh faces
dielectric
faces the
gun
dielect ric on the storage
or the signal plate.
. ,
,
cal,
the electri
tube is
storag e tube
In the first case the storage
is the
electrical
be fitted
tube and
direct- viewin g tube
versionn of the direct-viewing
and can
can be
fitted
versio
obtain simulto obtain
oraer to
ooiain
sunuiin order
order
simulwith more than one gun in
les
read-o ut. Its
taneouss read-in
Its princip
principles of
of
read-i n and read-out.
taneou
directthe
then
operation
r\nfrptinn
corresDoncl
corrcspuuu
tnen
to
"
me
aixcei-vicwuig
T_
.uviewinag
pond
corres
the direct-viewing
operat ion correspond
the second
e. In
includ ing fast erasur
storagee tube, incfuding
erasure.
In the
second
storag
~ ni'11

2
f
electronN GUN
GUN
ELECTRO
Raytheon (U.S.A.) and 20th Century,

iques
ructio n Techn
Const
Construction
Techniques
assembly
of
storage
tubes is, perhap
perhaps,
s, more of
e tubes
storag
The assem bly of
es the makin
^ ail
^ than
sciencee and requir
requires
making
scienc
art
ail
LUCUl cxa OV.XWXWW,
g of
an
rd. A
standa
mechanical
adjustments
of the
the highes
highestt standard.
standard.
ments of
adjust
mechanical
highest
A
nical adjustments
mecha
tubes,
mesh- using tubas,
compl ication with the mesh-using
particular
particu lar comphcation
most
the most
possib ly the
type is
direct- viewin g type
is possibly
of which the direct-viewing
handli ng
produc ing and
difficulty of
common,
of producing
and handling
comm on, is the difficulty
large
especially in
requir ed, especially
meshe s required,
in the
the large
the fine meshes
sizes.
master s
glass masters
produ ced from
meshe s are produced
These meshes
from glass
machin es.
ruling
on
which
themse lves are made on
wnn-n themselves
-- ruling
-- machines.
,
acture is extrem ely reliabl e
manuf
This
This metho
methodd of
of-make
manufacture
have
trot
is
extremely
their
work
tehablc
to
to
work to aaa
their work
got their
have got
rs have
master
and the master-makers
nes
ruling
these
of
size
the
is
it
but
fine art;
size of these ruling machi
machines
mesh
of mesh
areas of
of larger
produc tion of
which limits the production
larger areas
6in square
about 6in
to about
only to
machi nes can go only
as most machines
square..
where
point where
balanc e point
a balance
le
possib
It
is
thus
possible
to
strike
a
" appear
n is muo uneconômic andJ this
i- s to be
not
are
costs
costs are not uneconomic inches
and this
appears
to be
er. Larger
diamet
five
tubes of
with
wnxi
^ about
nrnHnred
recentlv
and the
the outloo
outlook
-k
with
of
about
five
inches
diameter.
Larger
r..u^ tubes hprn
and
ly
recent
produc ed
tubes have
tubes
have been
been produced
ss.
hopele
is not compl etely
finer
larger and
Natura lly, larger
signal
Naturally,
and solufiner
PLATE
SIGNAL PLATE
MESH
storage
meshes
are the
obvious
STORAGE MESH^^
s
the obviou
s are
meshe
that use
\N
tion,
possible
it is
CONDUCTIVEr coatings
/,I
of a but
mesh
canpossib
be le
eliminated.
COATINGS
of a mesh can be elimin ated.
1 1
Work is,
is, of
of course
course,, in
in progre
progress
ss
Work
1 1
at
the
as it
ny
compa
's
author
the
at
'
author's company as
it
remain s
much remains
but much
,,
isewhere,
ere, but
isis eelsewh
Ii
to be done.
focusing coil
case, where the dielect ric faces the collector, some

advant ages are obtain ed when this tube is compared with the previo us type: positive ions are virbarred from reachi ng the charge patter n on
tually
rsrs
the dielect ric and thus affecting storag e; the voltages
of operat ion of_ the tube lie
modes
differe nt IXXA-'
the UllltXt.JL.lL
XOl
VLS-O WX
for lilC
to carry
requir ed to
circuit s required
the
that
so
er
close together
circuits
carry
togeth
to design
lt to
too difficu
not too
switch ing are not
out this switching
difficult
design..
not
is
it
er,
Howev
erasur e time is short. However,
The
is not posposine erasure
^7^,
toitwritewrite-in
in and
art, to
sible, at the presen t state of the
ithou.
"a
serious
loss
of
w
t a seriou s
read-o ut at the same time withou
es
includ
rs
acture
manuf
of
r
resolu tion. The numbe
SS'""
Rayth eon (U.S.A.) and 20th Centur y.
Lutia
TD
1
11
S
VVTZA
~~
NNls-J
t/
ING COILS
DEELECT'NG
DEFLECT
Choicee of Tube Type

Choic
~ One of the things which
which has
has
II
T"bedevilled
storagee tube's
tubes
bedevi lled the storag
j
development
pment is the fact that
develo
the field
field of
of applic
applications
ations is so
decelera(or mesh
the
DECELERATOR MESH
seems
large and varied that it seems
It
II
II
iewing imposs ible, at the presen t state

mesh, like
on aa mesh,
charges on
as charges
held as
is held
Fig. 7. Here signal to be stored is
like that
that in
in the
the direct-v
direct-viewing of the art, to
at the^
preêntjmte
the whole
cover
tube.
253
JuNE 1962
Wireless
WORLD , June
WIRELE sS World,
TABLE
--
Type
Type of
of
Typical Example
Display
Display
I
Televisio n
Television
Indirect
Indirect
Picture transmission
Picture
transmis sion over
over Both
Both
telephon e lines
telephone
lines (band(bandwidth compression)
width
compres sion)
P.p.i. to
P.p.i,
to orthogonal
orthogon al
Indirect
Indirect
Coding and
Coding
and decoding
decoding
Indirect
Indirect
Nuclear experiments
experim ents
Storage of
Storage
of transients
transient s Nuclear
Both
Both
Medical research
Medical
research
Integrati on
Integration
Nuclear experiments,
experim ents, medNuclear
med- Both
Both
ical
ical research,
research, astronomy
Applica tion
Application
Scan-conve
Scan-con
rs ion
version
Typical Exampl e
astronom y
High-bri ghtness disHigh-brightness

dis- Special
Special radar
radar displays
displays
play
play
Direct
Direct
Typical storage
Typical
storage
Simulta neous
Simultaneous
time
time (signal
(signal
write and
write
and
Half-ton e
Half-tone
availabl e for
available
for
read
read
require
ment
requirement
read-ou t)
read-out)
Input-o utput
Input-output
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
One or
One
or two
two
Both TV
Both
TV standards
standard s
fields
fields
Useful
Useful
Yes
Yes
Up to
Up
to ISsec
ISsec
One end
end of
One
of chain
chain is
is fast
fast
slow out
inin slow
out and
and other
other
is
reverse
is
reverse
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Up to
Up
to 3min
3min
As example
As
example
Yes
Yes
No
No
Up
Up to
to 3sec
3sec
Raster type
Raster
type
Useful
Useful
No
No
Up to
to 3min
Up
3min
Very fast
Very
fast input
input scan
scan
No
No
Yes
Yes
Several hours
Several
hours or
or Fast
Fast scan
scan inslow
in slow scan
scan
longer
longer
out or
out
or slow
slow scan
scan in
infast scan
fast
scan out
out
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Up
Up to
to 30secs
30secs
Optical output
Optical
output only
only
field with one and the

Admittedly
the same
same tube.
tube.
Admit tedly tive,
nd such
such an
an installation
install ation has an inherent
inhere nt
iive> .f,and
it is possible
possib le to
to vary
vary the
the operation
operat ion conditions
condit ions flexibi
lity.
flexibility.
of
or a particular
cover
a
band
of
particu lar storage
storag e tube
tube to
to cover a band of
charac
teristic s, but this band is
characteristics,
is relatively
relativ ely narrow
narrow Conc
lusion s
Conclusions
in relation
relatio n to the
the whole
whole field
field that
that storage
storag e tubes
tubes are
are
The
The^
choice
of aa particular
capabl
capablee of covering.
diccovering. Generally,
particu lar storage
Gener ally, the
storag e tube
the choice
tube from
choice is
from the
is dicthe
user
user'ss point of view
but by
tated not by one characteristic
view must
charac teristic alone
must always
always be
alo~e ~ut
be aa compromise
compr omise
by aa decision
de~isi~:m
characteristics
have
priority
as to which groups of
betwe
between
the
mam
characteristics
required,
their
order
en
main
charac
of charactenst1cs have pnont y
teristic s requir ed, their order
ot importance
over others.
impor tance and
others . As an
and then
an example,
then any
examp le, an
any other
an apphcation
other considerations.
applic ation which
consid eration s.
which of
does not call for simultaneous
Quite apart from mechanical
simult aneous writing
mecha nical aspects
aspects one
writin g and
and reading
one can
readin g Vuite
can list
list
can be solved with aa single-gun
(.not m
in any order of
of preference):
prefer ence) :single -gun storage
storag e tube;
tube; but
but (not
wheth
er the tube still has
whether
separate
guns
for
Simult
aneous
Simultaneous
read
and
write,
or
read
after
has two
two separa te guns for
write, or read after
writing and reading
write only.
readin g or
or if
if it
it is
is done
done by
by switching
switch ing
one gun from one operation
condition
to
the
other
Lengt h of storage
Length
operat ion condit ion to the other
storag e time
time (in
(in the
the reading
readin g and
and
is at present
presen t not aa technical
non-re ading mode).
non-reading
techni cal question
mode).
questi on but,
but, instead,
instead ,
one of economics.
where
economics. The
Electr
ostatic
Electrostatic
or
electromagnetic
guns.
The table
table lists
electro
lists applications
magne tic guns.
applic ations where
storag
Halfto nes.
storagee tubes have become
Halftones.
becom e increasingly
increa singly important
impor tant
and also shows aa range
of
brief
specifications
for
Resolu
tion.
Resolution.
~ange of brief specifications for
such apphcations.
Writin
applications.
Writingg Speed.
Speed .
Readin g Speed.
Reading
Codin
g-deco ding and track-plotting
Coding-decoding
track-p lotting can
can be
be conconErasur
Erasuree characteristics.
charac teristic s.
sidere
sideredd to be sub-sections
sub-se ctions in
in the
the field
field of
of scanscanPrimin
Priming
characteristics.
g
charac teristic s.
conver
sion, and transient
conversion,
reverse
of
transie nt storage
storag e is
is the
the revers e of
Storag
e
tubes
integra
a relativ e newco mer among st
tion. Problems
integration.
display
t
ge
l:
J
CS are
Proble ms of
of high-brightness
high-brightne~s disp~ay
rhf
^
i
"
urC ibut
relative
amongst
special
already
the "spec
ial" tubes;
tubes;
may sometimes
but
someti mes be
alreadnewcomer
y they
be solved
they have
solved by
have shown
by scan-conversion,
shown
scan-conversiOn, which
which their value in many
applications.
The
original
in
many
allows display on large-size
applic
simple
monitors
ations. The original idea
large-size simple monito rs.
idea
of
writin
g
and
readin g is
In the computer
is onI
only part
compu ter field
C
readmg
a
of the
field the
the picture,
the storage
picture ,
storag e tube
tube has
has not
not these
tZ
?Z
y
P
"
of
ese
tubes
are
not
just
a
sort
of
electronic
noteare not just a sort of electronic notebeen as succes
successful
sful as
as has
has magnetic
magne tic storage
storage. Access
Access paper on to
to which
which we
to information
inform ation stored on
we can
can write
write memoranda
memo randa very
on aa single
single element
very
elemen t by
by an
an much faster; they are
they are devices
electro
devices which
electronn beam presents
presen ts severe
which can
can open
severe registration
open up
registr ation problems
up
proble ms new techmques
in
nearly
every
field
of
electronics
techni
ques
in nearly every field of electronics.
and has been found not
not to
to be
be so
so fast
fast as
as in
in magnetic
magne tic
arrang
ement s, m
arrangements,
in addition
additio n to
to the
the problems
proble ms of
of mainm~i~
Ackn owled gmen t
taining
taming a wide-range
wide-r ange full-on
full-on full-off
full-off characteristic
charac tenstlc Acknowledgment
for
lor digital storage.
has
not
been
given
storage. Hope
Hope has not been given up
furthe
r readin
up, For fU
g referen ce ma
may be made to the
1 g
howev er, and computers
however,
her erc?r
? reference
y be made to the
compu ters using storage
book; Storag
storag e tubes
tubes have
Tubes
have honW
and
their
Basic Principles, by
been constructed.
constr ucted.
M. Knoll and B. Kazan .
The table shows that
that in
in most
most cases
cases the
the storage
storag e
tube can be of either the
lube
the electricalelectri cal- or
or optical-output
optica l-outp ut
type. As the end product
produ ct nearly
nearly always
always has
has to
to be
be
display
displayed
ed somewhere
somew here it
it seems
seems logical
logical to
to go
go to
P.M
to
.G. Examination
P.M.G.
Examination Fees
Fees
optica
opticall output straight
away.
At
present,
however,
straigh t away. At presen t, howev er,
From
July
tne
of
size
and
resolution
of
direct-viewing
1st
the product
increas ed fees will be charge d by the
produ ct
size and resolu tion of direct- viewin g PoT^nffl10^ lst,increas
ed ations
Les will
bethecharged by the
Post Office for d
thec examin
tubes is considered
for the
consid ered unsatisfactory
various types
unsati sfacto ry for
types
for many
nf A
?, examinations
for
various
many apnlit
appli- of
Certificates of Compe
tency
in
wireles
s telegraphy
cations.
telegra phy and
cations.
and
ie eP ny 1SSUed
Competency
in
wireless
radio rtelepho
issued
by the P
M G . The presen t fee
P.M.G
The storage
the
fo?
W/
i
The
Present
fee
storag e tube with
for
W/T
certificates
is
2,
and
for
R/T
certificates
with electrical
for
electri cal output,
W
/T
certific
output , on
ates
is 2, and for R/T certificates 1
on the
1.
other hand, seems to have greater
The new
The
new scale
scale of
greate r possibilities.
of fees
fees is
possibilities. From
is 3
3 and
and 5
From
5 respectively
respect ively for
for
experi
parts I and II 0of both
ence with camera
experience
ot the first and second class W
camer a tubes
tubes it
it is
is known
known that
that very
very certifi.c
/T
f-fi
5
n,
f
b
foe
first
and
second
class
W/T
be
achieved.
The
possibility
ates,
high resolution
4
resolu tion can
for
the
can be achieved. The possibility
certificate and 3 for
6 special certificat
"re
feats'"'
andrestricted
3 for
re-tests
The
fee
for
"re-tes
ts." it
The ?
ot
fee .f
for both
of a number
both the
numbe r of
the general
generaleand
of simultaneous
simult aneous displays
and
restrict ed
displays is
is very
very attracattrac- R/T certificates
icsinctea
certificates will
will be
be 2.
2.
254
WIRELE SS World,
Wireless
WORLD , June
JuNE 1962
1962
TECHNICAL NOTEBOOK
Mechanical
Mech anical display device, developed
at Elliott Brothers, adds yet another
example to the long list of ingenious
devices. Elliott's intriguing apparatus uses an array of assemblies each
of which consists of a test-tube, a
h alf-black and half-white ball, a coil
half-black
of wire and a transistor. The ball
contains a small magnet and is placed
in the rounded end of the tube. The
coil, into which current is switched
by the transistor, is sited behind it.
Appropriate magnetization of the coil
can thus turn over the ball so that
either its black or white face is preeither
sented to view through the end of the
tube. A matrix of these simple
devices can represent figures or
letters by appropriate switching and,
made up on a large enough scale,
might even be used for half-tone
reproduction.
Blood flowmeter using ultrasonic
pulses
es is described by D. L. Franklin
puls
et al. in the I.R.E. Transactions on
Bio-Medical Electronics for January
p.r.f. of
1962. A pulse train, at a p.r.f,
400c/s,
400c Is, is transmitted diagonally
across a blood vessel, the direction of
propagation being reversed once per
cycle. The relative velocity of propagation, and therefore the time
between transmission and reception
is dependent on the velocity of the
blood. Pulses taken from both the
receiving and transmitting transducers are used to trigger a bi-stable
toggie, the output of which is a recttoggle,
angular wave with a pulse width
equal to the propagation time. The
pulse is used to gate-on a ramp
generator, which produces a linear
waveform rising at a constant rate.
he voltage reached by the ramp is
T
The
dependent on the gate pulse width,
which in turn is determined by the
blood flow velocity. Alternate peaks
are of different amplitudes, as the
direction of propagation is reversed,
so that a capacitor, charged through
a diode to the peak ramp voltage and
reset after each cycle, will develop a
400c/s waveform across it, which has
400cls
an amplitude proportional to flow
velocity and a phase relationship with
the 400c/s
400cls master waveform which
indicates phase.
Semimetals " is the term used to
" Semimetals"
refer to materials that have a behaviour between that of a semiconductor and the conducting metals.
Semimetals, of course, have particular
application in thermoelectric devices,
where their performance is conveniently defined by a " figure of
merit"
erit " which is the ratio of the
m
square of the thermoelectric power
to the product of resistivity and
Increased
thermal conductivity.
cooling or power-generating ability
is reflected by a higher 3figure of

I oK was
X 10- 3/K.
5.2Xl0merit. A value of 5.2
achieved for a bismuth-antimony
alloy at the Bell Telephone Laboratories by Wolfe and Smith; but
the gain, and their work, did not
end there. Semimetals, with their
equal numbers of highly mobile electrons and holes, are particularly prone
to influence by magnetic fields.
Wolfe and Smith have found that the
Wolfe
placing of a junction in a magnetic
field increases its figure of merit.
The most noticeable effect is that
resistance increases, as it does in
semiconductors, but the thermoelectric power also increases. In a
weak field the figure of merit, which
B.T.L. have designated Z, rises
because the thermoelectric effect
increases; but as the field becomes
stronger the resistance rises so much
that Z depends mainly on temperature and, in fact, the lower the temperature, the smaller the field
necessary. An example from results
= 6.4
6.4XX 10KH3 at
achieved at Bell is a Z =
comoK with a field of 12kG,
200 K
3
2.4 X 10- 3 with no
pared with Z = 2.4XlOresult achieved so far
field. The 1best
0
oK in a 1kG
lOO K
;oK
X 10- 3/
is 8.6 XlO!^ at 100
IkG
field. The field was applied perpendicular to the current flow in
single-crystal specimen of bismuthantimony alloy.
Double triode type 7247 (Telefunken,

marketed in U.K. by Tellux Ltd.)
has one half of high-gain, highresistance characteristics (ECC83)
and the other half, medium-gain lowresistance (ECC82). This valve could
be used in a push-pull power amplifier where the low-resistance half
would be employed as the waveform
inverter, allowing the application of
low-resistance grid leaks in the output stage, without loss of efficiency.
Also the 3-W anode dissipation of
allows its use
the half-ECC82 system allows
as a bias and erase oscillator in a
tape recorder, where the high-gain
section would be used for signal
amplification.
" Noise " can make its appearance in
"Noise"
photographic recordings of c.r.t.
traces and the potential resolution of
the c.r.t. can be reduced by the presence of " coarse"
coarse " particles of
phosphor in the c.r.t. screen. An
apparatus for the comparison of
phosphor screens has been developed
developed
Establishment ; in
at the Royal Radar Establishment:
this an area of the screen is evenly
illuminated by the defocused spot
and a ten-times-enlarged image of
this is scanned by a 75-p,
75-^ diameter
hole 4mm off-centre in a motordriven disc. The light passing
through the disc falls on a photomultiplier which, through a train of
c.r. t.
amplifiers, deflects the spot of a c.r.t,
vertically. The horizontal scan is
synchronized with the rotation of the
disc whose speed is adjusted to allow
a high-frequency cut-off in the ampli200cls. In this way
fiers of only 200c/s.
much of the photomultiplier noise,
which would . be a serious problem
with such a small light input, is
limited to an acceptable level.
Another use of the machine is tracetracewidth measurements, where any desired " number of dB down " can be
display: this protaken from that display;
duces far more consistent results than
does visual estimation using a travelling microscope.
Semiconductor decade counter is
A. Ambroziak in
described by A,
Electronics for February 9th, 1962.
The device, known as the Semdectron, consists of a bar of n-type
tron,
material with ten p-n junctions along
it; ohmic contacts are at each end of
the bar. Effectively, the device can
1-
..
I
....
I'
::c
INPUT
OUTPUT
foi1Trur
' - - - AA
_.~
I
I
INPUT-
::.
Ol
:rR
,:_
,.
be considered as ten unijunction

transistors* in series. In the circuit
shown, the negative voltage on each
junction is set by the gradient along
the bar and the voltage of the input.
As a trigger pulse is applied, the junbias will
tion with the least negative bias
be made to conduct, the resistivity of
the bar material between the junction
and the positive rail will be decreased
by the minority carrier injection, and
the second junction will be at a suitable bias voltage for triggering. The
tenth junction acts as aa monostable
multivibrator, the duration of the
quasi-stable state depending on the
values of C and R. The pulse obtained from C is used to switch the
transistor on, which then short-circuits the counter load resistor and
resets it ready for the eleventh pulse.
resets
The waveform at A is one-tenth the
input trigger pulses.
frequency of the input
Lloyd.
P Lloyd.
Oscillator." P
*"
Double-base Diode
Diode Oscillator."
*"Double-base
1961.
September 1961.
Wireless
World, September
Wireless World,
255
}UNE 1962
Wireless
WORLD, June
W IRELESS World,
MONTREUX
TELEVISION SYMPOSIUM
MONTREUX
liD
TELEVISION
DELEGAT
ES attending the 2nd International
Delegates
International
Television Symposium at Montreux, Switzerland, at
at
the beginning of May must have thought that the
U.K., although in the vanguard 26 years ago when
introducing the world's first public high-definition
high-definitio n
television service, now had nothing to contribute to
to
the science. There was but one U.K.
U .K. paper out
out of
of
a total of nearly 50, and only one piece of British
British
equipment to be seen at the exhibition organized
organized
in conjunction with the symposium, and that, inincidentally, was part of an American unit.
unit. It was
was
stated that the papers presented were selected from
the very large number submitted, but it was learned
learned
on enquiry that there was only one British paper
paper
received. It is a matter for congratulation
congratulatio n that
that the
the
paper by George Partington (of Marconi's)
Marconi's) on
on
""New
New trends in jdie
the development of television
studio equipment" was selected. Fifteen papers
papers
were from Germany, 11 from the U.S.A., 88 from
members of international organizations,
organizations , 7 from
France and 6 from Holland.
Before discussmg
discussing the papers themselves, mention
mention
must be made of the awards presented at the end
end
of the symposium. The recipients of these awards,
awards,
"~' in recognition of their outstanding contribution to
to
the advancement of television," were
were Dr.
Dr. F.
F.
Schroter, of Telcfunken,
Telefunken, Isaac Shoenberg, director
of Electric and Musical Industries, Georges
Georges
Valensi, until 1956 director of the International
International
Telephone Consultative Committee of the I.T.U.,
I.T.U.,
Dr. H. Yagi, who was until 1960 president of the
the
Musashi College of Technology, Tokyo; and
and Dr.
Dr.
V. K. Zworykm
Zworykin,' 0ofLR
R.C.A.
JF'
"9"^'
, .. 4th),
... attended
The symposium
(April
30th-May
by
by some 280 delegates from 20 countries, opened
opened
with several survey papers covering the
the developdevelopment of television and the basic problems
pr.oblems of
of frefre,quency
q uency allocation. Dr. Gerber, in stressing
stressing the
the
problems of sharing the ""but
but one single radio wave
wave
spectrum" mankind has at his disposal, quoted
quoted aa
figure of "probably
probably less than 55%
% "'' for the efficiency
efficiency
SYMPOSIUM
of
of the
the present
present use
use of
of the
the radio
radio channels
channels available
available
for
for world
world communications.
communicatio ns.
Several
sessions
were
devoted
to
communication
Several sessions were devoted to communicatio n
problems.
problems. The
The first,
first, covering
covering international
international relayrelaying,
ing, was
was devoted
devoted in
in the
the main
main to
to the
the use
use of
of earth
earth
satellites
sat-ellites and
and the
the contributions
contributions were
were from
from AmeriAmericans.
One
paper
dealt
with
the
possibility
of
using
cans. One paper dealt with the possibility of using
aa satellite-borne
satellite-born e transmitter
transmitter to
to give
give direct
direct reception
reception
of
of sound
sound and
and television
television broadcasting
broadcasting to
to the
the general
general
public
public over
over vast
vast areas
areas of
of the
the world.
world. Such
Such aa scheme
scheme
would
be
possible
only
if
an
internationally
uniform
would be possible only if an internationall y uniform
television
television standard
standard was
was adopted,
adopted, unless
unless of
of course
course
the
the satellite
satellite was
was equipped
equipped for
for multi-standard
multi-standar d transtransmission.
mission. This
This scheme
scheme is
is really
really an
an extension
extension of
of the
the
system
introduced
in
the
American
mid-west
system introduced in the American mid-west in
in
which
an
aircraft
flying
at
an
altitude
of
4
or
which an aircraft flying at an altitude of 4 or 55
miles
miles is
is used
used for
for educational
educational broadcasts.
broadcasts. During
During
the
the symposium
symposium aa paper
paper was
was presented
presented by
by the
the presipresident
dent of
of the
the U.S.
U .S. National
National Educational
Educational Television
Television
and
Radio
Centre
on
educational
television
and Radio Centre on educational television in
in
general
general in
in which
which he
he dealt
dealt at
at some
some length
length with
with the
the
"" flying
flying classroom"
classroom" introduced
introduced in
in Indiana
Indiana, where
where
there
there are
are 17,000
17,000 schools
schools with
with aa potentialclasspotential "classroom
"
of
7,000,000
students.
room" of 7,000,000 students.
.
.
c
Satellite Video-tape
Video-tape Recorder
Recorder
Satellite
The
The use
use of
of tape
tape recording
recording and
and reproducing
reproducing equipequipment
ment in
in aa satellite
satellite presents
presents many
many problems
problems the
the
greatest
greatest being
being the
the necessity
necessity for
for aa drastic
drastic reduction
redu'ction
of
of the
the size
size and
and weight
weight of
of the
the tape
tape transport
transport and
and
still
still provide
provide survo
survo facilities
facilities for
for the
the precise
precise control
control
of
tension,
velocity
and
speed
of
recording
on
of tension, velocity and speed of recording on 2in
2in
ape
tape.
Alan Grace
Grace,, Project
project engineer
engineer of
of Ampex,
Ampex,
jdescribed
'. Alan
described the
the problems
problems encountered
encountered in
in developing
developing
aa video-tape
video-tape recorder
recorder which
which weighs
weighs only
only 30
30 lb
lb,
occupies
less
than
3/4
cu
ft
and
requires
occupies less than 3I 4 cu ft and requires less
less than
than
40
40 watts
watts of
of power.
power. The
The tape
tape isis carried
carried on
on countercounterrotating
rotating hubless
hubless take-up
take-up and
and supply
supply reels
reels mounted
mounted
co-axially.
co-axially. They
They are
are driven
driven by
by rubber
rubber rollers
rollers that
that
engage
engage "V"
"V " grooves
grooves in
in their
their rims.
rims. Only
Only two
two
video
video heads
heads are
are used
used instead
instead of
of the
the normal
normal four.
four. In
In
o rrs
WSBI wm
*"5*
256
Delegates from
fro m 2 0
countries attended the
second
International
Television Symposium in
Montreux at the beginning of May.
WIRELESS
Wireless World,
WORLD, June
} UNE
1962
in/ sec
order to produce the ""writing
writing " speed
speed of
of 1,500
1,500 in/sec
the
required for a 4 megacycles video bandwidth, the
240 r.p.s.
rate of
heads are themselves rotated at aa rate
of 240
r.p.s.
which follows
follows
counter to the direction of the tape which
video head.
a helical path over the plane of
of the
the video
head.
single head
H elical scan recording utilizing aa single
Helical
head was
was
dealt with in another Ampex paper.
While discussing video tape recording, mention
mention
that of
of edit..,.
editshould be made of the latest facility, that
ed during without splicing, which was
was demonstrat
demonstrated
dursymposium . Large screen Eidophor
ing the symposium.
Eidophor equipequipdemonstrat ion, which showeq
ment
showed
m ent was used for the demonstration,
electronically and
be wiped electronically
and aa new
new
ow tape can .be
hhow
break.
recording inserted without any visible break.
Several papers dealt with various aspects of
of teletelevision transmission
bands.
transmissio n and reception in the u.h.f. bands.
Particular interest was shown in those papers covercoverAllen, chief
ing propagation problems. E. W. Allen,
chief enentions
gineer of the United States Federal Communica
Communications
Commission,
in
Commissio n, gave a report on tests conducted in
channel 31
New
31 (572(572N ew York city using the American channel
ional transMcjs). Directional and omni-direct
578 Mc/s).
omni-directional
transor
mitting aerials providing either horizontal or
circular polarization were used for the tests.
tests.
No
significant advantage of one mode
mode of
of
No
polarization over the other was shown except at very low field strengths when circular
polarization showed a slight advantage. Dr.
Dr.
H.
fur RundRundKosters, of the Hamburg Institut fiir
H . Rosters,
funktechnik,, gave a most interesting survey of tests
tests
funktechnik
using a pulse system in Bands IV and V to investiinvestigate reflections in the Bavarian Alps and in the
the
Moselle region. Results showed that because of
of
the movement of trees on wooded slopes, reflecreflections varied by as much as 10 dB by comparison
comparison
with un-wooded slopes. Directivity was found to
to
the aerial.
be more important than high gain in the
aerial.
Both of the papers devoted to camera tubes were
were
concerned with vidicons, but with a difference. In
In
the first, Dr. E. F. deHaan, of Philips, described
described
tive
the "plumbicon"
photo-sensitive
"plumbico n " tube, in which the photo-sensi
micro-cryst alline layer of lead
layer is an evaporated micro-crystalline
monoxide. The most significant advantages of
of this
this
the
lead oxide vidicon are the low dark current, the
high speed of response which is independen
independentt of light
the
intensity and the high sensitivity. The author of the
paper, Professor W. Heimann, of Wiesbaden,
second paper.
demonstrated
demonstrat ed in complete darkness an infra-red
video pick-up tube with very convincing results,
results,
the subjects being a person, a plant and aa glass
glass of
of
water. The heat source was a 300oC
300C radiator.
manufactur ers have pioneered
While in Europe manufacturers
pioneered
remote control of cameras by the introductio
introductionn of
of
more and more stable circuitry, in the United
States, where so many stations rely on packaged
concentrate d on applying
programmes,
programme s, they have concentrated
Exhibitors from France,

Japan,
Japan, Switzerland and
the U.S.A. participated
in the exhibition run in
conjunction With
with the
Symposium.
programmi ng of television and

automation to the programming
and
broadcastin g. A description was given
sound broadcasting.
given and
and aa
by
card system
or card
film shown of a punched tape or
system by
programme s (whatever
(whatever the
the
which a whole day's programmes
networking ) can
mixture of tape, film, slides or networking)
can
the
automatically
at the
automatical ly be fed into the transmitter at
appropriate time.
Colour Television
the session
Dr. V. K. Zworykin was chairman of the
session
with
devoted to colour television, and he
he opened
opened with
United States.
the United
in the
a review of the present situation in
States.
He stated that of the 208 television stations affiliated
affiliated
% are
Broadcastin g System, 87
to the National Broadcasting
87%
are
colour prore-broadca st network colour
equipped to re-broadcast
prolive or
originate live
grammes and many of them can originate
or
presumprogramme s. Similar figures
figures presumfilm colour programmes.
ably apply to the other two television networks.
networks.
of the
developmen t of
Dr. Zworykin referred to the development
the 90
90
shorter
6in shorter
is 6in
shadow mask tube by R.C.A., which is
Developme nt models
70 '' tube. Development
than the present 70
models
but they
year, but
may be available to set designers this year,
they
before the
are not likely to be on the market before
the spring
spring
of colour
of 1963. Questioned on the value of
colour in
in
that
television, Dr. Zworykin expressed the opinion that
medical
it was more important for educational and
and medical
broadcastin g.
purposes than for broadcasting.
interover intertransmissio n over
The problems of colour transmission
by Dr.
national micro-wave links were reviewed by
Dr. J.
J.
Miiller,
series
Muller, of Darmstadt, who gave details of aa series.
eof tests carried out over the 1,500
1,500 km Rome-Bern
Rome-BerneperDarmstadt circuit which forms part of
of the
the permanent Eurovision network. A full report
report on
on the
the
ApriL1962.
tests was given in NTZ for April
1962.
very
than very
impracticab le to do more than
It has been impracticable
briefly summarize a few of the papers presented
presented
meeting.. The organizing
internation al meeting.
at this international
organizing comcommittee intends publishing in book form
form all
all the
the
papers, particulars of which will be obtainable
obtainable from
from
Intern-ational
the International
of the
H .. Gayer, of
the chairman, John H.
Telecommunications
Telecommu nications Union, Geneva.
It is planned to dissociate next
next year's symposium
symposium
programme conand exhibition from the television programme
contest, -which
formed the
the
.which together have in the past -formed
International
Internation al Television Festival. The provisional
dates of . the 1963 symposium and exhibition
exhibition are
are
year's
this year's
May 20th-25th. . A weakness of
of this
next
will be avoided next
symposium,
symposium , which it is hoped will
year, was that preprints of the papers
papers were
were not
not
very little
available, which meant that there was
was very
little
discussion. The publication of preprints permits
permits
the delivery of a more or less extempore summary
summary
time for
at the meeting itself, thereby allowing
allowing time
for open
open
discussion.
to interthe papers
of the
titles of
the titles
of the
shall be glad to send aa list
We shall
We
list of
papers
to
interenvelope.
readers, who are asked to send a stamped
ested
stamped addressed
addressed envelope.
ested readers,
K
Ft n n
iS5ah4l
257
}UNE 1962
WORLD, June
Wireless
WIRELESS . World,
DOMES
TIC TELEVI
DOMESTIC
TELEVISION
SION
AND RADIO RECEIV
RECEIVERS
ERS AT
HANOVER FAIR
IIAMnimD
nMllUVCn
THERE
1 HERE is no full-scale radio exhibition this
this
autumn in Germany, but the annual Hanover
Hanover
Fair is traditionally
traditionall y the place where German
German
receiver manufacturers
new models
for
manufactur ers announce new
models for
the forthcoming
forthcomin g season. In the eight months
months which
which
have elapsed since the Grosse Deutsche FunkausFunkausstellung in Berlin there has been no fundamenta
fundamentally
lly
new developmen
developmentt in design, but some trends
and
trends and
many detail refinements of design are
are worth
worth noting.
noting.
Television Receivers
Receivers
The so-called "asymmetrical
"asymmetr ical cabinet"
cabinet" which
which has
has
long been
sets seems
seems
bee!l a feature of British television sets
now to have become a vogue also
al~o in Germany.
Germany. Most
Most
firms make three classes of receiver which
which may
may be
be
translated as ""standard,"
and
standard," "high-performance"
" high-perfor mance " anrl
"luxury." Following the lead given by
by Saba
Saba with
with
their optical diffusion screen, most
most sets
sets now
now have
have
switchable ""line
line free
free"" viewing which in the
the cheaper
cheaper
sets is obtained by spot elongation and
and in
others
in the
the others
by spot wobble. The luxury
class
includes
luxury class includes fully
fully
automatic tuning, and in some cases motor-driven
motor-driv en
station searching on u.h.f. as well as v.h.f.

The
v.h.f. The
commonest screen size is 59 em
cm (23 in) and
and many
many
sets (e.g. Korting, Schaub-Lorenz,
fitted
Schaub-Lo renz, Wega)
Wega) were
were fitted
with convex plastic gold-toned filter
filter screen
screen covers
covers
which attracted favourable attention for
for their
their widewideangle viewing and anti-reflection
anti-reflecti on characteristics.
characterist ics.
The design of "front
" front ends
ends"" shows some
some interestinteresting variations. Graetz have abandoned
abandoned the
the usual
usual
cascade
cascode input stage in favour of the PC 97
97 shielded
shielded
triode for their v.h.f. tuner. This valve
valve has
has the
the very
very
low grid-anode capacitance of 0.48
0.48 pF
pF and
and in
in aa
neutralized circuit gives a gain comparable
comparable with
with
that of a cascode
cascade but with aa lower
lower noise
noise level.
level.
Graetz have also changed from a turret
turret to
to aa switchswitchwafer incremental
incrementa l tuner for v.h.f. Inductances
Inductance s take
take
the form of V-shaped
V -shaped thin metal
metal pressings
pres sings between
between
the switch contacts, and adjustment is
made by
is made
by
bending these towards the switch plane
plane (reducing)
(reducing)
or away (increasing inductance)
inductance).. In
In the
oscillator
the oscillator
circuit greater precision is given by
the use
by the
use of
of aa
fixed plate with stamped serrations.
Ordinary
serrations. Ordinary
cheese-head screws, concentric but not
not in contact
contact
with the plate indentations,
indentation s, adjust the
the inductance
inductance
p
i
% ^ ^
Graetz v.h f. switch tuner, with

input
with (below,
(below, right)
right) input
wafer and (left) oscillator
oscillator wafer.
wafer.
C A I D
M I 11
vjBfc ^7
tterffefc-
Philips "MemoPhilips^
-Memomatic " mechanism provides 40
pos.itions
preset positions
for u.h.f
u.h.f. channels.
by changing the distribution of r.f. current

current paths.
paths.
Grundig sprang a last-minute surprise by
by showing
showing
a prototype u.hi.
u.h.f. tuner with aa mesa
mesa transistor
transistor (AF
(AF
also using
139) r.f. stage. They are also
using transistor
transistor
sound i.f. stages in several current
current models.
models.
Mechanical ly pre-set "tuning memories"
Mechanically
memories " for
for
station selection are now provided in
in all
all but
but the
the
cheapest sets, and may take the form
form of
of aa rotary
rotary
mechanism (e.g. Philips "Memomatic")
"Memomat ic") or
or aa rank
rank
"Optimat," Grundig,
of push buttons (e.g. Blaupunkt "Optimat,"
Grundig,
Telefunken
), with independent
Telefunken),
by small
independen t adjustment by
small
knurled screws which pull out of
of the
centre of
the centre
of each
each
button. In the Telefunken sets
sets neat
sliding
neat plastic
plastic sliding
caps cover the adjusters when not
not in
in use.
use.
Although the claims of instantaneous
instantaneo us programme
programme
selection by push buttons are attractive,
attractive, the
the fascinafascination of motor-driven
motor-driv en station searching,
searching, with
with elecelectronic automatic fine tuning when
when aa worth
worth while
while
programme is found, are not to be denied. This
This
258
WIRELESS World,
Wireless
June 1962
WORLD, }UNE
1962
FSAI U24 universal (v.h.ffu.h.f.)

' Fuba " F5AIU24
(v.h.f/u.h.f.) aerial.
aerial.
"Fuba
fesa Corner 3 " broad-band (IV

(IV and
and V)
V) corner
corner aerial
aerial
The " Fesa
(Hirschmann)
and transport.
transport.
(Hirschmann) can be folded for ease of packing and
\y-\
removed) as
as fitted
fitted inin
UKW inductive tuner (with screen removed)
portable.
port "" portable.
Transita-Export
the Nordmende " Transita-Ex
pta
feature is provided for v.h.f.
v.hi. in the
the Loewe-O
Loewe-Opta
switchabie spot
spot elongation
elongation
Electromagnetic deflection coils for switchable
and u.h.f.
u.h.f. in
in some
some Electromagnetic
luxury sets, and for both v.h.f. and
sets.
TV
" class
" standard "
in
Grundig
class
TV
sets.
fewer
no
employ
which
receivers
orenz
Schaub-Lorenz
no fewer
Schaub-L
than 3 motors (1 for v.h.f. and 2 for
for u.h.f.).
u.h.f.).
the v.h.f.
v.h.f. folded
folded dipole,
dipole, which
which is
is
structure
suppressi on of horizonta
horizontall line
line structure-- as directors for the
Optional suppression
now universal in German 625-line
625-line receiversreceivers is
is placed behind them.
achieved in four ways. In the luxury class,
class, spot
spot
ntrolled oscilReceiver s
wobble is employed with a quartz-co
quartz-controlled
oscil- . Sound Receivers
lator operating at 13.56 Mc/s (the
(the frequency
frequency alloallocountries, the
the centre
centre of
of interest
interest
cated for industrial and scientific purposes)
purposes).. In
In As in most other countries,
from
portables, ranging
remains
with
transistor
ranging
from the
the
fit
to
is
method
lower-pric ed sets the usual
the lower-priced
usual method is to fit
sets),
pocket
Zwergtaschengeriite (dw::i:rf
(dwarf pocket sets), of
of
electroma gnets to
pairs of electromagnets
to the
the neck
neck of
of the
the c.r.t.
c.r.t. to
to so-called Zwergtaschengerdte
built-in fiashJ.amp
RT 31
31 (with built-in
flashlamp))
give vertical elongation of the
the spot
spot and
and to
to switch
switch which the Siemens
Ticcolo"" (with
Telefunk en"" Ticcolo
(with built-in,
built-in, springspringthe energizing current (obtain, e.g.
e.g. in
in Grundig
Grundig sets,
sets, and the Telefunken
programm e switch) are
are good
good examples,
examples, to
to
from the h.t. supply to the sound output
output valve).
valve). There
There watch programme
Kofjergeriite (handbag
high-sens itivity Koffergerdte
(handbag portables)
portables)
exception s: in the
were two notable exceptions:
the Deutsche
Deutsche Philips
Philips the high-sensitivity
noted
aerials. The
The trend,
trend, noted
"standard"
permanentt and
and with telescopic external aerials.
" standard " sets the magnets are permanen
exhibition
exhibition,, to
to include
include aa shortshortthey are applied to or removed from
from the
the neck
neck of
of at last year's Berlin metres)
for
for reception
reception of
of home
home
m, wave range (25-49
push-butt on-contro lled link
the tube by a push-button-controlled
link mechanis
mechanism,
foreign
to
journeys
to foreign
Loewe-O pta sets the spot
and in some Loewe-Opta
spot is
is electroelectro- news bulletins when on extended journeys
de
establishe d practice. The
The Nordmen
Nordmende
de-focuse d by changing the
statically de-focused
the potential
potential of
of parts is now established
also
is
and
example
typical
a
"Transita-Export"
is
is
also
-Export"
"Transita
electrodes .
one of the gun electrodes.
and accessible
accessible
noteworth y for the well thought out and
programm es on u.h.f.
The alternative programmes
u.h.f. were
were so
so long
long noteworthy
y tuned
inductivel
the
which
in
design
of
its
chassis,
the
inductively
tuned
rers
manufactu
aerial
that
Germany
in
starting
in
aerial manufacturers
ned
well-scree
and
compact
a
input
circuits
form
and
well-screened
advance.
in
ns
preparatio
make
to
had plenty of time
preparations in advance.
unit.
shown
interestin g new designs were, however,
Two
however, shown
T wo interesting
reproduct ion of disc records is
Stereophonic
is
Stereopho nic reproduction
at Hanover for the first time. The"
The " Fesa
Fesa Corner
Comer 3"
3"
modomestic radio-gra
radio-gramoHirschma nn covers
by Richard Hirschmann
covers the
the whole
whole of
of Bands
Bands universal in all the larger
to America and
and in
in anticipaanticipato fold
IV and V and is designed to
fold into
into aa small
small volume
volume phones, and for export
and
F.C.C.
of
adoption
future
The
tion
of
possible
of
F.C.C.
and
n.
installatio
and
for ease of distributio
distributionn and installation. The
ing in
nic broadcast
stereophonic
broadcasting
in
FSA1U24
v.h.f. and
and u.h.f.
u.h.f. C.C.I.R. standards for stereopho
F SA1 U24 by Fuba covers all the v.h.f.
productionn by
by
channels with a gain of 8-lOdB.
8-10dB. The technique
technique Europe, adapter units are already in productio
adopted is to use the reflector rods of the u.h.f.
u.h.f. aerial
aerial Graetz, Grundig and Saba.
259
Wireless
June 1962
WoRLD, }UNE
WIRELEss World,
WORLD OF WIRELESS
U.K.
the U.K.
in the
Broadcasting in
U.H.F. Broadcasting
l.l.H.F.
Enof EnDirector of
C.B.E., Director
BISHOP, C.B.E.,
SIR HAROLD BISHOP,
the
to the
delegates to
300 delegates
the 300
gineering, B.B.C., addressing the
Association
Retailers' Association
Television Retailers'
annual Radio and Television
outlined
Bournemouth, outlined
at Bournemouth,
Conference held recently at
of
extension of
the extension
for the
proposal for
the Corporation's proposal
second
includes aa second
This includes
U.K. This
broadcasting in the U.K.
lines,
625 lines,
to 625
405 to
from 405
change from
television programme, aa change
colour
of colour
development of
bands, development
extension into the u.h.f. bands,
introthe introand the
radio and
sound radio
of sound
television, an extension of
broadcasting,
local broadcasting,
for local
service for
duction of a fourth service
To
stereophony. To
with stereophony.
experiments with
and continued experiments
B.B.C.
the B.B.C.
development, the
of development,
carry out this programme of
licence
of aa licence
6 of
and 6
5 and
between 5
would need to receive between
the
of the
out of
16s out
2 16s
about 2
receives about
fee (at present it receives
licence).
4 radio and TV licence).
the
facing the
problems facing
engineering problems
With regard to engineering
vitally
all vitally
were all
they were
said they
he said
broadcasting authorities, he
transmitters
u.h.f. transmitters
of u.h.f.
performance of
interested in the performance
There
difficulties. There
reception difficulties.
in reception
pa'rticularly in
and most particularly
would
which would
aerials which
better aerials
would be a need for better
carefully
and carefully
roofs and
over roofs
high over
have to be erected high
be
would be
these would
of these
cost of
The cost
sited to avoid ghosts. The
aerials.
television aerials.
v.h.f. television
considerably higher than
than for v.h.f.
coclose cothe close
with the
B.B.C. with
It was revealed that the B.B.C.
to
industry, isis to
and industry,
I.T.A. and
G.P.O., I.T.A.
operation of the G.P.O.,
with aa
Palace with
Crystal Palace
from Crystal
carry out further trials from
with
on with
later on
and later
e.r.p. and
kW e.r.p.
160 kW
of 160
u.h.f. transmitter of
same
the same
on the
power on
same power
the same
of the
a second transmitter of
Channels
in Channels
be in
would be
transmitters would
site. At first the transmitters
655.25Mc/s)
(vision 655.25Mc/s)
44 (vision
and 44
575.25Mc/s) and
34 (vision 575.25Mc/s)
four
the four
of the
two of
to two
changed to
be changed
and later would be
the
at the
area at
London area
the London
to the
frequencies allocated to
Stockholm
at Stockholm
Conference at
Broadcasting Conference
European Broadcasting
star~
would start
trials would
that trials
planned that
was planned
last year. It was
and
monochrome and
be monochrome
would be
there would
in August and that there
would
transmitter would
second transmitter
The second
colour transmissions. The
changes
frequency changes
the frequency
with the
1963 with
be added early in 1S63
"The
said: "The
Harold said;
Sir Harold
April. Sir
made about next April.
trials isis
these trials
for these
transmitters for
reason for using two transmitters
for
think, for
we think,
bands, we
u.h.f. bands,
the u.h.f.
that there is space in the
serving
transmitters serving
four transmitters
the four
But the
four programmes. But
site.
same site.
the same
on the
be on
to be
have to
a particular area would have
are
we are
that we
ourselves that
satisfy ourselves
to satisfy
We want, therefore, to
transin transarise in
may arise
that may
problems that
aware of all the problems
site."
one site."
from one
programmes from
mitting this number of programmes
e.r.p.,
kW e.r.p.,
1,000 kW
perhaps 1,000
power, perhaps
In spite of the high power,
has
Design has
Industrial Design
of Industrial
CounCil of
of the Council
Design Centre Award of
The
pick-up. The
S.M.. pick-up.
this S.M.E.
of this
been presented to the designers of
performance.
outstanding performance.
an outstanding
offers an
arm offers
judges stated " ...
. . this arm
engineering".
precision engineering
of precision
piece of
fine piece
It also looks what it is, aa fine
transu.h.f. transmain u.h.f.

the main
for the
contemplated for
which is contemplated
would
there would
service, there
national service,
mitters to provide a national
150
about 150
and about
stations and
main stations
64 main
have to be about 64
services
relay services
wired relay
additional wired
satellite stations with additional
to serve the difficult areas.
areas.
also
were also
conference were
R.T.R.A. conference
Delegates to the R.T.R.A.
Engineer
Chief Engineer
C.B.E., Chief
Bevan, C.B.E.,
addressed by P. A. T. Bevan,
agreeclose agreein close
was in
he was
that he
said that
of the I.T.A., who said
thought
He thought
said. He
had said.
Harold had
ment with what Sir Harold
co-operation
of co-operation
degree of
large degree
that there must be aa large
they
that they
and that
authorities and
broadcasting authorities
between the broadcasting
quickly.
too quickly.
u.h.f. too
into u.h.f.
rushed into
be rushed
did not want to be
stations
ten stations
about ten
years about
five years
the first five
He said that in the
U.K.
the U.K.
in the
coverage in
70 % coverage
could be built to give 70%
long-term
and long-term
difficult and
the difficult
was the
30 % was
The remaining 30%
task.
Certificates
Audio Amplifier
Amplifier Certificates
introrecently introhave recently
Group have
THE Audio Manufacturers' Group
specificaamplifier specificaaudio amplifier
certifying audio
duced a scheme for certifying
that
indicates that
certificate indicates
tions. Under this scheme aa certificate
measured
been measured
have been
amplifier have
the amplifier
certain parameters of the
independent
an independent
by an
procedures by
standard procedures
according to standard
for
claims for
manufacturer's claims
the manufacturer's
that the
testing authority and that
parameters
The parameters
confirmed. The
been confirmed.
these parameters have been
distorharmonic distorthe harmonic
include the
which must be measured include
hum
response, hum
frequency response,
sensitivity, frequency
tion, output power, sensitivity,
conpower conand power
cross-talk and
and noise, damping factor, cross-talk
technical
in technical
quoted in
be quoted
must be
data must
sumption. All this data
such
in such
given in
data given
other data
any other
and any
publicity material, and
The
scheme. The
this scheme.
under this
checked under
be checked
material must also be
production
all production
that all
undertake that
also undertake
manufacturer must also
tested
the tested
as the
standards as
same standards
to the same
models are made to
this
checking this
for checking
down for
laid down
is laid
sample, and a procedure is
can
manufacturer can
Any manufacturer
complaint. Any
in the event of a complaint.
be aa
to be
have to
not have
does not
he does
scheme: he
take part in this scheme;
UnforGroup. UnforManufacturers' Group.
member of the Audio Manufacturers'
any
for any
recently for
too recently
introduced too
tunately this scheme was introduced
Interrecent Interthe recent
at the
shown at
be shown
to be
certificates under it to
national Audio Fair.
Students
Research Students
Brit.I.R.E. Research
in
research in
fundamental research
DESIGNED to encourage fundamental
Research
Mountbatten Research
engineering, Mountbatten
radio and electronic engineering,
InstiBritish Instithe British
by the
established by
Studentships are being established
one
award one
to award
intended to
is intended
It is
tution of Radio Engineers. It
and
1963, and
October 1963,
in October
second in
studentship in October, the
the second
studentship
will
studentship will
Each studentship
vacant. Each
thereafter as they become vacant.
college
or college
university or
plus university
have an annual value of 500 plus
years,
two years,
for two
tenable for
be tenable
normally be
tuition fees, and will normally
Potential
year. Potential
further year.
one further
of one
extension of
with the possible extension
graduates
be graduates
must be
who must
studentships, who
candidates for the studentships,
appliobtain applimay obtain
technology, may
or holders of diplomas in technology,
at
Brit.I.R.E. at
the Brit.I.R.E.
of the
secretary of
cation forms from the secretary
W.C.l.
9 Bedford Square, London, W.C.I.
told
understood, told
is understood,
has, itit is
The Pilkington Committee has,
comthe comreceive the
to receive
expect to
the Government that it can expect
of
future of
the future
on the
recommendations on
mittee's report and recommendations
that
reported that
It isis reported
June. It
in June.
U.K. in
broadcasting in the U.K.
giving
Paper giving
White Paper
issue aa White
to issue
the Government intends to
July.
in July.
early in
recommendation early
its decisions on the recommendation
Paris
the Paris
that the
announced that
is announced
Show.-It is
No Paris Radio Show.It
for
tentatively for
arranged tentatively
Show arranged
Radio and Television Show
held.
be held.
now be
September 13th-24th,
not now
will not
13th-24th, will
September
JuNE
WoRLD, June
WIRELESS
Wireless World,
260
1962
1962
International Television Conference.London

Conference.-London is the
Television Conference (May
(May
venue of the International Television
31st-June 7th) organized by the Electronics and
and ComCommunications Section of the I.E.E. in association with
with the
the
Institute of Radio Engineers (N.Y.), the Television
Television
The
Society and the British Kinematograph Society. The
association of the I.E.E. with the Institute
Institute of
of Radio
Radio
Engineers in the conference provides an important exexample of Anglo-American co-operation in the professional
professional
will set a pattern
pattern for
for
electronics field which, it is hoped, will
attending, reprereprethe future. About 1,500 delegates are attending,
senting some 23 countries, and arrangements have
have been
been
made for delegates to visit industrial organizations
organizations during
during
the conference.
B.B.C.'s existing
existing
Television transmissions from the B.B.C.'s
v.hL
Llanddona, AngleAnglev.h.f. sound broadcasting station at Llanddona,
sey, North Wales, began on May 15th. Programmes
Programmes
are transmitted on Channel 11 (vision 45Mc/s, sound
sound
41.5Mc/s), using vertical polarization. The
41.5Mcjs),
The B.B.C.'s
B.B.C.'s
new television station near Manningtree, Essex, was
was
are
brought into service on May 22nd. Programmes are
transmitted on Channel 4 (vision 61.75Mc/s,
61.75Mc/s, sound
58.25Mc/s) with horizontal polarization.
Transmitter.-The v.h.f. sound radio transBeckley Transmitter.The
mitters at the B.B.C.'s television station at Beckley,
Beckley, near
near
Oxford, were brought into service on May 28th.
28th. As
As the
the
service area for sound radio transmissions includes parts
parts
of the B.B.C.'s Midland and West Regions, the Beckley
of
Becklev
Station transmits both the Midland (93.9Mc/s)
(93.9Mc/s) and
and West
West
Station
of England (95.85Mc/s) Home Services in addition to the
of
the
Light Programme (89.5Mc/s), and the Third Programme
and Network Three (91.7Mc/s). Horizontal polarization
polarization
is used.
Common Market Tariffs.Mr.
Common
Tariffs.-Mr. John M. Howard,
Parliamentary private secretary to Mr. Edward Heath,
Heath,
Lord Privy Seal, told delegates to the R.T.R.A.
R.T.R.A. conconference that in the short term, entry to the
the Common
Common
Market is not expected to result in any significant rise
rise
in the imports of either television or sound radio
radio sets
sets
from European Economic Community members. Our
Our
present tariff on these goods is 20 per cent
cent which
which on
on
entry we would expect to cut by about half. In
In retail
retail
only about
prices this would be equivalent to a drop of only
5 per cent to 6 per cent.
1961,
Silver Medal of the Television Society for 1961,
which is awarded "for outstanding artistic .achievement
achievement
in television," was presented to Richard Cawston,
Cawston, the
the
at the
the
B.B.C. senior documentary film producer, at
Society's annual dinner on May 11th. His outstanding
outstanding
documentary in 1961 was
was""Television
Television round the
the world"
for which he travelled through 20 countries
countries studying
studying
the effect of television. When acknowledging the award
award
he remarked that nowhere, no matter what
what the
the line
line
standards-had
comparable with
with
standardshad he found television comparable
that in the U.K.
British Association's annual meeting in Manchester
(August 29th-September 5th) will be presided over by
by Sir
Sir
John Cockcroft, F.R.S The programme for the engineerincluding section lists a number of subjects in our field, including semiconductors, new uses of computers, and
and
industrial applications of data handling and processing.
processing.
V.T.R. in Europe.Of
Europe.-Of Europe's 193 video recording
installations 70 are in the U.K. The next biggest
biggest conconcentration is in Germany, where there are
are 52. Ampex
installations total 163.
Day.-The College of Aeronautics,
Aeronautics,
Cranfield Open Day.The
Day on
on
Cranfield, Bedfordshire, is holding an Open Day
Saturday, June 30th. There will be an air display and
and
flights from the airfield for members of the
the public.
public.
Lunch and tea will .be available.
"Scaling
Computers": on page 219 of
of
" Scaling of Analogue Computerson
the May issue, in line 26 of the right-hand column,
column, the
the
two o's should be deleted.
Demonstrations.-An invitainvitaVideo Tape Recorder Demonstrations.An

to readers
readers
tion is extended by RCA Great Britain Ltd. to
television
of Wireless World to see the RCA transistor television
tape recorder in operation at the studios
studios of
of Iris
Iris ProProductions Ltd., Broom Road, Teddington, during the
the
period May 31st to June 9th. The
The engineer responresponsible for the design of this switchable
switchable three-standard
recorder (TR-22) will be in attendance. Readers should
should
write to RCA Great Britain Ltd., Lincoln Way, WindWindmill Road, Sunbury-on-Thames, Middx., for an invitainvitation card.
R.E.C.M.F. Officers.At
Officers.-At the recent A.G.M.
A.G.M. of
of the
the
Radio and Electronic Component Manufacturers' Federation Dr. G. A. V. Sowter was re-elected chairman.
chairman.
The new council is as follows: G. J. Taylor
Taylor (Bakelite),
(Bakelite),
N.
(Bellirig-Lee), A. F. Bulgin
Bulgin (Bulgin),
(Bulgin), R.
R. F.
F.
N, D. Bryce (Belling-Lee),
Collinson (Colvern), S. H. Brewell (A. H.
H . Hunt),
Hunt),
J. Thomson (Morganite Resistors), S. E. Jones (Mullard),
(Mullard),
R. Arbib (Multicore), P. M. Denham (Painton), J.J. A.
R
A.
Dr. G. A.
A. V.
Clark (Plessey), L. T. Hinton (S.T.C.), and Dr.
Sowter (Telcon Metals).
Council.-Representatives of 15
15 member
member
E.E.A. Council.Representatives
companies of the Electronic Engineering Association
Association
make up the new council for 1962. They are: V.
V. M.
M.
Roberts (A.E.I.), C. H. T. Johnson (Decca
(Decca Radar),
Radar),
C. Metcalfe (E.M.I. Electronics), W. R. Thomas
Thomas
(Elliott Brothers), J. O.
0 . Trundle (English
(English Electric),
Electric),
(G.E.C.),
W. D. H. Gregson (Ferranti), R. J.J. Clayton (G.E.C.),
G. J. Kelsey (Marconi's), R. R. C. Rankin (Milliard),
(Mullard),
(MurphY'), M. W. Clark (Plessey), J.]. R.
R.
K. S. Davies (Murph/j,
Turner
Brinkley (Pye Telecommunications), J. S. Turner
(Redifon), C. G. White (S.
(S. Smith & Sons,
Sons, Kelvin &
&
Hughes Division), and L. T. Hinton (S.T.C.).
A memorial seat in recognition of the work done for
experimental radio communications by the late Gerald
Gerald
Bosham,
Marcuse, is to be presented to the parish of Bosham,
near Chichester, Sussex, where he lived for many years.
The seat is being given by the Radio Amateurs and
and
Old Timers' Association and the Radio Society of
of Great
Great
to the
the house
house
Britain. In addition a plaque has been fixed to
at 14, Queens Park Road, Caterham, Surrey, from
from which
Gerald Marcuse carried out his pioneer Empire broadbroadcasts.
Seventy U.K. electronics firms in the component and
instrument field have already expressed interest in
in parparComponent & InInticipating in the British Electronic Component
strument Exhibition, which is to be held in
in Basle,
Basle,
Switzerland, from October 15th-20th this year
year under
under
the auspices of the R.E.C.M.F. Full details are availavailable from the organizers, Industrial Exhibitions
Exhibitions Ltd.,
Ltd.,
9 Argyll Street, London, W.l.
w.l. (Tel.;
(Tel.: Gerrard 1622).
1622).
Licences.-The number of combined
combined teleteleReceiving Licences.The
throughout the
the U.K.
U.K.
vision and sound radio licences throughout
increased by 51,564 in February and aa further 88,703
88,703 in
in
March bringing the total to 11,833,712.
11,833,712. Of
Of the
the 3,538,507
3,538,507
sound only licences at the end of March, 495,699 were
were
for sets fitted in cars.
East German television set production is planned to
to
set
reach 500,000 this year. There are two state-owned set
manufacturing companies in East Germany where the
average retail
retail
majority of sets have 17in screens. The average
145-there are no hire
hire
price is equivalent to about 145there
purchase or rental facilities.
Dutch Show.W.
Show.-W. van der Horst, editor
editor of Radio
Radio
Electronica, of Holland, has advised us that
that as .there
there
he is organorganwill not be a Firato in Amsterdam this year he
izing a show of electronic equipment in tjie
tlle Apollo
Apollo
Hall, Amsterdam, from October lst-6th.
1st-6th.
Berlin will again
German
again be the venue of the next German
Radio Show which will be held from August
August 30th30thSeptember 8th, 1963.
261
Wireless World,
WIRELEss
WoRLD, June
JuNE 1962
1962
Televi
sion Society
Society Premiums.The
Television
Prem iums. -The following
following awards
awards
have been made by the Television
Televi sion Society
Society to
to the
the authors
author s
of the papers quoted^
were
read
before
the
Society
quoted , which
which were read before the Society
in 1960-61;
1960- 61:Electro nic Engineering
Electronic
Engine ering premium
premiu m to
to I.
I. J.
J. P,
P. James
James (E.M.I.)
(E.M.I .)
for "Colou
r Television
Televis ion Camera
Camer a Problems,"
Proble ms."
r*E.M.I.
,poloLir
premiu
m to
to Dr.
Dr. W.
W. E.
E. Glenn
Glenn (General
(Gener al Electric,
Electri
c,
E'/V'
New York) for
Thermoplastic
for "Therm
oplasti c Recording"
Record ing."
Mervy n premiu
r er Um
t Dr
N
m to
Dr. D . E
E.
N.
King
(Hirst Research
Resear
ch
i? r ffor
?n
- parent
- - Phosphor
(Hirst
Centre
(for ..
ntre,, G.E.C.)
Transparent
"
G .E.C.)
"Trans
Phosph or Screens
Screen s."
Mullar d premiu
em u m to D. C. Brothe rs (B.B.C.) for "Contr ast
T Correction
to D. ion
C. Brothers
(B.B.C.) for
Law
Caw
Picture
" "Contrast
CorrecPf
tion ;m
inmTelevision
Televis
Picture Generators
Genera tors."
Pye premiu
m t0
to E
E. R. Rout1 aand R. F. Vigurs (B.B.C.) for
1Um
" APyWide
^reIRange
SRange
cStanda
K-KPn"
nd
R.
F.
Vigurs
(B.B.C.) for
"A
Wide
Standards
Converter."
rds Conver ter."
T.C.C. premiu m to
to Dr. H.
Marine
Station,
H. Barnes
Barnes (The
(The
Marine
Station ,
Millpo
rt) for
for" Underwater
MiUport)
Underw ater Television
Televis ion in
mMarine
Marine Biology,"
Biology," and
and
Wireles s World premiu m to
t0 J. Roizen (Ampe x Interna tional,
(Ampex
International,
Switze rland) for "The USe
Use 0f
ofJ'Koixen
Video Tape
Vlde0
f0r
0010111
Tele
for
Colour
Television
Record ing."
^sion Recording,"
'
Mulla
rd Educational
MuIIard
Educa tional Service
Service has
has added
added five
five more
more
pamph lets to its "Demonstrations
pamphlets
" Demo nstrati ons and
and Experiments
Exper iments in
in
Electr
onics " series. They
Electronics
Transistor
They are:
are: No.
No. 17,
17, A
A
Trans
istor
Ratl.!meter; No. 18, Valve and Transistor
Ratemeter,
Transi stor Characteristic
Chara cterist ic
Displa
ys; No
Displays;
No. 19, A
A Transformer
Transf ormer with
with Exchangeable
Exchangeable
Windi
ngs; No. 20, The
Windings;
The Milliard
Mulla rd Pegboard
Pegbo ard Circuit
Circui t
System
System;; and No. 21, A
A Transistor
Trans istor Tester
Tester for
for Schools
Schools.
Reque
sts
Requests for copies of
of these
these pamphlets
pamphlets should
should be
be
addressed to Milliard
addressed
Mulla rd Educational
Educational Service,
Service, ' Mullard
Mulla rd
House, Torrmgton
House,
Place,
London,
W.C.I.
Torrin gton Place, Londo n, W.C.l .
Educational services
Educational
services of the
the International
Intern ationa l Nickel
Nickel ComCompany (Mond.)
(Mond .) Ltd.
Ltd., Thames
Tham es House,
House , Millbank,
Millba nk, London,
Londo n,
S.W.1
b.W 1,, are described
in
two
new
booklets
described and illustrated
illustrated in two new booklets
availab
Le free of charge on
avai
able
on application
application to
to the
the company.
company.
Public ation 2414, directed
Publication
directed at
at lecturers
lecture rs in
in universities
universities
and techmcal
Inco
Mond
educational
technical colleges,
colleges, describes
describes !nco Mond educational
aids m
in metallurgy,
metallurgy, physics,
physics, chemistry
chemistry and
and engineering
engineering
and lists hterature
literat ure describing
describing the
the properties
proper ties and
and appliapplications of nickel-containing
cations
used
nickel-containing materials
materi als used in
in elecelectronics. Publication
tronics.
directed
at
science
masters
Public ation 2415,
2415, directed at science masters
teaching at G.C.E.
teaching
A
levels,
lists
specimens,
G.C.E . O
0 and
and A levels, lists specimens,
photographs and samples,
photographs
samples, wall
wall charts,
charts, films
films and
and literaliteradealing with nickel
ture dealing
nickel production
produc tion and
and applications.
applications.
The Nuffield
Nuffield Foundation
Found ation has
has set
set aside
aside 250,000
250,000 totowards the cost of a comprehensive
comprehensive long-term
long-t erm programme
progra mme
improve the teaching
to improve
mathematics
teaching of
of science
science and
and mathematics in
in
school
s. Co-ordmation
schools.
Co-ord ination of
of the
the whole
whole programme
progra mme will
will
be undertaken
Foundation,
Dr.
undert aken by
by the
the director
directo r of
of the
the Found ation, Dr.
Leslie
Ueshe Farrer-Brown,
Farrer -Brow n, in
in consultation
consul tation with
with the
the Ministry
Minist ry
of Education,
ot
Education, professional
professional institutions
institutions and
and industry.
industry.
Ruthe
rford Scholarship.The
Schol arship .-The Council
Rutherford
Council of
of the
the Royal
Royal
Societ
Societyy has appomted
appoin ted K.
K. S.
S. Imrie,
Imrie, of
of the
the University
Unive
rsity
of New Englan d, Armid
ale, New South Wales, to a
midale
RutWfnr^llfl'
l5 for three
' Newyears,
Southto Wales,
to
a
Ruthe rford Scholarship
work at
at the
the
Scholarship
for Labor
three atories
years, ,to work
Nuffield n
Radio
omy
University of
0 Astron
0norny
Manch
ester.
Manchester
Laboratories, University of
Pe
rsonalities
Personalities
P. P. Eckersley,
Eckersley, M.I.E.E.,
M.I.E .E., F.I.R.E.,
F.I.R. E., on
on his
his
retirem ent from the Telephone
retirement
Teleph one Manufacturing
Manuf acturi ng ComCompany, has taken up
consulting
work.
In
this
capacity
up consul ting work. In this capacity
he is engaged
engaged by T.M.C.
T.M.C . to
to look
look after,
after, notably,
notably, educaeducawor
tional work.
k-. He has also been appointed
appoin ted chairman
chairm
an
or Communication
Ltd.,
a
company
of
Comm unicat ion Consultants
Consu ltants Ltd., a compa ny which
which
undert
akes consulting
undertakes
telecomconsulting services
services relating
relating to
to
telecom
munications . The Canadian
munications.
Canad ian Overseas
Overseas TelecommunicaTeleco mmun ications Corporation
inspecCorpo ration has
has engaged
engage d Mr.
Mr. Eckersley
Eckersley as
as
inspec
tor for equipm ent purr.ha
sed 111
in this
this country
countr y by
by the
the
Corporation'PHient
Purchased
Corpo
ration.
R. M. Barnard,
Barna rd, B.Sc., A.M.I.E.E.,
A.M.I .E.E., has
has been
been appointed
appoin ted
to manage
manag e the
the Magnetic
Magne tic Materials
Mater ials Division
Division of
of Standard
Standa rd
Teleph
ones and Cables.
lelephones
as
Cables. He
He joined
joined S.T.C
S.T.C . in
in 1928
1928
as
studen t and after
a student
radio
after spending
spendi ng some
some time
time on
on various
variou
s
radio
receiv
er projects,
projects, ranging
receiver
links
rangin g from
from ship-to-shore
ship-to -shore radio
radio links
and aaircraf
t receive
rs to
to domestic
domestic types, published a
C
re elVe?rS
book
"
Rnti;n
p
types,
published
ar
a 0
book,
"Radi
o
,
Receiv
er
Measu
remen
ts."
transfe
U
P J.. Transm
Receiver Measurements."
On transfer
me
studied
to
the S.l.
S.T.C
v 1 ransmission
ission Division
Division in
in 1934
1934 he
he
studie
d
the measuring
measu ring problems
proble ms associated
associated with
with circuits
circuits for
for
multi- chann el telephone
multi-channel
teleph one systems
systems and
and television.
television.
E. F. Woods,
Woods, M.B.E.,
M.B.E ., B.Eng.
B.Eng. (Hons),
(Hons), assistant
assista nt to
to the
the
superi
ntende nt engineer,
superintendent
nearly
engineer, lines,
lines, has
has retired
retired after
after
nearly
33 years
years' service with the
B.B.C.
He
has
been
concerned
the B.B.C. He has been concer ned
with many developments
develo pment s in
in the
the Lines
Lines Department,
Depar tment , in
in
1 sound and television
both
the
fields. and was awarded
,the M.B.E.
Jj
?,
sound
and
television
fields,
award ed
in
recognition
of
his
services
to
M.B.E. m
in 1959
1959 in recognition of his services to
broadc ast engmeermg.
engine ering. In 1956 Mr.
broadcast
Mr. Woods
Woods was
was seconded
second ed
tempo
rarily to the European
temporarily
Europ ean Broadcasting
Broadcasting Union
Union to
to
assist with the technical
arrangements
for
Eurovisioa
technical arrang ement s for Eurov ision
progra
mme exchanges.
programme
exchanges.
The B.B.C. annou
nces the appointment
announces
appoin tment of
of B.
B. WeisWeisman, B.Sc.(Eng.),
B.Sc.(Eng.), A.M.I.E.E.,
A.M.I .E.E., as
as head
head of
of the
the L.F.
L.F. Studio
Studio
Sectio
n, Planning
Section,
Installation
Department,
in
Planni ng and
and Install ation Depar tment, in sucsuccessio
cessionn to O.
0. H. Barron,
Barron , M.B.E.,
M.B.E., B.Sc.,
B.Sc., A.M.I.E.E.,
A.M.I .E.E., who
who
retired recently
nearly
40
years'
service.
recently after
after nearly 40 years' service. Mr.
Mr.
Weism
an joined the Corporation
Weisman
Corpo ration in
in 1932
1932 as
as an
an assistant
assista nt
mainte nance engmeer
mamtenance
the
London
control
room
engine er in
in the Londo n contro l room.
R.
R. M. Barnard
Barnard
Dr. G. N. Roberts
Roberts
He went into
1 t0 tl
Planni ng and
and Installation
Install ation Department
Depar tment
P the
}c Planning
in
m 1941 when
the
Section
was
formed
and
the L.F.
G.
L .F. Studio
N.
Rober ts, B.Sc., Ph.D.,
Studio Sectio n was forme d and
G".
Roberts,
Ph.D., A.M.I.E.E.,
A.M.I .E.E., has
has been
been
concer ned with many of
appoin ted manager
has been concerned
appointed
manag er of
of the
of the
the B.B.C.'s
the Capacitor
B.B.C.'s maior
Capac itor Division
major
Division of
of the
the
studio and control
during
the
postcontro l room
Comp
room developments
onents
Components Group of Standard
developments during
Standa rd Telephones
Teleph ones and
5 the postand Cables
Cables
war years.
^
Ltd. at Paignton,
Devon.
Dr.
Roberts,
formerly
chief
Paignt on, Devon . Dr. Rober ts, formerly chief
produ ct engineer
product
engine er with S.T.C.'s
S.T.C .'s Transistor
Transi stor Division
Divisi on at
at
Footsc
ray,
Footscray,
Kent,
which
he
joined
in
1957
after
he
joined
R. J. MUdwidsky
in
Mildwidsky, B.Se.(Eng.),
1957
chief
enafter three
three
B.Sc.(Eng.), A.M.I.E.E.,
A.M.I .E.E., chief enyears
with
Plessey,
has
taken
over
the
management
Plessey, has taken over the manag ement
gineer of Rank Relay
Relay Services
Services Ltd.,
Ltd., has
has been
been elected
elected
of the dmsion
division following
following the
the appointment
presid
appoin tment of
ent of the Society
president
A.
of its
its former
Society of
forme r
of Relay
Relay Engineers
Engin eers and
and
A.
manag
er
manager
D.
Stevenson
European
Sales
Manager
D
.
Steven son as
as
Europ
Burke, A
ean
A.M.B
Sales
Manag
rit.I.R .E., of British Relay
Burke,
M.Brit.I.R.E.,
Wireless,
has
er for
for
Relay Wireless, has
Comp
onents
,
Components, for the International
TeleIntern ationa l Telephone
been elected vice-president.
Teleph one and
vice-president.
and
Telegraph Corporation.
Corpo ration.
262
WIREL
ESS World,
WORLD, June
Wireless
}UNE 1962
1962
G. 15.
D. Smith, A.M.Brit.I.R.E.,
A.M.Brit.I.R.E., chief electronic
electronicss
engineer of Plessey Nucleonics
Nucleonics Ltd.,
Ltd., has
has received
received from
from
the City and Guilds of London Institute
the
Institute the Insignia
Insignia
Award in Technology
His
thesis
Technolo gy (C.G.I.A.).
(C.G.I.A.). His thesis was
was
entitled ""Electron
Electronic
ic Methods
Methods of
of Measuring
Measurin g Nuclear
Nuclear
Radiation Hazards."
the
Wireless
College,
Hazards. " After leaving
leaving the Wireless College,
Colwyn Bay, in 1944,
1944, he
he joined
joined the
the Test
Test Department
Departm ent
of E. K. Cole Ltd., at Malmesbury,
Malmesb ury, where
where he
he was
was aa
" founder member"
the
nucleonics
development
member " of
of the nucleonics development
departme
department
1947, Mr. Smith,
nt set up in 1947.
Smith, who
who is
is 35,
35,
joined Plessey in 1957.
The C.G.I.A. has

T. W.
has also
also been
been conferred
conferred upon
upon J.
W.
Stark, A.M.Brit.I.R.E.,
A.M.Brit.I.R.E., aa member
member of
of the
the B.B.C.
B.B.C. ReResearch Department.
Departme nt. Mr. Stark commenced
commenc ed his
his career
career
with the Post Office Engineering
Engineering Department
Departm ent and
and while
while
there was seconded to
Germany
and
Nyasaland.
to Germany and Nyasaland. He
He
Cyprus
Inland
Telecommunicaalso served with the
the Cyprus Inland Telecomm unications Authority as
a
senior
executive
engineer.
Mr.
Stark
as a senior executive engineer. Mr. Stark
is currently working on
on tropospheric
tropospheric propagation.
propagation.
K. J. Powell,
Powell, aa 21-year-old
21-year-old Marconi
Marconi technician
technician
apprentic
apprentice,
e, has been presented
presented with
with the
the 1961
1961 Goldup
Goldup
Prize by the Institution
of
Electrical
Engineers.
Institutio n of Electrical Engineers. This
This
prize is awarded annually
to
the
student
who
annually to the student who obtains
obtains
the
the_ best result in the Higher National Certificate
Certificate examiexamination taken throughout
througho ut the
the country.
country. In
In the
the H.N.C.
H.N.C.
telecommunications examination
telecommunications
examination he
he achieved
achieved 97%
97% in
in
mathematics, 96% in electrical engineering
mathematics,
engineering and
and 85%
85%
m radio engineering.
On
completion
of
his
five-year
in
engineering. On completion of his five-year
apprentic eship in September
apprenticeship
Septembe r of
of this
this year,
year, he
he hopes
hopes to
to
spend three years at Bangor
Bangor University
Universit y and
and then
then return
return
to the Marconi Company as
a
development
engineer.
as a developm ent engineer.
R. P. Henegan,
Henegan , Assoc.Brit.I.R.E.,
Assoc.Brit.I.R.E., has been appointed
appointed
commerc
ial manager of Technograph
commercial
Technog raph Electronic
Electronic ProProducts Ltd., of Fleet, Hants.
the
Rants. A
A member
member of
of the Society
Society
of Instrument
the
Radar
Instrume nt Technology,
Technology, he
he served
served in
in the Radar
Branch of the Royal Navy
Navy during
during the
the war
war and
and was
was subsubsequently with E.M.I. Research Laboratories
Laborato ries and
and Decca
Decca
Radar. Joining the technical sales
Gresham
sales staff
staff of
of Gresham
Transfor mers in 1953 he was appointed commercial
Transformers
commercial
manager of the Electroni
Electronicc Transformers
Transform ers Division
Division in
in
1956, which position he relinquished
relinquish ed to
to take
take up
up his
his
appointm ent.
new appointment.
T. S. Woodget,
Woodget, M.Brit.I.R.E.,
M.Brit.I. R.E., and A. J.
'C
). Minns have
have
been appointed to the board
board of
of the
the M-O
M-0 Valve
Valve Co.
Co.
Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary
General
Electric
subsidiary of
of the
the General Electric
Company
Company.. Formerly works manager,
Woodget
manager, Mr.
Mr. Woodget is
is
productio n director of
now production
of M-O
M-0 Valve,
Valve, having
having been
been
associated with the company since 1934.
Minns
is
1934. Mr.
Mr. Minns is
managing director of Watson &
& Sons
Sons (Electro-Medical)
(Electro-Medical)
Ltd., with which company he
associated
he has
has been
been associated for
for
36 years. He is also on
on the
the board
board of
of Machlett
Machlett X-Ray
X-Ray
T
ubes (Great Britain) Ltd.,
Tubes
the
G.E.C.
Ltd., another
another of
of the G.E.C.
subsidiary companies.
companies.
subsidiary
G. G. E. Blagdon, A.M.I.E.E.,
A.M.I.E.E., has
has joined
joined the
the staff
staff of
of
the Operations
Operations and Maintenance
Maintena nce Department
Departm ent of
of the
the
Independ ent Television
Televisio n Authority as
Independent
assistant
to
the
as assistant to the
Senior Engineer (Operations).
(Operations). He
He was
was previously
previously ememployed by Standard Telephones
Cables
Telephon es &
& Cables Ltd.
Ltd. on
on the
the
developm
ent and installation
development
radio
and
television
installation of
of radio and television
transmitt ers and spent one year
transmitters
in
Sweden
installing
year in Sweden installing
equipmen t at the Stockholm broadcasting
equipment
broadcasting station.
station.
Managin g Director of Decca Radar
Managing
Radar since
since its
its formation
formation
12 years ago, Group
Gronp Captain E.
E. Fennessy,
Fennessy , C.B.E.,
C.B.E., B.Sc.,
B.Sc.,
for 25 years intimately
intimatel y connected with
with radar
radar and
and elecelectronics in both Government
service
and
commerce,
Governm ent service and commerce, has
has
been appointed to the board of
Decca
Ltd.,
the
newly
of Decca Ltd., the newly
formed holding company for the
the Decca
Decca Group.
Group. Grp.
Grp.
Capt. Fennessy is also a director of
of the
the British
British Space
Space
Developm
ent Company.
Development
Company .
C. W. Robson, B.Sc.(Eng.),
B.Sc.(Eng.), M.I.E.E.,
M.I.E.E., A.M.I.Mech.E.,
A.M.I.Me ch.E.,
who is retiring shortly from his
his post
post as
as vice-principal
vice-principal
and head of the department
departme nt of electrical
electrical engineering
engineering
and applied physics, South East
East London
London Technical
Technica l
Lewisham , is taking up
College, Lewisham,
up an
an appointment
appointm ent as
as
education
al officer of the Scientific
educational
Scientific Instrument
Instrume nt ManuManuAssociation, 20 Queen Anne
facturers' Association,
Street, London,
Anne Street,
London,
W .1, in succession
succession to S. C. Laws, who
W.l,
who has
has retired
retired from
from
the position.
Kenneth B. Hogg was recently appointed
appointed general
general
works manager of Electronic
Electronic Instruments
Instrume nts Ltd.,
Ltd., of
of
Richmond, Surrey. He is 40. In 1946,
Richmond,
after
demobil1946, after demobilization from the Royal Artillery in
he
was
in which
which he was aa
major, he joined Ferranti at Edinburgh
Edinburg h where,
where, three
three
years later, he became manager of
of the
the General
Genera.! .and
and
Engineer ing Department.
Electrical Engineering
1957
he
joined
Departm ent. In
In 1957 he JOmed
A.E.L as works manager of three
A.E.I,
three factories
factories (valves,
(valves,
cathode-ray tubes and batteries) at
cathode-ray
at Brimsdown,
Brimsdown, and
and
since 1958 has been general works manager
the
manager of
of the five
five
factories of A.E.I.s Radio and Electronic
Electronic Components
Compone nts
Division.
Division.
OUR AUTHORS
AUTHORS
OUR
W. R. Daniels, C. de G., whose article
article on
on storage
storage
tubes is published in this issue, was
at the
was educated
educated .at.
the
Sorbonne in Paris and worked on
photomultipliers,
on . photomult1phers,
camera tubes and related devices under
Professor
under Professor A.
A.
Lalleman d at the Observatoire
Observatoire de Paris.
Lallemand
Paris. He
He came
came to
to
this country in 1949 and since 1956
1956 has
been
with
20th
has been with 20th
Electronics where he is
Century Electronics
senior
development
is senior developm ent
photoelectric devices and radiation
engineer on photoelectric
radiation detecdetec..
tion tubes. He is at present investigating
investigating new
new target
target
systems for storage lubes.
and
tubes. Between 1949
1949 and 1956
1956
he was first with Cintel and then
Cathodeon.
then Cathodeo n.
A. P,
P. C. Thiele, B.Sc., A.Inst.P.,
A.Inst.P., has
has been
been appointed
appointed
head of scientific information
informati on services
services of
of Gulton
Gulton IndusIndustries (Britain) Ltd. of Brighton.
Mr.
Thiele
will also
Brighton . Mr. Thiele will
also
information
services
of
Gulton
be responsible
responsible for
for the
the information services of Gulton
associated companies,
Ltd.,
and
Mercompanies, West Instrument
Instrume nt Ltd., and Mervyn Instruments
Instrume nts Ltd.
Ltd. Until
Until recently
recently he
he led
led the
the Applied
Applied
Solid State Physics Group
Group of
of Cossor
Cossor Radar
Radar &
& ElecElectronics.
A. L. Hands, B.Sc.(Eng.),
B.Sc.(Eng.), author
author of
of the
the article
article in
in
this issue on automatic relay stations has
has been
been ememployed by the B.B.C. since 1955
195~ in
in the
the transmitter
transmi~ter
equipmen t section of the Planning
equipment
Planrung and
and Installation
InstallatiOn
Departme nt. Prior to
Depanment.
to that, apart from
from absence
absente on
on
National Service, Mr. Hands was for
for ten
ten years
years at
at the
the
Post Office Research Station, Dollis Hill,
Hill, working
working
mostly on light electrical contacts and
and magnetic
magnetic
materials for relays.
R. J. F. Howard has been

been appointed
appointed aa director
director of
of
Metal Industries
Industrie s Ltd., the
the parent
parent company
company of
of the
the group
group
which includes Avo, Taylor
and
Taylor Electrical
Electrical Instruments
Instrume nts and
Lancashire Dynamo. He joined
Lancashire
joined Lancashire
Lancashi re Dynamo
Dynamo
Electroni
Electronicc Products (then British Electronic
Electronic Products)
Products) as
as
chief engineer _ in 1947
1947 and
and has
has been
been aa director
director since
since
1954. After Initial
initial training with
with Harries
Harries Thermionics
Thermion ics he
he
joined Mullard as engineer-in-charge
engineer-in-charge of
of receiving
receiving valve
valve
quality control and in
in 1945
1945 went
went to
to English
English Electric
Electric
where he took charge of
of the
the industrial
industrial electronic
electronic equipequipment development
development laboratory.
laboratory.
OBITUARY
OBITUARY
Cuthbert George Withey, A.M.I.E.E.,
A.M.I.E. E., technical
technical
manager of International
Internatio l!al Marine
Mari?e Radio
Radio. Company,
Companr ,
which he joined as a radio
rad1o officer in
m 1932,
1932, died
d1ed on
on April
Apnl
28th in his 56th year. He was aa member
28th,
member of
of the
the staff
staff
of Queen Mary on her maiden voyage
voya~e in
in 1936.
1~36. Mr.
Mr.
Withey represented
represent ed I.M.R.C. at
a~ many
~any international
mt~rnatwnal. conc.onferences and was well known in
m international
mternatlo nal maritime
manume
circles.
WIRELESS World,
Wireless
WORLD, June
Jtnm 1962
263
D
0
I
(!)
9
9
100-118
50-61
1-15
~ ~
100-118
150-168
0
zoo-zzz
I,
0
I
250-277
r--""----. ~,..--A--..
0
0 350-:562
I 400-413
3oo-3o5
0
I
450-461
550-557
5oo-5o8
~ ~ ~ ~ -~ ~
ADDISON ROAD
ENTRANCE
RESTAURANTi;
^j RESTAURANT j
so I loo M jon
M 150 PPNONES|Bftp
151
1|
2
' 1|
52
"1 554 I I
| 201 201
a
| 201 201
| C b
tJ
sS55tX>
\\XX\\\\\X\XXV\XXXX
152
152
52
^ 452 S 550 5
!^^552 1 405 ^ 455
|
1 20o|^
"
103l
IO.
402
454 IÔZ^^J''1
355 1405 455 1 503

fHAMMERSMITH RD,
ÊNTRANCE
I 5:5
104 . |p?f|
104
:556
356
407
1 407
456 fl 504|
202
154
105 . 154
1357 3581 408

408 457 i| 505
|BAR360 359 |
203 i|2S4l
156
54
I 59
,IJO
160
Ill
161
M36I 362EFlSM^0 461 507 508 :
205
W.14.
At Olympia, London, W.I4.
May 28th to June 2nd
55
109
Ground Floor
5107
1
IS7
S-L 107 1 . 157
1107
l_L.
158
111
1 459 458 | 506 |
56
raH|210 1263
I |
liZ
162
>
164
212 |265
^267
P 216 215 ^ 268 I 2691
I65i^r
| 273 i^
2,8 | 1 271
^ i 274|
Instruments,
instruments,
XhERE
THERE are some 350 stands,
occupied by nearly 500 firms at the
4th International Instruments, Electronics and Automation Exhibition
which opens at Olympia, London, on
28th for six days. It will be a
May 2Sth
truly international show with over
12 or so
100 manufacturers from 12
overseas countries taking part and
in addition a considerable amount
being
of imported equipment is being
shown on agents' stands. In the list
JUNE 1962
Wireless
WoRLD, June
WIRELESS World,
264
0
0
700-740
700 -740
Q
o
1550-692
650-692
()
o
600-639
600-639
707
708
0
O
750-795
709
BH
bD
BE
BE
EES
Dl
m
BB m
031
a
^3
D
n
BQ
BS
UB
D
I
B B
1
D
BS
052
ffla
B
n
B
BH
B
m
SB
BS
i
0 EBEZnBBraEHIBB
immigi
730
731
738 M 737
B
1
EQIEOEO QIKQIBCEIExIs
First Floor
689^638
Openin g::
Hours of Opening
10 a.m. to 6 p.m.
Ss.
Admission
Admissi on 5s.
Electronics and Automation Exhibition

Electronics
and
of exhibitors on the following pages

we have included the country
country of
of
origin of most overseas manufacU.K.
turers, and in many cases their U.K.
parentheses.
agents' names in parentheses.
The title of the show is all- embracing and it is very apparent
announcem ents made by exhifrom announcements
exhibitors that there will be a wide
exhibidiversity of equipment at the exhibition which will be by far the largest
of the series. Although the Radio
of
Automation
Componen t Manuand Electronic Component

facturers' Federation is not one of
of
componen t manuthe sponsors, many component
manuparticipating.
facturers are, in fact, participating.
It is hoped that with the above
above
plans and the list of exhibitors
visitors will readily be able to find
find
manufactu rers' stands. It
particular manufacturers'
will be seen that the stand numbers
numbers
leners which are
are keyed to letters
are
marked at the top of the plans.
We hope to review in our next
next
Exhibition
outstandin g equipissue some of the outstanding

ment shown at the exhibition which
is organized by Industrial Exhibition
Exhibitionss
Limited, on behalf of five industrial
associations.*
associations.*
Admission to this biennial exhibiElectrical and Allied Manufac* British
British Electrical
Association,
turers'
Association,
British Industrial
Industrial
turers'
& Control Apparatus ManufacMeasuring
Measuring &
Material
Office Material
turers'
Association, Drawing Office
turers' Association,
and Dealers' Association,
Manufacturers'
Manufacture rs' and
Association
Engineering Association and
Electronic
and
Electronic Engineering
Manufacture rs' AssoInstrument Manufacturers'
Scientific Instrument
AssoScientific
ciation.
ciation.
265
}UNE 1962
WORLD, June
Wireless
WIRELESS World,
tion, which occupies both the Grand

Ss, or
Hall and National Hall, costs 5s,
of
Os for the week. The hours of
110s
It
admission are from 10.0 to 6.0. It
A.
L . A.
will be opened officially by L.
Woodhead, of Cossor Instruments,
who is chairman of the exhibition
committee, at 11.30 on the 28th.
An electronics conference was held

during the last show in 1960, but
concenthis year the organizers are concenitself.
trating on the exhibition itself.
EXH IBITORS
LIST OF EXHIBITORS
Stand No.
Stand No.
A. K. Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N 614
A.P.T. Electronic Industries .. P 666
Acbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R 793
Acbars
Accurate Recording Instrument
Co ...... . ................ Q 742
Co
R 767
Adar (S.A.R.L.), France
Addo . . ... . .. . ...... . .... . ... N 601
G 302
Advance Components
Cont.r ol Installations .. .... Q 741
Air Control
Aircraft-Marine Products .... L 502
Airflow Developments .... ... . C 101
Airmec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D 152
Alexander Controls . .. ... . .. ... E 214
Alma Components . . . . . . . . . . . . F 263
Alma
Alston Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . F 263
Alto Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . P 655
E 211
Ampex Great Britain
Amphenol-Borg . . . . . . . . . . . . R 763
France. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q 737
Analac, France
Analytical Measurements . . . . . . M 557
Ancillary Developments . . . . . . R 790
Anglo-American
Vulcanized
Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R 765
Fibre Co
France . . . . P 692
Appareils Lhomargy, France....
Ardente Acoustic Laboratories P 670
D 163
Armstrong
Annstrong Whitworth
Q 730
Arrow Electric Switches
Associated Automation . . . . . . B 53
Associated
Associated Electrical Industries E 202
B 50
Associated Iliffe Press
Association des Ouvriers en InAssociation
struments
struments de Precision, France Q 739
Ateliers de Construction de
Bagneux, France (Electro Mechanisms)
anisms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 358
Atlas Mess- und Analysentechnik C 107a
. . . . . . . . N 617
Atlas Plating Works
Atohm Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . R 785
W. Germany
Aumann W.K.G., W.
(R. H. Cole) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P 654
(R.
Automatic Control Engineering Q 703
Automatic Information Data SerAutomatic
vice .. . ............. . ... . . H 362
Automation Systems & Controls D 159
Autronic Developments . . . . . . P 690
Autronic
Aveley Electric ...... . . . . . ... C 113
Aveley
Avery, W. & T
. . ..... . .. .. A 13
T.
Avery,
Avo . .. .. . . .. . . . ... . ...... B 57a
BEME Telecommunications N 607
BEME
B.
B. & K. Laboratories ....... . D 156
B.
B. & R. Relays .. ... . .... .. . . . p 683
Bach-Simpson, Canada (Aveley
Electric) ........ .. ...... C 113
Bailey Meters & Controls . . . . . . D 153
. . . . Q 722
Baird & Tatlock (London) ....
8
.... A
Baldwin Industrial Controls ....
Balzers High Vacuum ..... . .. Q 712
Balzers
Barden
Barden Corporation . . . . . . . . . . B 59
Barr
Stroud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PQ 713
& Stroud
Barr &
Beaudouin, France
692
France .. ... . ... . . .
Beaudouin,
Beckman
Beckman Instruments . . . . . . . . E 207
Belclere
Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P 672
Belclere Co
Belix
Co....... . .. .. ..... .. . . DQ 743
Belix Co
151
Belling &
& Lee . . . .. . . ........ .
Bellingham
Stanley . , . . . . . . A
& Stanley
Bellingham &
3
Bendix Ericsson . . . . . . . . . . . E 200
Bernstein-Werkzeugfabrik,
W.
erkzeugfabrik,
Bernstein-W
Germany . . ......... . .. .. .. J 411
Germany
Beulah Electronics .. . .... .. . . . J 411
Beulah
Blackburn Electronics . . . . . . . D 163
Boulton Paul Aircraft
R 781
Boulton
Bradley, G. & EE. . . . ......... C 114
Bradley,
Brandenburg .............. R 788
Brandenburg
Bribond Printed Circuits . . . . . . N 609
Bribond
Bristol Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N 606
Bristol
BristoPs
Co. . ..... B 53
Bristol's Instrument Co
British Aircraft Corporation ....
. . . . N 606
British
British Electric Resistance Co. ... . L 508

British
British Insulated Callender's
British
Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PP 684
Cables
450
K 450
British
British Physical Laboratoreis ... . K
792
British Pitometer . . . . . . . . . . . . RR 792
British
British Rototherm . . . . . . . . . . . . A 77
British
745
Brooks Instrument ..... . .... RR 745
Brooks
706
Q 706
Co. . .. .. . . .Q
Brown, Neville & Co
Brown,
Brown, S. G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N
613
N 613
Brown,
624
N
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Brush Crystal .
N 624
265
Bryans
Bryans Aeroquipment
F 265
257
Budenberg Gauge Co
FF 257
Co.
Budenberg
201b
Co.
Bulgin, A. F., & Co
EE 201b
682
Burgess Products Co
Co. . . . . . . . .PP 682
167
Bumdept
Bumdept.; . . . ..... . ... . . D 167
Burtonwood Engineering Co. ., Q 712a
Bush Beach & Segner Bayley
P 660
660
C.R.E.I.
(Lon don ) . . . . . . . . . . Q
.R .E .I. (London)
C
C.Z. Scientific Instruments ... . E
C.Z.
Cambridge Instrument Co . .. ..CC
Cambridge
Cannon Electric (G.B.) . . . . . . . . Q
Cannon
Carr Fastener Co
Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . J
Carr
Co.
& Co
F ., &
Casella,
Casella, C. F.,
FF
Cathodeon Crystals . . . . . . . . . . LL
Cathodeon
Cawkell
Cawkell Instruments
EE
N
Chapman Ultrasonics . . . . . . . . N
Chapman
Chesterman, James, && Co
Q
Co. . .. .Q
Chesterman,
R
(Manchester)
Co.
&
.,
H &
Clarke,
Clarke, H.,
R
.... N
Cobham, Alan, Engineering ....
Cobham,
Cole, R. H. (Overseas) . . . . . . . . P
Cole,
Colvem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R
Colvem
Communication Systems . . . . . . Q
Communication
Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . N
& Co
Comoy, H., &
Comoy,
Compagnie de Regulation et de
Compagnie
Controle Industriel,
.. P
lndustriel, France ..
Controle
Compagnie des Computeurs,
Compagnie
France
France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
Compagnie Francaise ThomsonCompagnie
Houston, France (M.C.P. Electronics) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RR
Generate de MetroCompagnie
Compagnie Generale
logie, France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PP
logic,
Compagnie Generale
Generate de T. S. F.,
Compagnie
France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QQ
Compagnie Industrielle des TeleCompagnie
phones.
France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
phones, Prance
N
Connollys (Blackley) . . . . . . . . . . N
Connollys
Consolidated Electrodynamics
Consolidated
Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K
K
Corporation
d' Appareils de
Constructeurs
Constructeurs d'Appareils
Controle, France . . . . . . . . . . P
Controle,
Constructeurs de Compteurs et
Constructeurs
Transformateurs de Mesure,
France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PP
France
Constructeurs
Constructeurs Francais de Relais
Electriques, France . . . . . . . . P
Constructions
Constructions Radioelectriques et
Electronics du Centre, France P
Electronics
Continental Connectors
Connectors . . . . . . P
Continental
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
Control
Control Instruments . . . . . . . . . . Q
Control
Control de Chauffe, France
.... P
France ....
Control
Cooke, Troughton & Simms....
Simms. . . . R
Cossor Group
H
Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Cossor
Counting
Instruments . . . . . . . . P
Counting Instruments
Crompton
........ E
Crompton Parkinson
Crosby
Co. K
Engineering Co.
& Engineering
Valve &
Crosby Valve
Crouzet England
England . . . . . . . . . . . . PP
Crouzet
Croydon Precision Instrument
Croydon
Co. . . . .. ... .. ... . .... . .. RR
Co
Crystal Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . N
Cybermeca, Prance
France . . . . . . . . . . . . P
Cybermeca,
728
728
206
102
102
710
710
402
402
262
262
500
500
205
205
607
607
747
747
783
783
618
654
654
778
778
702
635
692
692
692
756
756
692
737
737
692
692
608
608
461
461
692
692
692
692
692
692
680
686
686
720
720
692
692
769
355
355
659
659
213
213
458
664
664
775
775
622
622
692
692
Dartronie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RR 784a
784a
Dartronic
657
DEAC (Great Britain) . . .. . .. . P 657
DEAC
Datum Metal Products
D
D 159
Datum
M
M 555
& Cables
"" Davu " Wires &
Stand No.
Dawe
Dawe Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . EE
Daystrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N
N
D
Co. . ...D
De
De Havilland Aircraft Co
Degussa Hanau, W. Germany
Degussa
(Bush Beach & Segner Bayley) P
Delta Technical Services . . . . . . QQ
Department of Scientific & Industrial Research . . . . . . . . . . B
dustrial
Deutsche Export-und Importlmportgesellschaft, W. Germany
(C.Z. Scientific Instruments)..
Instruments). . E
(C.Z.
Deutscher Innen-und AussenhanDeutscher
del Elcktrotechnik,
Elektrotechnik, E. Germany (Telemechanics)
(Telemechanics). . . . . . N
Devar Controls
B
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . B
Devar
N
Co. . . . . . . . . . . . .N
Dewrance & Co
Dewrance
'' Diamond H " Switches . . . . F
''
Direct T.V.
T .V. Replacements ... . .. JJ
Direct
T .V. Windings . . .. . . . . JJ
D irect T.V.
.. C
Dobbie Mclnnes
Mcinnes (Electronics) ..
N
Co. . . . . . . . .N
Doran Instrument Co
Doran
Dowty Group .. .. . . . .. .. .. . . RR
Dowty
Drayton Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . EE
Drayton
Dubilier Condenser Co. (1925)..
N
(1925) . . N
Dubilier
Dr.
Dr. Duerrwaechter-Doduco-K.G.,
W
W.. Germany (Joseph Electronics) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N
N
tronics)
N
Dynatron Radio ... . ... .. ..... N
DynatronRadio
E-A Automation
Syst ems .
Au tomation Systems
E.M.I. Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . .
Egen Electric
Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Egen
Ekco
Ekco Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elcom (Northampton) . . .. . ...
Elcom
Electrical Development Assn.
..
Assn. ..
..
Co. ..
Electrical Remote Control Co.
Electro-Logic Corpn
Corpn. . . . . . . . . . .
Electro Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . .
Co.
Electroflo Meters Co
Electrolube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Associates . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Technology . . . ... ..
Electronic Instruments
Electronic Machine Co
Co. . . . . . .
Electronic Vibrators . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic
Electronics &
& Automation (London) ... . .......... . .... .
Electrosil
Electrosil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrovac, Austria (Joseph Electronics) .............. . ...
tronics)
Electroweighters (Birmingham)..
(Birmingham) . .
Elga Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elhott-Automation
........
Elliott-Automation
Elliott Brothers (London) ....
....
Elliott
Elliott Brothers (London) . ....
Elliott
Co. . . . . . . . .
Emeco Electronics Co
Endecotts (Filters) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endecotts
English Electric
Co. . .. . ......
Electric Co
English
English Electric Aviation . . . . . .
English
English Electric Valve Co
Co, . . .
English Glass Co
Co. . . . . . . . . . . . .
English
English Numbering Machines ..
Epsylon
Industries . . . . . . . . . .
Epsylon Industries
Equipment
& Services . . . . . . . .
Equipment &
Erg Industrial Corporation ....
....
Erg
Ericsson Telephones ..... . ..
Erie
Erie Resistor . .. . ..... . ......
Etablissements Brion Leroux et
Etablissements
Cie, France
France . . . . . . . . . . .
Cie,
Ets.
Ets. Edouard Bouty et Cie, France
Etablissements Jules Richard . .
Etablissements
Maxant . . . . . . . .
Etablissements Maxant
Etablissements Pierre Fontaine..
Fontaine. .
Etablissements
Ether Langham Thompson . . . .
Ether
Evans Electroselenium . . . . . . . .
Evans
Everett, Edgcumbe &
Co. . . . . . .
& Co
Everett,
Evcrshed & Vignoles . . . . . . . . . .
Bvershed
205
205
602
602
163
163
660
717
51
51
206
206
633
53
53
629
267
267
411
411
411
117
117
607
781
781
203
203
611
600
600
637
B 53
K 454
CQ 729
105
Q 716
J 403
M 553
R 785
H 358
B 53
N 620
Q 700
B 50
C 102
R 752
N 607
P 657
L 503
N
P
A
B
B
Q
P
F
D
N
E
Q
F
K
M
Q
E
P
600
658
5
53
53
745
657
260
157
606
208
734
271
460
553
727
200
661
P
P
P
P
P
D
A
J
H
692
692
692
692
692
159
9
404
356
Wireless
}UNE 1962
WORLD, June
WIRELESS World,
266
No.
Stand
Stand No.
Instru FairchUds
Came ra & InstruFairch Uds Camera
113
C 113
U.S.A. . . . . . . . . C
ment Corp. U.S.A
ment
359
H 359
Fairey
Engine ering ...... ...... H
Fairey Engineering
791
....
......
Farnell
Instruments
R
'^1
ents
Farnell Instrum
53
. . . . . . . . . . B 53
Farris
Engine ering
Farris Engineering
112
C 112
Ferranti
Ferran ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C
457
K
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Electronics . .
Fielden
K 457
Fielden Electronics
651
Filholj JJ.P.
.P. . ...... ...... .....
PPN 651
Filhol,
628
Co. . . . . . . . . . .N
Fireye
ozo
Contro ls Co
Fireye Controls
A
Fischer
44
Fische r & Porter . . . . . . . . . . . . A
53
B 53
Co. . . . . . . . . . .B
Fisher
Govern or Co
Fisher Governor
358
H 358
Flexonics
Flexonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
R 782
Floform
Floform Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R
656
P
.
.
.
Flow
PH 656
Develo pments . . . . . . .
Flow Developments
360
Formica
360
Formic a ...... ..... . ...... .. H
168
D io
Fortiphone
Fortiph one ...... ...... ...... D
410
Co. . . . . . . . .JJ 410
Foster
Instrum ent Co
Foster Instrument
407
J
..
Foxboro-Yoxall
J 407
o-Yoxall ...... ......
Foxbor
709
Q ^^9
Friden
.................... Q
Friden
Germany
W . Germany
Fuchs,
Fuchs, Arno L., W.
654
P 654
__ (R.
H. Cole) ...... ...... .. P
(R. H.
760
R 760
Furzehill
Labora tories . . . . . . . . R
Furzeh ill Laboratories
Stand No.
des
et des
l'Optiq ue et
Industries
Industr ies de POptique
Precision,
Instruments
Instrum ents de Precision,
France
France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1P
R
Develo pment Co. .. N
Infra
R
Infra Red Development
Xnstron
Instron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N
Q
.... Q
Electronics
International
....
tional Electronics
Interna
R
.... R
Detect ors ....
International
tional Gas Detectors
Interna
K
.
l.
Contro
Systems Control..
International
K
Interna tional Systems
P
Intertechnique,
Interte chniqu e, France . . . . . . . .P
R
Ionic
Ionic Plating Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . R
H
Ceilings
Illumin ating Ceilings
Isora Illuminating
.. 11
692
692
731
751
605
603
704
704
7777
//
456
456
692
692
782
358
35
No.
Stand
Stand No.
785
R 785
U.S.A.
Systems Inc. U.S.A
Micro
R
Micro Systems
108
c 108
Electronics ...... . . C
MicroceU
Microcell Electronics
692
p 692
Microscopes
Microscopes Nachet ...... ... .P
707
Q 707
Midland
Midlan d Bank ... . ...... ... . Q
. .. . Q
Q732a
Milton
....
732a
Milton Ross Co., U.S.A.
255
.
F
....
......
or
Minerva
Detector
Co
F
255
Detect
a
Minerv
Compo nElectro nic ComponMiniature
Miniat ure Electronic
R
773
gjrtg
ents . . ...... ...... ...... . .
104
C 104
Aviation . . . . . . . . . . C
Ministry
Mmist ry of Aviation
621
N 621
...... ...... ...... N
Morbank
Morba nk
409
Morganite
JJ 409
Resistors
Morga nite Resistors
160
D 160
Co. . . . . . . . . . . . .D
Muirhead
Muirhe ad & Co
103
C
.
.
.
.
......
.
...
Mullard
CK 103
Mullar d ......
452
Mullard
K 452
Equipm ent
Mullar d Equipment
786
R 786
Murphy
Murph y Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R
E
205
205
E
..
.
....
. ...... ......
N.S.F
N.S.F.
20la
Thomp son
& Thompson
Nalder
.... EE 201a
Nalder Bros. &
Corpor ation,
Microw ave Corporation,
Narda
Narda Microwave
113
C 113
Electric) . . . . C
U.S.A. (Aveley Electric)
U.S.A.
400
Nash
JJ 400
Thomp son ...... .. . ...
& Thompson
Nash &
National
U.S.A. R 785
Semico nducto rs, L.o.d.
Nation al Semiconductorr,
750
R 750
.. R
National
National Trade Press Group ..
158
D 158
Zambr a ...... ...... D
Negretti
Negret ti & Zambra
768
R
....
......
Neoflex
RG
Neoflex ...... ...... :
300
(Engineering) .... G 3UU
New
Wester n (Engineering)
New Western
500
L 500
Newmarket
Transis tors ...... L
Newm arket Transistors
690
P
.
Newport
Instrum ents. . . . . . . . . B 690
Newpo rt Instruments
C
Nig
Manufacturing
Co
C
111
Co.
g
Nig Manuf acturin
412
A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JJ ^12
Norgren,
Norgre n, C. A
Pre(Croyd on PreNorma,
Norma , Austria (Croydon
775
R
Instrum ent Co.) ...... R 7/5
cision
cision Instrument
656
P 656
Co. B
Valve Co.
Electro nic Valve
Nottingham
Nottin gham Electronic
774
Therm ometer Co.
Nottingham
RR 774
Nottin gham Thermometer
638
N 638
Enterp rises (G.B.)
Nuclear
.. N
Nuclea r Enterprises
733
Q 733
(Lond on). . Q
Jackson
Broth ers (London)..
Jackso n Brothers
& Gen.,
Jenaer
Glaswerk Schott &
Jenaer Glaswerk
632
N 632
W.
Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N
W. Germany
600
N 600
Joseph
Electronics . . . . . . . . . . N
J ciseph Electronics
276
F
...
......
.
Co.
& Co
Joyce,
B 276
Joyce, Loebl &
266
F 266
K.D.G.
Instru ments . . . . . . . . P
K.D.G . Instruments
354
H 354
-. ... H
Sparkin g Plugs . . ......
K.L.G.
K.L.G . Sparking
106
C
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Kent,
CR 787
106
Kent, George
1!!!! ..
1! R
(Ultrasonics) * *!......
Kerry' s (Ultrasonics)
721
Q 721
Englan d .... Q
Klockner-Moeller
Klockn er-Moe ller England
Corpor aForeig n Trade CorporaKovo
Kovo Foreign
784
R
.
691
.
.
.
.
P
.
.
..
.
a
on)
slovaki
(Lond
tion,
R 784
Czecho
tion, Czechoslovakia
G.E.
Electr onics (London) .. P 691
G.E. Electronics
H.
615 Kumag A.G.j
(R. H.
Switzerland (R.
A.G., Switzerland
(Pergamon Press) N 615
Gauthier-Villars
Gauthi er-Vill ars (Pergamon
654
116
C 116
Cole) ...... .. ...... ...... PP 654
General
Controls ...... ...... C
Genera l Controls
456
K 456
Co. . . . . . . . . . .K
General
Electric Co
Genera l Electric
625
N 625
General
Genera l Post Office . . . . . . . . . . N
692
P 652
France . . . . . . . . . . P
L.I.E. Belin France
667 L.I.H.
P 667
... P
Systems .. ...
Precision Systems
General
Genera l Precision
555
M 555
. . . . . . . .M.
Co.
Electrical Co
L.P.S. Electrical
610 L.P.S.
N 610
General
Genera l Radio Co ...... . . .. . .. N
607
N
Compo nents . . . . . . . . . . . . N 607
786 LSB Components
R 786
........ R
General
Radiological
General Radiological
Telede TeleCentra l de
Laboratoire
Central
toire
Labora
.
.
.
.
.
.
s
Gilmor
Control
Systems
B
53
System
l
Gilmor Contro
communications,
nications, France . . . . . . P 692
commu
12
A 12
Glass
Develo pments . . . . . . . . . . A
Glass Developments
Physiq ue AppliLabora toire de Physique
723 Laboratoire
Q 723
Gloucester
Controls . . . . . . . . . . Q
Glouce ster Controls
692
P 692
L.E.G. P.A., France .... P
quee L.E.G.P.A.,
657
782
R 782
.......... R
Goodman,
Instru ments (G.B.)
an, George
. . PPH 657
Goodm
692 OMI Instruments
P 692
.... P
France ....
Laboratoires
Leres,
toires
Labora
361
504
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ies
Goodmans
Industries
L
504
Contro l . . ..... .. . H
Oliver
Pell
Control
361
Oliver
Goodm ans Industr
556
M
n)
(Londo
ent
Equipm
Laboratory
Equipment
(London)
M
556
tory
692
53 Labora
P 692
B 53
Co. . . . . . . . .B
Gordon,
Optiqu e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B
Gordon , James, & Co
761 Optique
R 761
22
Land Pyrometers
Pyrom eters . , ...... .... R
718 Land
A
Graph
Instrum ents. . . . . . . . . . . . Q 718
Optical Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
Graph Instruments
159 Optical
D 159
.....
.
J.
son,
Thomp
m
Langham
Thompson,
J
G
Langha
789
109
R
C
.
.
.
.
.
.
Co.
.
.
g
.
.
...
.
.
.
Graviner
.. R 789 Langley
Manuf acturin
Ozalid
Co
^
Co.
Gravin er Manufacturing
Ozalid
351
H
......
......
Londo n
n
351
451 Langley London
Grundy
Partner s . . . . . . . . . . K 451
& Partners
Grund y &
506
L 506
Electromotors L
Lauren ce Scott & Electromotors
691 Laurence
P 691
. ...... ...P
K.G.
779
Gruner,
R 779
Gruner , W., K.G
Co. . . . .R
155 P.
D 155
.
.
.
.
.
Engin eering Co
.
.
.
.
.
& H. Engineering
P. &
up
Northr
Leeds
&
Northrup
D
Leeds
782
R
Nettlefolds R 782
794
R 794
Guest,
Guest, Keen & Nettlefolds
731 P.S.B. Instruments
Q
......
Instrum ents ...... .... R
......
...
Leeds
Meter
Co
Q
731
A
.
.
.
.
)
Gulton
Industries
(Britain)
A
10
756
R 756
A. R
U.S A.
Gulton Industr ies (Britain
692 Pacific
P 692
France P
Semico nducto rs, U.S
Pacific Semiconductors,
Appliquee, France
L'Elec tronic Appliquee,
3 3
630 L'Electronic
N 630
.. N
Equipm ent ..
Guyson
Industr ial Equipment
Guyso n Industrial
277 Painton
F 277
Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .j-G 305
& Co
B5
Painton &
Lemo
Lemo ...... ...... ...... .... F
657
P
..
.....
692 Palmer
Palmer,, G. A. Stanley
PM 657
Lemouzy,
Lemou zy, France ...... ...... iP oyz
551
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
714
ent
Q
.
.
.
.
.
Equipm
Panax
Equipment
M
551
.
Panax
..........
Pa~king
Q
714 Panellit
53
774 Lep Packing
R 774
B 53
Instru ments R
R 770
Indust rial Instruments
H.J.S.
H.J.S. Industrial
Panellit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B
Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . R
Electronics
''o
654 Levell
688
P 688
53 Parmeko
B 53
Haefner
PP 654
Krullm ann
Haefne r & Krullmann
............ B
Parmek o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B
tt
Leybold-Elliott
d-Ellio
Leybol
253
785
F
.
R
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
652
s
P 652 Payne & Griffiths
Halexlnc
R 785
Griffith
FN 253
Halex Inc. . . . . . .
y, C. SS. . . ...... ......P
161 Lindsey,
615
D 161
Hall
Harding
jLindse
invar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R 753
<53 Pergamon
615
arding .. . . .. .. .. . . .. .. H
Halll-I
Pergam on Press ..... . ...... .. N
Linvar
459
K 459
.
.
.
.
.
.
Hallam,
.
.
.
.
708
.
.
.
Q
.
.
& Chesto n . . . . . . F 254 Lippke,
.
ny
Sleigh &Cheston
Germa
Perkin
Elmer
R
W.
Hallam , Sleigh
Perkin
K.G.,
Paul,
,
W.
Germany
Q
708
Lippke
53
681
B
P
.
.
.
.
....
Haffikainen
B 53 Livingston
54 Permark
B 54
Instrum ents. . . .
i 681
Hallikainen Instruments
Permar k Service , ...... . ..
Labora tories. . . . . . . . B
762 Living ston Laboratories
221
. . E 221
11 Photoe
Harper
(M.O.M .)
Photoelectronics
..
A 11
Tunsta ll ...... ...... R 762
& Tunstall
lectronics (M.O.M.)
Harper &
............. A
.
.
.
Lloyds
Bank
Lloyds
220
692
E 220
735. Physiotechnie,
Q 735
.. Q
Harris Plating Works ...... ..
E
......
Physio technie , France . . . . . . . . 1P 692
......
......
Londex
687
758
P 687
R 758
&
Harwin
Plannair
Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . P
Co. &
Wire Co.
Harwin Engineers
Planna ir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R
Electri c Wire
n Electric
London
Londo
678
776
P
R
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
.
217 Platon,
Hassett
P 678
Harper . . . . . .
& Harper
RK 776
Hasset t &
Platon, G. A ...... ......
Smiths ...... ...... ...... .. EE 217
Smiths
552
455
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Hatfield
Instruments
M
552
.
114
ents
.
.
.
C
.
Co. . .
iceu
Lucas, Joseph, (Electrical)
114 Plessey
ical) ......
Hatfield Instrum
Plessey Co
163 Lucas, Joseph , (Electr
D 163
(G.E.
Germany (G.E.
610 Preh
N 610
Hawker
Siddeley ...... ...... D
Werke , W. Germany
Hawke r Siddeley
Preh Werke,
...... ...... .. El
Lyons,
Claude
Lyons,
691
P 691
Develo pHeadland
Engine ering DevelopElectronics)
Headla nd Engineering
Electronics) ...... ...... .... P
631
E 217
N 631
............ f
ments
Circuit s
Printed Circuits
ments ...... .... . ...... ... g
Printed
756
R
554
....
F
M
.
.
.
.
.
.
......
.
.
tion
onics
Co.
Heathway
Machinery
Co
F
272
Automa
ery
&
Electr
l
.
Machin
M.C.P.
RP 756
Contro
M.C.P Electronics
Process
Automation .. M
554
Heathw ay
Process Control
692: Pullin,
719 MESCO
252
F 252
Nucleaire P
Co. . . . . . . . . . .F
Electro nique Nudeaire
Hellermann
692
MESC O Electronique
R.
B.,
&
Co
HeUermann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q 719
456
K
209
.
.
.
E
N 607
K 456. Fulsome
Co. . . . . . . . . . . .
Hendrey
Valve Co
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rinvh
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 209 M-O
M-0 Valve
Hendre y Relays
Pulson ic
456
K
.
.
670a
.
107b
.
P
.
C
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
......
.
.
McMichael
K
456
hael Radio
Thoma s . .
Henry
BA 670a6 McMic
CC 107b
Henry & Thomas
Pye-Li ng ...... ......
674,i Pye-Ling
P 674
105
Co. . ...P
Co. . . . . . .A
Instrum ent Co
Co. . . . . . . . . . .C
Publish ing Co
Herbert
6 McMurdo
McMu rdo Instrument
Pye,
105
Herber t Publishing
Pye, W. G., & Co
216I Pyro-Werk
E 216
.. E
751 Magnetic
R "1
Germany
Electrical Alloys .,
GmbH , W. Germany
Hilger&
erk GmbH,
& Watts ...... ...... .. R
Magne tic & Electrical
Hilger
Pyro-W
626
N
.
678
.
.
.
689
P 689
. . . . R o/a Magne
Hirschmann
Devices , . . . . .
Magnetic
N 626
tic Devices
Richar d
Comes ) ...... .... P
!
(Herbert
Hirsch mann Richard
(Herbe rt Cornes)
650 Pyrometric
755 Mallor
692
R 755
P 692
France P
Hirst
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . 1P 650
Malloryy Batteries
Industr ielle, France
Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R
Hirst Electronic
Pyrom etric Industrielle,
56
B
.
.
702
.
.
.
Q
.
.
.
.....
ents
......
.
Instrum
Marconi
Instruments
B
56
....
i
Hi
vac ......
Q 702
Marcon
Hivac
56
B 56
204 Marconi's
E 204
Co. . ...... ... B
Honeywell
Controls . . . . . . . . . . E
Marcon i's W.T. Co
Honeywell Controls
503
L 503
Quart z . . . . . . . . . . L
Quick fit & Quartz
665 Quickfit
P 665
785 Marke
R 785
Houston
R
Corp.
Markem
m (U.K.) ...... ...... .. P
Instrum ent Corp
Housto n Instrument
ny
Germa
Hughes
International
(U.K.)
..
N
604
W.
J.,
&
Marquardt,
Germany
Marqu ardt, J. &
Hughe s Interna tional
58
B 58
...... ... . ...... .... B
6911 Raaco
P 691
B 57
Hunt,
Electronics) ...... .... P
(Capacitors) . . . . . .B
(G.E. Electronics)
H., (Capacitors)
A. H.,
Hunt, A.
251
Engine ering . . . . . . . . . . . . rF 251
716a1 Racal Engmeermg
Q 716a
501 Marrison
L 501
Catherall . . . . . . . . Q
& Catherall
Hvmt
Marris on &
Hunt & Mitton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
746
Q 746
Radiatron
Radiat ron ...... ...... ...... Q
ElecCambr idge ElecMarshall
Marsha ll of Cambridge
692
. . . . 1P 692
France ....
Radiot echniq ue, La, France
6733 Radiotechnique,
tronics ...... ...... ...... PPD 673
tronics
724
Q 724
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4
Radyne
Q
154
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
Mason,
E.
N.,
&
Sons
D
154
Mason
759
612
R J59
N 612
Electr onics . . . . . . . . . . R
I.D.M.
I~D.M. Electronics
2633 Rank Cintel ...... ...... .... N
. rF zbi
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
nics
Mayra
Electronics
Electro
Mayra
619
711
N
Q
I.G.A.
(Electronics) ...... .... N 619 Mec-Test
I.G.A. (Electronics)
Rank-X erox ...... ...... .... Q 711
7666 Rank-Xerox
R 766
.......... R
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
est
Mec-T
250
732
F
Q
.
.
.
.
.....
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
......
.
..
Ide.T.&W
F 250
Ide, T. &W. . .. .
kj
'32
Record erpool
R 7955 Recorderpool
................ R
Mecha nism
639 Mechanism
162
N 639
D 162
Ilford
liford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N
Redifo n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D
2
Redifon
692
P
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Mesucora,
France
1
692
ora,
Mesuc
701
785
Q 701
R
Inc.
ering
Imhof, Alfred ...... ...... ... Q
Engine
Imhof,
7
Rese
Engineering
Inc
R
'5
507
L 50/
Metadu cts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F
771 Metaducts
52
R 7/1
B 52
. R
Industr ies ..
Instrum ents B
Imperial
Contro l Instruments
Chemical Industries
Imperi al Chemical
Resear ch & Control
6588 Research
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1P 658
ion
Detect
Metal
Detection
774
R
.
...
ny
Germa
Valves
l
W.
,
Contro
Industrial
RR 774
ial Control
GmbH
Resista
GmbH,
IV.
Germany
Industr
ents
Traitem
et
Traitements P 6922
Metallisations
774: Metallisations
657
P 657
.... P
Co......
Palmer)
Pyrom eter Co.
Industrial
....... R 774
Stanley Palmer)
Industr ial Pyrometer
(G. A. Stanley
Optiques,
"92
es, France . . . . . . . . . . . P
Optiqu
607
N 607
ProfessionMateri el ProfessionIndustries
13 Reslosound
Industr ies de Materiel
Reslos ound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N
653
P 653
..... P
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Meterflow
low
Meterf
P
.
.
elec.
.
.
.
RadioFrance
Electro nique et Radio-elecnel
Desjar dins, France
net Electronique
P 692
Instrum ents . . . . . . . . . . F 264 Ribet Desjardins,
Metrix Instruments"
692 MelS
trique, France . . . . . . . . . . . . . PP "2
267
JuNE 1962
Wireless
WoRLD , June
WIRELESs World,
Stand No.
Stand
No.
Rivlin
Rivlin Instruments .... . . . ...
Roband
Roband Electronics . . . . . . . . . .
Co. . . . . . . . . . .
Robinson,
Robinson, D., & Co
F . C,
C., & Partners ..
Robinson, F.
Robot-Foto Dusseldorf GmbH,
W.
W. Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
....
Rochar Electronique France ....
Rohde & Schwarz, W. Germany
Rohde
(Aveley Electric) ..........
Rotameter Manufacturing Co. ..
Rotron
Rotron Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Royal Worcester Industrial Ceramics
mics . . ... . ..............
Royston Instruments . . . . . . . . . .
E
B
D
F
Q
Q
P
C
B
B
P
H
S.A.M.A. France
France . . . . . . . . . . . . P
S.E.A.
S.E.A. France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
SECAMP
............ P
SEC AMP France ............
S.E. Laboratories (Engineering) P
SFIM (Great Britain)
H
SFIM
S.P.E.R. France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
S.R.A.T
S.R.A.T.. France ......... ; .... P
Salford
Electrical Instruments
Instruments ..
.. K
K
Salford Electrical
Co. . . . . . . . .Q
Q
Salter, George, & Co
Samson
... A
Samson Controls (London) ....
Sanders,
Sanders, W. H., (Electronics) .. D
Sangamo
Sangamo Weston . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Schaevitz
Schaevitz Engineering . . . . . . . . H
Schomandl K. G. W. Germany Q
Schomandl
Schumann,
H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P
P
Schumann, H
Scientific
Furnishings. . . . . . . . . R
Scientific Furnishings
Sealectro Corporation
Q
P
Co. . .... . .. . .P
Service Electric Co
Servomex
Servomex Controls . . . . . . . . . . G
Shandon
Shan
don Scientific Co.
G
Co. . . . . . . . . . . B
Shaw Publishing Co
Short & Mason . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
Short Brothers & Harland .. . . .. D
Siemens & Halske AG., W.
W. Germany (R. H. Cole) .......... P
Sierex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Sifam Electrical Instrument Co. Q
Smith, S., & Sons (England) ..
.. H
Societe Albert Le Boeuf et Fils P
Societe Alsacienne de Constructions
France. . . . P
tions Mecaniques France....
Societe Analac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q
Societe
Societe d'Exploitation et de Recherches Electroniques France P
Societe
Societe d'Optique et de Mecanique
nique de Haute Precision
(S.O.M.) France . ......... ; . P
Stand
No.
Stand No.
Societe Europeene des Semiconducteurs France . . . . . . . . . . . . R 756
Ste. de Recherches et de Perfectionnements
Industnels France
France P
P 692
692
tionnements Indusmels
Generale d'Optique
Societe Generalc
France
France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P 692
692
Solartron Electronic Group ....
107
. ... C 107
Soler France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P 692
Solus-Schall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R 786
Solus-Schall
South London Electrical Equipment Co
Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P
P 663
Southern Instruments . . . . . . . . E 203
Sovirel, France .............. E 201c
Co......... N 616
Spear Engineering Co.
Co. . . . . . . . .JJ 405
Sperry Gyroscope Co
Standard Telephones & Cables BB 55
Stoddart Aircraft Radio U.S.A. C 113
113
Co. . . . . . . R 772
Stonebridge Electrical Co
Stratton & Co
14
Co. . . .... . .. . ....A
A 14
Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B
B 53
Swartwout Co
Sylvania-Thorn Colour Television
sion Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . P 679
Syndicat
l'Optique
Syndicat Generale de I'Optique
Precision . . P 692
des Instruments de Precision.,
Syndicat
Syndicat Generale de la ConFrance. . P 692
structions Electrique France..
Taylor
Taylor Controls . . . . . . . . . . JJ 406
Taylor Electrical Instruments ... . E 222
Techna (Sales) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 350
Technivision Engineers . . . . . . . . F 270
Technivision
Technograph Electronic Products G 301
. . . P 675
Tectonic Industrial Printers . ...
W . Germany (Neoflex) R 768
Tekade, IV.
Telcon-Magnetic Cores
E 216
Telcon Metals , .... . ... . .... E 216
Teledictor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A 15
Teleflex Products , . .. . .. . ... . N 636
Teleflex
Telegraph
Telegraph Condenser Co . . . ...EE 219
N 633
Telemechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N
Telephone Manufacturing Co. ... . J 408
Telequipment ... .. . . ...... . .. C 118
118
Telequipment
Temco
Temco ... . . .. . .. .. . .... . ... . E 216
Texas
Texas Instruments ........ . ... D 164
164
Thermal Syndicate . . . . . . . . . . N 634
Thermionic Products (Electronics)
tronics) .. . .. . ..... . ...... R 757
Thorn Electrical Industries C 110
110 & H 352
Co. . .. . . . ... .R
R 780
H ., & Co
Tinsley, H.,
Tintometer . . ... . ........... . F 259
692 Toolpro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 216
Stand No,
Stand
No.
Transitron Electronic . . . . . . . . Q
Transitron
Turner,
Turner, Ernest, Electrical Instruments .... . .............. . N
ments
Turton Brothers & Matthews ..
Turton
.. R
20th Century Electronics . . . . . .PP
Tylors of London . . . . . . . . . . . . F
218
60
165
165
256
725
692
113
53
53
669
353
692
692
692
653
358
692
692
456
456
726
11
166
505
358
745
654
785
744
671
304
303
58a
662
150
150
654
550
736
354
692
692
737
692
Ultra Electronics
Electronics. . . . . . . . . . . . B 61
. . A 12
Ultrasonoscope Co. (London) ..
12
Umbrako Socket Screw Co.. . ..PP 677
United Science Press . . . . . . . . . . F 258
United Trade Press . . . . . . . . . . F 258
Vactite Wire Co..... .. . .....
Vactric Control Equipment ... .
VEB Carl Zeiss Jena
J ena . . . . . . . . . .
Veeder-Root .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .
Vernier Electronics . . . . . . . . . .
Venner
Vero Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E
J
E
P
C
P
217
401
206
668
100
100
676
Walker, Crosweller & Co. ... . Q

Walker,
FQ
Walmore Electronics . . . . . . . . . . F
Wandel
Wandel & Goltermann, W
W.. Germany
many . .. . .. . ... . ..... .. . . N
War
c
War Office . ..... . ..... . ... . . C
Waters
Waters Associates . . . . .. . .. . . . R
Waveforms ......... . ... .. .. . Q
K
Wayne Kerr Laboratories ... . . . K
Weber
Weber ... ... . .... ... .... .. . . Pp
W elwyn Electric ... . . . .. . . . . . . F
Welwyn
West, A., & Partners ....... . . . E
Westinghouse
Westinghouse Brake & Signal Co. Q
West Instrument ........ .. ... . A
Westminster Bank . .. . . .. ... . . N
Westool .. ..... .. . ..... . .. . . F
Whiteley Electrical Radio Co. ... . F
Wickmann Werke AG., W.
W. Germany (G.E.
(G.B. Electronics) .... .. P
wany
Williams
.
&
James
(Engineers)
Williams & James (Engineers) .... EE
Wireless
World. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B
Wireless World
Wire Products & Machine Design C
Withof, George C. K., GmbH.,
W. Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Witton Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . P
Co.
Woden Transformer Co
EE
Wolfgang Bogen GmbH. W
W.. Germany .......... . .. . .......... P
X-Lon Products . .. . .... . .. . J
X-Lon
H
Zeal, G. H
H
Zeal,
H.
715
275
627
104
104
785
718
453
654
261
210
738
10
603
274
273
691
215
50
115
115
352
658
201
654
413
357
!SHORT-WAVE
HORT-WAVE CONDITIONS
CONDITI0 NS
Prediction for June
30MONTREAL
Mc/s
BUENOS
40~~~~~~~~~,-~
AIRES
--
20
15
10
705
623
764
685
268
JOHANNESBURG
HONGKONG
Mc/s
40
_l_l
_l_l
30
20
555sS55sssgBa5aaâ5aa55sB!a5K5a5a555a5fBgB5aasa5a5sg
I0
8
6
5
4
5
4
30
I5
n
G.M .T.
16
16
20
20
00
0 0
12
12
16
20
16 20
00 00
G.M.T.
122
166 .o
20
G.M.T.
THE full-line curves indicate the highest frequenci

for
likely to be usable at any time of the day or night fct
reliable communications over four long-distance paths
from this country during June.
from
Broken-line curves give the highest frequencies that
will sustain a partial service throughout the same period.
00 00
4-
12
12
1616
20
20
03
G.M.T.
FREOUENCY BELOW WHICH COMMUNICATION SHOULD BE POSSIBLE

FOR 25% OF THE TOTAL TIME
PREDICTED
MEDIANSTANDARD
STANDARDMAXIMUM
MA)\IMUMUSABLE
USABLEFREQUENCY
FREQUENCY
PREDICTED
MEDIAN
FREQUENCY
BELOW WHICH
WHICH COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION SHOULD
SHOULD BE
BE POSSIBLE
FREQUENCY BELOW
POSSIBLE
ON ALL
ALL UNDISTURBED
DAYS
ON
UNDISTURBED DAYS
FREQUENCY BELOW WHICH COMMUNICATION SHOULD BE POSSIBLE

FOR 25% OF THE TOTAL TIME
268
Wireless World,
June
WIRELESS
WORLD, }UNE
1962
Electronics
Industrial Electronics
Industrial
BRIT.I.R.E.
THE BRIT.I.R.E.
AT THE
DEVELOPMENTS AT
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
DISCUSSION
DISCUSSION OF RECENT
ve
A. Sargro
and John
necessary, and
now seen to be necessary,
John A.
Sargrove
elecof elecbranc hes of
of branches
confin ement of
J. HE arbitrary
arbitr ary confinement
THE
ing it.
achiev
bed
described
some
ways
of
achieving
it.
descri
ining
becom
s " is
with
engine ering into "" classe
tronic engineering
classes"
is becoming
inconce rned with
was concerned
paper was
his paper
sectio n of his
The main section
one called
the one
justify and
to justify
difficult to
some
ngly more difficult
creasingly
and the
called
to
,
creasi
which
nes
machi
ious
consc
cybernetic
or
conscious
machines
which,
to
some
etic
ced cybern
an advan
alread y in
is already
Electr onics" is
of
"Industrial
in an
advanced
strial Electronics"
"Indu
the result
decisi ons on
extent,
on the
resultss of
extent , are able to make decisions
disint egrati on.
taper
of aa taper
state of disintegration.
case of
the case
in the
le, in
examp
measurement.
For
example,
t.
remen
measu
sium
sympo
the
at the symposium
demon strate d at
nt
This was amply demonstrated
at differe
dimen sions at
nozzle, the exact dimensions
different
bearin g or a nozzle,
Britis h bearing
the British
by the
recent ly held
electronics recently
shape
the shape
indust rial electronics
as the
held by
on industrial
tant
jmpor
as
points
on
the
taper
are
not
as
important
as
prepaper s preThe papers
Engin eers. The
on
Institution
tion of Radio Engineers.
Institu
to decide
has to
machi ne has
The machine
compo nent. The
the component.
decide,, on
enoug h left
with enough
s, with
sented were in four classe
classes,
left over
over for
torg of
wheth er aa
measu remen t, whether
first measurement,
the
result
of
the
rangin
ts
subjec
d
covere subjects ranging
and covered
section, and
the
"spec ial" section,
a "special"
acceptable. If
is acceptable.
somew here else is
measurement
If the
remen t somewhere
measu
trucks .
delive ry trucks.
milk delivery
to milk
compu ters to
,
analog ue computers
its limits
from analogue
of
one
near
or
on
t
remen
measu
first
measurement
is
on
or
near
one
of
its
limits,
was
the art
of the
best-r eprese nted facet
Possibly
facet of
art was
of
ly the best-represented
set
Possib
new
a
given
be
must
t
remen
measu
d
the second
secon measurement must be given a new set of
autom atic manu
for automatic
equip ment for
are
conce rned with equipment
that concerned
manu-- limits. In
measu remen ts are
many measurements
In/ cases where many
Hinch liffe
D. Hinchhtte
by D.
paper by
A paper
processing. A
test
facture
of test
factur e and processing.
numb er of
along aa number
needed,
the
object
is
moved
along
d,
neede
atic
autom
the
for the automatic
machi ne for
to
descri bed aa machine
used to
et al described
later used
stored and
result s being stored
stations,
and later
station s, the results
Comp onent s such
board s. Components
printe d boards.
bly of printed
assembly
such as
as formulate
Sargro ve
assem
Mr.
on.
decisi
eject
pass/r
a
pass/reject
decision.
Mr.
Sargrove
late
formu
in some
diodes and,
capac itors, diodes
tubula r capacitors,
resistors,
and, in
some made the point, in passing,
of
types of
resisto rs, tubular
variou s types
the various
that the
passin g, that
from
rs, from
into hoppe
loaded into
transi stors are loaded
hoppers,
conne ctors,
cases, transistors
differe nt connectors,
their different
with their
er
togeth
block,
together
with
logic
erred
transf
and
one
by one and transferred
one by
selected one
in
but in
where they are selected
fine, but
very fine,
all very
are all
produ ced are
that are now being produced
punch ed-tap e-prog ramm ed
where punched-tape-programmed
testin g station where
to a testing
on.
alizati
ration
dire
need
of
rationalization.
ctions cause
taped instru
er taped
applie d. Furth
finer
Further
instructions
caused
much finer
tests are applied.
into much
broug ht into
Shaw brought
A paper
paper by D. Shaw
the printe
be drilled
to be
The
comp onent holes to
two component
drilled in
in the
printed
."
bility
"relia
term
woolly
hat
somew
focus the somewhat
woolly term "reliability." The
ty
the polari
insert ed, the
is inserted,
comp onent is
by
board,
polarity
used by
board , and the component
which is
ication which
specif
ined
paper
contained
a
full
specification
is
used
,conta
lytic
electro
or
diodes or electrolytic
of diodes
case of
to
check ed in the case
being checked
tions to
invita
ing
extend
r's
autho
author's
firm
when
extending
invitations
the
effect
to eftect
design ed to
is designed
machi ne is
capacitors.
the
itors. The machine
that the
capac
fact
The
.
orders
g
placin
tender
and
when
placing
orders.
The
fact
that
rather
produ ction rather
batch production
small batch
economies in small
greatest
greate st economies
equip ment is
electro nic equipment
major ity of electronic
overwhelming
is
overw helmi ng majority
in
fast in
as fast
times as
ten times
is ten
and is
skilled
than in large runs, and
where skilled
use, where
tory use,
labora
intended
for
either
laboratory
ed
intend
30
about
take
would take about 30
huma n, who would
operation
tion as a human,
where
opera
use, where
domes tic use,
available, or for
engineers
for domestic
engine ers are available,
wires.
the wires.
clinch the
and clinch
comp onent and
the
ds to insert aa component
seconds
ut the
secon
witho
g
evenin
an
operating
time
is
short
and
an
evening
without
ting
opera
mfor aa 50-co
Programming
It hours for
50-comunced
Progr ammi ng takes about It
prono
a
for
sible
respon
is
er,
disast
" telly " no disaster, is responsible for a pronounced
"telly
board .
ponent
. .
ponen t board.
condit ions
the conditions
on the
guida nce on
or guidance
inform ation or
dearth of information
single
from aa singfe
contro l from
comp uter control
extens ion of computer
e.
The extension
must operat
ment must
equip
rial
indust
under
which
industrial
equipment
operate.
many
by
ed
is attend
compl ete plant
processs to a complete
plant is
attended by many
course s
proces
ing courses
plann
for
sible
respon
Furthermore,
those
responsible
for
planning
e,
ermor
Furth
in
se
comp uters increa
instan ce, as
problems.
as computers
increase in on electronic
ms. For instance,
proble
them, are
in them,
lectur ing in
or lecturing
engine ering, or
electro nic engineering,
are
s, and
more seriou
becom e more
fault become
of aa fault
result s of
the
from the
size,
ed
size the results
serious,
and
remov
far
ations
occup
in
engag ed
usually
occupations far removed from
usuall y engaged
au in,
The onset
increased. The
the
of
"dow
" downn"" time is increased.
onset of
of aa ffault
h
"h
fumes
the
or
forge,
vibrations
or the fumes of the
vibrat ions of the drop
whole
the whole
anize the
would disorg
centre , would
contro l centre,
consay, the control
these condisorganize
on these
placed
is
t
weigh
,
ovens
coke
ovens,
and
little
weight
is
placed
on
ainform
the informaall the
handl e all
to handle
ca&e, to
s, and, in any case,
process,
ensure
proces
to ensure
intend ed to
is intended
specification is
siderations.
tions. The specification
sidera
ete
by, aa compl
furnis hed by,
and furnished
by, and
requir ed by,
two
tion required
complete
ing
replac
while
,
which
ment
equip
the use of equipment which, while replacing
two
compu ter.
fast computer.
requir e aa very
works,, would require
very fast
works
it.
maint ain it.
to maintain
three to
e three
requir
men,
does
not
require
ble,
tracta
more
m
proble
the problem more tractable,
rende r the
In an effort to render
been
has been
izatio n has
philos ophy of
differe nt philosophy
a different
of organ
organization
n
Know
Roth.
F.
J.
by
bed
descri
was
and
d,
evolved,
described by J. F. Roth. Known
evolve
duction
and Repro
Production and
Sound Production
northe
High-Quality
Reproduction
on
Quality Sound
led
model
is
it
,
System
Hiera rchy System, it is modelled on the nor- Highas the Hierarchy
te,
separa
that
in
ement
manag
by
huma n management
written by
was written
book was
mal system of human
in that separate,
World book
Wireless World
THIS new Wireless
of
level of
each level
at each
yed at
OperaProgramme Operacompu ters are emplo
Central Programme
er computers
simpler
employed
the Central
of the
simpl
Hadde n of
l Hadden
Burrel
.
H
H.
Burrell
comone comin one
occurs in
technical and
both technical
B.B.C. for
the B.B.C.
of the
fault occurs
autho rity." Thus, if a fault
""authority."
Depar tment of
tions Department
lions
for
both
and
and
obtain
to obtain
remed y, and
them to
to remedy,
enable them
to enable
is easier
it is
less, it
personnel to
non-technical
easier to
puter, the effect is less,
non-technical B.B.C. personnel
ent.
equipm
studio
other
their
some
to
from
on
results
functi
le
the
possib results from their studio equipment
transf er the function to some other
the -best
best possible
possib le to transfer
it is possible
field should
this field
in this
professional in
or professional
on-lin e equip
amateur or
The only
However,
should
However, any amateur
computer
only on-line
equipcomp uter on the same level. The
value.
great value.
of great
tion;
book of
opera
plant operation;
with plant
also find this book
conce rned with
ly concerned
ment is that direct
directly
of
first
The
parts.
three
into
d
divide
is
time,
real time,
in real
The book is divided into three
parts.electri
Thecity,
firstand
or
te in
not opera
do not
sections, which do
operate
other sections,
sound, electricity,
of sound,
theory of
basic theory
the basic
to
these
covers
and
stores
by
standfilm
tic
magne
es
discuss
part
provid ed with magnetic film stand-by stores to
are provided
second
The
ics.
acoust
studio
musica
musicall and
acoustics. Theofsecond
partequipm
discusses
operat ion.
ency operation.
of emerg
ent,
studio equipment
provide
emergency
provid e up to eight hours of
practice of studio
Ch
both the theory and practice
conmater ial conthe material
disc
and
costs, the
tape
labou r costs,
,
eakers
reduc ed labour
loudsp
In spite of reduced
hones,
microp
ing microphones, loudspeakers, tape and
including
disc
includ
not
is
and
object is not
broadcast and
produ ced object
outside broadcast
and outside
autom aticall y produced
control desks,
ers, control
tent of an automatically
recorders,
desks, and
record
Also,
of the book
part of
third part
impor tant. Afso,
still important.
The third
are still
systems. The
address systems.
public
affected,
affected, and scrap costs are
nublic
address
the
book
microplacing of
comin g to
contro l-the placing
are coming
custom ers are
programme controlthe
that customers
of mic
apart from the fact that
to deals with programme
stereophony.
bly
and stereophony.
effects, and
autom atic assem
many automatic
phones, sound effects,
phones,
Hiaurams
qualit y, many
highe r quality,
expectt higher
assembly
expec
diagrams
175 diagrams
include 175
which include
pages, which
274 pages,
out-of -tolera nce
This book has 274
with out-of-tolerance
work with
nes just will not work
machines
machi
an
ub llS hed by
publis
is
and
42s,
costs
It
raphs.
photog
46
and
canphotographs. It costs 42s, , ^Stamf
f Pordd Street,
intelligence simply
limite d intelligence
components;
simply cannents; their limited
compo
House Stamford
Dorset House,
Iliffe Books Ltd., Dorset
Street,
misch ief"
thems elves aa mischief
will "do
not realize that they will
" do themselves
London,
S.E.l.
London,
compo nents is
of components
inspec tion of
Autom atic inspection
is
if they try. Automatic
269
]UNE
WORLD , June
Wireless
ESS World,
WIREL
1962
G.P.0..Satellite Communications Station

G.P.O.
Satellite
Communications
Station
n. SERIES of experiments to assess the technical receiving

recetving equipment for the
the 4,170
4,170 Mc/s
Mc/s communications
communications
feasibility of long-distance communication by
by artificial
artificial
signals and the 4,080 Mc/s beacon signal transmitted
earth satellites is to be undertaken during
during the
the
from the satellite; terminal equipment
equipment for
for the
the transtransnext few months by the British G.P.O. and
and other
other
mission and reception of multi-channel telephony
telephony and
and
European administrations in co-operation with
with United
United
television signals; a two-way microwave link
to
the
link to the main
main
States National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Administration
telephony
and
U.K. television network; multi-channel
multi-channel telephony and
(N.A.S.A.). Television, telephone, telegraph and other
other
teleprinter links; and time and frequency
frequency standards.
standards.
signals are to be transmitted between ground
ground stations
stations
Because of the very narrow beam, only one-fifth
one-fifth of
of aa
in the U.S.A. and the U.K. satellite communication
communication
degree in width, the aerial has to
be
pointed
to be pointed at
at the
the
ground station at Goonhilly Downs, Cornwall,
Cornwall, which
which
satellite with great precision, and in
in order
order to
to maintain
maintain
is now nearing completion.
this in high winds, the aerial is
very
massive
and
is very massive and of
of
N.A.S.A. are to launch two experimental satellites
satellites
sturdy construction. The
The rotating
rotating part
part of
of the
the aerial
aerial
of the active type during 1962. The
The first
first satellite,
satellite,
weighs nearly 900 tons and is driven by electric motors
motors
" Project Telstar"
called "Project
Telstar " and described on
on page
page 208
208
of some 100 horse-power. Nevertheless,
Nevertheless, this
this large
large strucstrucof last month's issue, is expected to
to be
be launched
launched this
this
ture is so well balanced and moves so
smoothly
so smoothly that it
it
month (June). The second
Project requires less than two horse-power to move itit that
seconq. satellite, known
known as
as ""Project
under
under
Relay," is due to be launched later in the year.
year.
reasonable weather conditions. With wind velocities
of
velocities of
The site of the Goonhilly experimental station
station was
was
above 75 m.ph.
m.p.h. it is necessary to clamp
clamp the
the aerial
aerial with
with
chosen to be as far west as possible to obtain
obtain aa maximaxithe axis of the reflector in
in aa vertical
vertical position.
position.
mum period of visibility to the U.S. via the
the satellite;
satellite;
Orbital information for steering the aerial
is
obtained
aerial is obtained
also its latitude is convenient for satellites in
in equatorial
equatorial
over a telegraph
tdegraph circuit from the
the National
National Aeronautics
Aeronautics
orbits. In addition, it was selected so
so as
as to
to be
be remote
remote
and Space Administration Goddard Space
Space Flight
Flight ConConfrom sources of radio interference, and
and also
also to
to provide
provide
trol Centre in the U.S.A., and
and an
an electronic
electronic computer
computer
an unobscured view to the horizon so
so that,
that, whatever
whatever
is provided in the Goonhilly station to
to process
process the
the data
data
the orbit, contact with the satellite is
is the
the longest
longest pospos- into a suitable form for accurately steering the
the aerial.
aerial.
sible (10 to 35 minutes).
minutes) ..
Since signals received from the satellite
satellite would
would be
be
The station is equipped .with
with an
an 85ft
85ft diameter
diameter
very weak, an extremely low-noise amplifier
amplifier is
is used
used
paraboloidal-reflec tor dish aerial with full steerability,
paraboloidal-reflector
to amplify the signals. This is,
is, in
in fact,
fact, aa ruby
ruby travelling
travelling
either by manual or automatic control, over the
the hemishemiswave maser amplifier operating at 4,170 Mc/s,
Mc/s, with
with
phere above the horizontal plane. Testing
Testing and
and experiexperiwhich figures of 20dB power gain over aa bandwidth
bandwidth of
of
mental facilities are lavish. The following facilities
facilities are
are
25 Mc/s have been exceeded. The
The signal
signal applied
applied12 to
to
among those being provided: a 5kW
SkW transmitter operatoperatthe maser input is expected to be of the order
order of
of 1010- 12W
W
ing at 6,390 Mc/s for Project Telstar; and
and aa 10
10 kW
kW
or even less. The maser is located
located in
in aa cabin
cabin at
at the
the
transmitter (1,725 Mc/s) for Project Relay; low-noise
low-noise
back of the dish aerial, and is immersed
immersed in
in liquid
liquid helium
helium
and nitrogen. Microwave transmitters, producing
producing outoutputs of 55 to lOkW, are located in the cabin on
on the
the
aerial turntable.
A great deal of complex test equipment

equipment is
is provided
provided in
in
the station for carrying out tests over the
the satellite
satellite link.
link.
This includes equipment for generating both
both still
still and
and
moving pictures using British, European
European and
and American
American
line standards. Test equipment is also provided
provided which
which
enables up to 600 telephone circuits to be
be simulated
simulated
for transmission over the satellite
satellite link.
link. Almost
Almost all
all the
the
equipment at Goonhilly is of British
British design
design and
and
manufacture.
manufacture.
During the setting up of the installation
installation in
in the
the next
next
few weeks the radio emissions from
from the
the radio
radio star
star in
in
Cassiopeia will be used for calibration purposes.
Rigidity is essential for the 900-ton

paraboloid which has a beam width
width
of only one-fifth of a degree.
z'.u
Movements of the automatically

steered aerial are metered in the
console room in the control tower.
270
WIRELESS
Wireless World,
WoRLD, June
}UNE
1962
June,
1962
JUNE, 1962
WIRliLESS WORLD
Wireless
World
67
120/200
120/200 WATT AMPLIFI
AMPLIFIER
ER
efruafoty supunmmt
Will deliver 120

120 watts
watts continuous
continuous signal
signal and
and over
over 200
200 watts
watts peak
peak
Audio. It
It isis completely
completely stable
stable with
with any
any type
type ofof load
load and
and may
may bebe
used to
to drive motors
motors or
or other
other devices
devices to
to over
over 120
120 watts
watts atat frefrequencies from
from 20,000
20,000 down
down to
to 30
30 cps
cps inin standard
standard form
form or
or other
other
frequencies to
to order.
order. The
The distortion
distortion isis less
less than
than 0.2%
0.2% and
and the
the noise
noise
level 95
dB. A
A floating
floating series
series parallel
parallel output
output isis provided
provided for
for
-9S dB.
100-120 V.
V. or
or 200-2SO
200-250 V.
V. and
and this
this cool
cool running
running amplifier
amplifier.occupies
occupies
100-120
12^ inches
inches of
of standard
standard rack
rack space
space by
by II11 inches
inches deep.
deep. Weight
Weight 601b.
601b
12!
30/50
30/50 WATT AMPLIFI
AMPLIFIER
ER
EL~CTRO
ELECTRONIC
MIXER/AMPLIFIER
NIC MIXER/A
MPLIFIER
Gives 30
30 watts
watts continuous
continuous signal
signal and
and SO
50 watts
watts peak
peak Audio.
Audio. With
With
voice coil
coil feedback
feedback disdistortion
tonion isis under
under 0.1%
0.1% \ ^ .*
and when
when arranged
arranged for
for
tertiary feed
feedback
and ^^111!^!!'''
back and
100 volt line it is under
under
O
.IS%. The
0,15%.
The hum
hum and
and
noise is better
better than
-8S
85 dB
dB referred
referred to
to
g
30 watt.
It is available
available inin our
our VH
standard steel
steel case
case with
with
Baxandall tone
tone controls
controls
and up to
to 44 mixed
mixed inputs,
inputs, which
which may
may be
be balanced
balanced line
line 30 ohm
and
ohm
microphones or
or equalised
equalised P.U.s
P.U.s to
to choice.
choice.
This high fidelity

fidelity IOJIS
10/15 watt
watt Ultra
Ultra Linear
Linear Amplifier
Amplifier
has a built-in mixer
mixer and
and Baxandall
Baxandall tone
tone controls.
controls.
The standard model
model has
has 44 inputs,
inputs, two
two for
for balanced
balanced
30 ohm microphones
microphones,, one
one for
for pick-up
pick-up C.C.I.R.
C.C.I.R.
compensated and one
one for
for tape
tape or
or radio
radio input.
input.
Alternative or additional
additional inputs
inputs are
are available
available to
to
special order. A
A feed
feed direct
direct out
out from
from the
the mixer
mixer isis
standard and output impedance
impedance of
of 4-8-16
4-8-16 ohms
ohms or
or
100 volt line are
are to
to choice.
choice. All
All inputs
inputs and
and outputs
outputs
are at the rear and
and itit has
has been
been designed
designed for
for cool
cool
continuous operation either
either on
on 19
19 xx 7in.
7in. rack
rack panel
panel
form or in standard ventilated
ventilated steel
steel case.
case.
Size 18 xx 7!
7^ xx 9!in.
9jin. deep.
deep.
Price of standard model
model 49.
49.
The 12-way electronic

electronic mixer
mixer has
has facilities
facilities for
for mixing
mixing
12 balanced line
line microphones
microphones.. Each
Each of
of the
the 12
12 lines
lines
12
has its
its own
own potted
potted mumetal
mumetal shielded
shielded microphone
microphone
transformer and
and input
input valve,
valve, each
each control
control isis
hermetically sealed.
sealed. Muting
Muting switches
switches are
are normally
normally
fitted on
on each
each channel
channel and
and the
the unit
unit isis fed
fed from
from its
its
own mumetal
mumetal shielded
shielded ,mains
mains transformer
transformer and
and
own
metal rectifier.
rectifier.
metal
12-WAY
12-WAY ELECTRO
ELECTRONIC
NIC MIXER
jgk jSkT
C# f '
Also 3-way
mixers and
and Peak
Peak Programme
Programme Meters.
Meters.
Also
3-way mixers
4-way mixers
mixers and
and 22 xx S-way
5-way stereo
stereo mixers
mixers with
with
4-way
outputs for
for echo
echo chambers,
chambers, etc.
etc. Details
Details on
on rereoutputs
quest.
Full details and pnces

prices of
of the
the above
above on
on request
request
VORTEX
ION LIMITED
VORTEXION
LIMITED,, 257-26
257-263
The Broadwa
Broadway,
Wimbledon,London,S.W.19
3 The
y, Wimble
don, London, S.W.19
Teleplcones:
Telephones: LIBerty
LIBerty 2814
2814 and
and 6142-3
6242-3
Telegrams: "Vortexion,
Telegrams:
"Vortexion, Wimble,
Wimble, London"
London"
Wireless World
VVoRLD
VVIRELESS
68
June,
}UNE, 1962
'
imy-
FERRITE COMPONENTS
FERRITE
COMPONENTS
now
are now
components are
ferrite components
sixty ferrite
than sixty
More
More than
includes
list includes
The list
Marconi's. The
from Marconi's.
available from
operation
for operation
circulators for
and circulators
isolators
isolators and
to
Mc/s to
380 Mc/s
from 380
frequencies from
at
at frequencies
be
can be
designs can
Special designs
Mc/s. Special
over 10,000
10,000 Mc/s.
over
requirements.
individual requirements.
meet individual
to meet
produced to
A
m
H
W
Marconi
110 Marconi
over 110
lists over
Catalogue lists
The
TTie Specialized Components Catalogue
undertaken
are undertaken
which are
of which
manufacture of
and manufacture
Components, the design and
every
almost every
in almost
and in
available, and
is available,
alternative is
- only when no suitable alternative
are
and are
performance and
higher performance
for higher
designed for
are designed
case Marconi components are
alternative.
available alternative.
any available
than any
made to closer tolerance than
MARCONI
MARCONI
COMPONENTS
SPECIALIZED COMPONENTS
DIVISION
COMPONENTS DIVISION
Please
SPECIALIZED COMPONENTS
to: SPECIALIZED
enquiries to;
your enquiries
address your
Please address
ENGLAND
ESSEX, ENGLAND
CHELMSFORD, ESSEX,
LIMITED, CHELMSFORD,
COMPANY LIMITED,
TELEGRAPH COMPANY
MARCONI'S WIRELESS TELEGRAPH
MARCONI'S
W4C
W.4C
INTERNATIONAL AUDIO FESTIVAL
INTERNATIONAL
AUDIO
FESTIVAL
REPRODUCTION
SOUND REPRODUCTION
IN SOUND
DEVELOPMENTS IN
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
THE
exhibiyear's exhibithis year's

at this
shown at
developments shown
ThE main developments
recorders
tape recorders
of tape
field of
the field
in the
been in
tion seem to have been
micropho nes
include microphones
may include
we may
accessor ies-if we
and their accessories-if
among the latter.
for
transmitt er for
f.m. transmitter
crystal-co ntrolled f.m.
transistor , crystal-controlled
pocket, transistor,
applications.
such applications.
Recorders
Tape Recorders
be
to be
seem to
transistors seem
more transistors
starts more
After some false starts
reduce
to reduce
as to
(so as
Microphones
stages (so
Microphones
low-level stages
replacing valves in low-level
was
trend was
this trend
of this
examples of
many examples
the many
hum). One of the
was
microphones was
in microphones
developm ent in
noticeable development
The most noticeable
4-track
"Starma ker" 4-track
EL3514 "Starmaker"
in the Philips EL3514
noted
of
designs,
ribbon
new
of
e
emergenc
widespre ad emergence of new ribbon designs, of
the widespread
vertical
unusual vertical
the unusual
continues the
3|in/sec recorder which continues
3!in/sec
Improvecategory. Improvelow-price category.
the low-price
which several were in the
recorder.
transistorized recorder.
styling
of
their
EL3585
fully
transistorized
materials
new
of
use
by
system
ments in the magnetic system by use of new materials
used
are used
heads are
erase heads
(side-by-side) erase
Double-gap
Double-g ap (side-by-side)
softtraditional softThe traditional
trend. The
one trend.
responsible for one
were responsible
erasure.
efficient erasure.
more efficient
produce more
~o produce
increasingly
^
increasingly to
at
magnets
g
energizin
massive
with
iron pole pieces with massive energizing magnets at
" inching"
of "inching
facility of
the facility
Editing facilitieschiefly
facilities -chiefly the
the
In the
emphasiz ed. In
increasingly emphasized.
tape~were ' also increasingly
the tapewere
provided
is provided
inching is
TK40 inching
Grundig TK40
4-track Grundig
new 3-speed 4-tiack
be
can be
that itit can
so that
control so
wind control
the fast wind
loading the
by spring loading
the
In the
time. In
short time.
only aa short
for only
readily switched on for
401
4-track 401
2-speed 4-track
Ltd.) 2-speed
Devices Ltd.)
(Recordin g Devices
Stuzzi (Recording
the
moves the
mechanically moves
control mechanically
forward I rewind control
the fast forward/rewind
wheel,
drive wheel,
appropria te drive
the appropriate
against the
appropriate
te spool against
appropria
Lustraphone's
Lustraphone's miniathe
between the
transition between
smooth transition
thus allowing a relatively smooth
ture ribbon microtwo winds.
phone: the "Micriwere
recorders were
battery recorders
transistor ized battery
Several new fully transistorized
Several
dyne".
Legs are
shown.
removable for standand
7t and
the 7j
these isis the
of these
elaborate of
One of the most elaborate
mounting.
mains
with aa mains
used with
be used
can be
202, which can
3f
in / sec Ficord 202,
3!in/sec
audio
automatic audio
an automatic
of an
feature of
unit and has the unusual feature
checkfor checkprovided for
meter isis provided
A meter
level control (if desired). A
electhe elecplayback, the
on playback,
voltage on
ing the motor battery voltage
record,
on record,
also on
and, also
record and,
on record
tronics battery voltage on
signal
the signal
direction, the
opposite direction,
the opposite
in the
with a deflection in
with
.
used.
level. 4-in spools are used.
new
the new
for the
available for
also available
A mains converter is also
spools)
(3-in spools)
MT7 (3-in
Ltd.) MT7
Morley Ltd.)
Butoba
(Denham
and
Morley
Butoba
"Siendalyne"
Tannoy "Slendalyne"
This
recorder. This
transistor recorder.
2-track transistor
!fin/sec 2-track
3|in/sec and IJin/sec
3!in/sec
pressure - gradient
magnet
permanen t magnet
but permanent
source but
bias source
uency bias
high-freq
uses
a
high-frequency
microphone.
(velocity) microphone.
claimed.
40dB isis claimed.
of 40dB
ratio of
signal-to-noise ratio
erasea signal-to-noise
erase-a
dishave disribbon, have
the ribbon,
of the
face of
one face
the ends, or covering one
magnetiz ed
magnets, magnetized
bar magnets,
are bar
place are
appeared and in their place
smaller
generally aa smaller
result isis generally
The result
across their width. The
frebetter freconseque ntly, aa better
with, consequently,
slimmer structure with,
Slenand " SlenSlendaly ne" and
Tannoy's "" Slendalyne
quency response. Tannoy's
cardioid
the cardioid
and the
magnets, and
metallic magnets,
use metallic
dalyne Cardioid " use
face
back face
the back
to the
coupling to
by coupling
obtained by
polar response is obtained
Lustraph one's
cavity. Lustraphone
loaded cavity.
and loaded
tuned and
of the ribbon a tuned
s
and
magnets and
ceramic magnets
uses ceramic
"Micridy ne" uses
VR70 , "Micridyne"
high
1-h-in high
wide, l-în
fiin wide,
is Ifin
-it is
achieves a volume of 0.6in33it
units,
ribbon units,
new ribbon
Grampia n's new
of Grampian's
-hin deep. Two of
and Tkin
in
used in
we.re used
other, were
each other,
to each
mounted at right angles to
as
matrixed as
but matnxed
micropho ne, but
experime ntal stereo microphone,
an experimental
the
reduce the
to reduce
tends to
This tends
system. This
a sum and difference system.
the
between the
coloration between
in coloration
differences in
effects of slight differences
ribbon
prototype ribbon
showing aa prototype
were showing
two units. Reslo were
has aa
This has
use. This
professional use.
SRI-for professional
he SRIfor
designthe
design-t
output.
greater output.
give greater
to give
ribbon to
new magnet and a longer ribbon
micropho ne,
(noise-cancelling) microphone,
differential (noise-cancelling)
A new differential
to
construct ion to
double-d iaphragm construction
AKG's D58, uses double-diaphragm
on
supplied on
be supplied
can be
and .can
provide protection against dust and
headKSO headA.K.G.'s K.50
to A.K.G.'s
attached to
a ""boom"
boom" mounting attached
K58.
becomes K58.
phones, when the type number becomes
micropho ne
the microphone
when the
nuisance when
The lead is always aa nuisance
an
link isis an
radio link
A radio
lanyard. A
on aa lanyard.
hand-hel d or used on
is hand-held
designed aa
have designed
Lustraph one have
obvious answer, and Lustraphone
electronic
and electronic
mechanical and
recorder: mechanical
tape recorder:
Ficord 202 transistor tape
servicing.
of servicing.
ease of
for ease
hinge for
chassis are joined by aa hinge
271
1962
]UNE 1962
Wireless
WORLD, June
WIRELESS World,
Tp2
T
D2 mains deck. The Planet U1
Ul deck is a 3-speed
mains model and features the use of metal fingers to
to
keep the tape in contact with the
the record
!ecord and
and replay
replay
heads : this should produce a -more
heads:
more suitable
smtable wear characteristic than the flat which is produced by a pressure
pressure
pad. Prototype valve and transistor amplifiers for
for use
use
with this deck were shown.
Tape Recording Accessories
0/ufsen " Belcanto"

Be/canto " recorder showing
Bang and Olufsen
showing hinged
construction.
construction.
4-in diameter spools can be
Up to 4j-in
b~ taken by
by the
t~e
single-speed (3fin/sec)
(3-!in/sec) Loewe-Opta
Loewe-Opta. (Highgate Acoustic
~cousuc
Co.) ""Optacord
412."
Optacord
This uses high frequencies both
both
for bias and erasure and features a one-watt
one-watt. output.
output.
For public address purposes, a new version
of
versiOn of the
t~e
2-speed Butoba MT5,
MTS, the MT5S,
M!5S, has an
a~ extra transistransi~
tor amplifier (8 or 18-W versions
versiOns are available) fitted in
I?
battery /mains unit compartment: the recorder
the battery/mains
recorder is
ts
intended to be run from a 6-V car battery.
A mains-operated all-transistor professional
professional 7i
7! and
and
32-injsec
recorder-the 777was
3|in/sec recorderthe
777-was shown
shown by
by Sony
Sony
(Tellux Ltd.). A special feature of this is
is that
~hat all
all
wue-confunctions can be remotely controlled (by a wire-connected unit).
unit). Up to 7-in diameter reels can
can be used
and the power output is 10 watts.
watts.
Mixing facilities are, of course, now very frequently
provided in tape recorders, but two unusually .ela~orate
elaborate
examples were noted in the Tandberg
Tafl:dberg 6 (distributed
(diStributed
in this country by Elstone Electronics)
Electromcs) and Revox stereo
stereo
recorders (shown by Mordaunt). In the
the Revox
Revo~ the
th~ two
inputs each can be at any
any. of three alternative
al.ter~auve. impeImpedances (which are altered simply
stmp~y by switching
swltchmg different
different
input resistances into the transistor first stage).
stage). In
In the
the
Tandberg 6 as many as four inputs can be
be mixed.
mi':'ed..
Voice-operated start/stop
start/st~~ control of the
~e Stuzzi TriT!Icorder is
i,s possible by addition
add1t10n of the
th~ Dictamet
Dictamet transistr~nSlS
tor unit.
unit This takes its power supplies
supphes as well
well as
as input
mput
signal level
varying the
l~vel from the Tricorder. By .varying
t~e TriTricorder monitor level, the level at which the Dictamet
Dtctamet
starts the Tricorder can thus be altered. The Dictamet
Dictamet
automatically switches off the Tricorder
Tricor~er if no
no signals
signals
above this starting level have been received for a pre-set
pre-set
time.
Recording in the new Telefunken (Welmec Corp.
Ltd.) "'' Magnetophon Automatic" (3|in,
(3-!in, 2-track) model
model
has been simplified both by leaving the valve heaters
heaters
permanently on (so that a single switch can instantinstantaneously start both the electronic and mechanical
me~~anical
recording mechanisms) and also .by
by the provision
provlSlon of
automatic audio-level control. This level
level control
control
appears to operate
op~rate on the peak
pe.ak input signal and
an~ to
to have
have
a short rise time
ume and relatively long decay
decay time
tlme (the
(the
latter is of the order of a minute).
minute). This
This level
level control
control
thus produces relatively little distortion
distortion or
or apparent
apparent
loss of dynamic range.
_
In the single-speed (3
fin/sec) 2-track
(3-!injsec)
2-track B
B&
& O
0 "Bel"Belcanto" recorder the electronics section
section can be
be hinged
hinged
(see photograph) over the tape transport mechanism
mechanism
for compactness
compactnes,s when not in use.
use. This
This recorder
recorder also
also
features a push-pull output amplifier and erase
erase oscillator
oscil~ator
and uses transistors in the record/replay pre-amplifier.
pre-amplifier.
New tape decks were shown by Planet and (outside
(outside
the exhibition in prototype form) by
by B.S.R.
B.S.R. The
The latter
latter
the
-the Tp4is
TD4-is a 1|
1i- and 3|in/sec
3;i-in/ sec battery
battery model
model and
and
is essentially a scaled-down version
is
version of
of their
their Monardeck
Monardeck
Jason's tape link type JTL contains the

electhe basic ""elec-tronics " necessary for use with either a twin- or fourtronics"
fourtrack two-head (plus erase) tape deck and is designed
to work as the link between the usual prepre- and
and powerpoweramplifier assembly. A push-pull bias
bias and erase .osciloscillator is fitted and twin " magic eyes " can
be
switched
can be swltched
to indicate bias or signal. The Vortexion record/playrecord/playback unit has three input channels, carries tone controls
controls
and also provides for use of the " monitor"
:nonitor" or
or playback
playb~ck
head as a source of simple (one time
delay,
depending
tlme
dependmg
on record-to-playback head spacing and tape speed)
speed)
echo.
Gevaert have introduced 10-in plastic reels.
reels. Recorders
which can use spools as large as this
this are the Revox
and Brenell Mark 510the
510-the latter can even take
take 10)in
10-in
N .A.B. professional reels,
N.A.B.
A useful tape calculator was shown by B.A.S.F.
B.A.S.F: For
any playing time from 55 minutes up to
to 250
250 minutes,
~~utes,
this shows the length of tape as well as
as the minimum
mmrmum
size of spool required with standard, long-play
long-play or
double-play tape playing at 7),
7, 3f
3;i- or l|in/sec.
1-iin/sec.
.
To prevent spillage of their tape Sony use
use aa semicircular plastic clip round the outer part
part of the
the reel.
reel.
An automatic photographic slide-changing unit for
operation by a tape-recorder (which would
would supply
supply a
spoken commentary and/or musical
musi~al . background)
backgrouJ?-d) was
~as
shown by Philips (EL3769). This
T hts is
ts a transistorized
tra.nststonzed
unit which both records and replays Ikc/s
l kc/s slide
shde control
signals on an unused tape track.
track.. In this unit
u~it the same
same
head is used for all three functionsreplaying,
funct10ns- replaymg, recording and erasingit
erasing-it is not necessary to erase an existing
pulse when another is needed in the
the same
sam.e place.
place.
Grundio-'s
carrief> a socket for connection
Grundig's TK40 carries
connect10n of
of aa
so~nd head: record, erase, bias and playback are
cine sound
are
available
Amplifiers
Perhaps the most surprising thing about this
this year's
year's
show was that there were no fully-transistorized domestic
"hi-fi"
" hi-fi " amplifiers on public show in the
the Hotel Russell
Ru~sell
(Pye were showing privately the prototype amplifier
seen last year together with a new pre-amplifier) and
and
we had to go across the road to find one.
one. Here, at
at the
the
Royal Hotel, D.J.T.
Industrial
Developments
were
D .] .T. In~ustrial
~ere
demonstrating an all-transistor transformerless amplifier
amphfier
for stereo (10W
(lOW per channel) developed from the design
of Tobey and Dinsdale
(Wireless
World,
November
Dinsda:le
November and
and
All-transistor integrated stereo

stereo amplifier pre-amplifier
pre-amplifier (D.J.T.
(D.]. T.
Industrial Developments).
272
Wireless
WIRELESS World,
WORLD, June
}UNE 1962

with transistor
integrated with
/OW stereo amplifier
Lowther 10+ IOW
amplifier integrated
transistor
pre-amplifier.
pre-amp/ ifier.
the original
of the
ion of
r, 1961). One modificat
December,
modification
original design
design
Decembe
~tereo
two push-pull
the two
use of
the use
is the provision for the
of the
push-pull s1gnal.
stereo
other on
on aa mono
mono signal.
amplifiers in push pull with each other
the
when
40W
to
raised
is
output
the
way
this
In
is raised to 40W when the loudloudthe pair
pair of
of push-pull
push-pull
speakers are bridged between the
stages.
.
output
only
were displayed
transistors were
Russell transistors
In the Hotel Russell
displayed
only
a.f.
lity
high-fide
domestic
parts of
pre-amplifier parts
in the pre-amplifier
of domestic high-fidelity
a.f.
Olufsen and
instance. Bang and
equipment.t. For instance
and Olufsen
and LowLowequipmen
out(pre-amplifier and
ed"" (pre-amplifier
ther
ther, were showing ""integrat
integrated
and were
outbox) units
put 'stages
stages in the one
one box)
units where
where transistor
transistorssInwere
tlie power
used for all functions except
except the
power stages.
stages. In the
die
take over
of ECL86s
ECL86s take
over for
for
Lowther 10-W design a pair of
each channel.
The ECL86 seems generally
generally to
to have
have become
become very
very
ampHfiers o~
man~ amplifiers
popular and appeared in many
of widely
widely
usmg them,
ratinos: Rogers were using
varying ratings:
them, for
for mstance,
instance,
prewhose separate
design (Cadet
in a double '6-W
6-W design
(Cadet 2)
2) whose
separate
preonly for
designed only
for ceramic
ceramic
amplifier and control unit is designed
or crystal pickups.
have followed
to have
seem to
Filters and tone controls seem
followed wellwellin an
idea in
an Armstron
Armstrongg
trodden paths but one novel idea
control
tone
treble
the
to
back
coupling
the
was
design
back to the treble tone control
desion
character istic:
the filter
determine s the
that determines
of the feedback that
filter characteristic:
istics are
roll-off
and
slope
thus variable
roll-off character
characteristics
are given
given
by the treble tone control.
control.
found
was
controls
tone
all
end
to
c-ontrol
tone
control
all tone controls was found
The
on the Leevers Rich stand
stand:: its
its main
main purpose
purpose is
is the
the
coloratio n" in diverse
matching of ""coloration"
diverse sound
sound sources.
sources.
netfeedback
of negative
variation of
by variation
This unit allows by
negative feedbackbands
netof six
amplitud e response
works the relative amplitude
response of
six bands
.6.3kc/s
and
63c/s
between
es
frequenci
on
centred
frequencies between 63c/s and so
6.3kc/s
with n.=2.5
logarithmic series with
(arranged in a logarithmic
n=2.5 so that
that
8dB.
by
vaned
be
to
curve)
the
in
kinks
no
are
there
in the curve) to be varied byRadford
+8dB.
itter was found
An unusual phase-spl
phase-splitter
found in
in the
the Radford
is available
which is
amplifier, which
CMA15 15-W power amplifier,
available either
eithera
is us~d
ntode is
kit A
A triode-pe
triode-pentode
used asas'a
ready built, or as a kit.
. the
acceptmg
pentode
d
long-tailed
pair
splitter,
with
the
pentode
accepting
the
long-taile
balance. The
The M11ler
Miller
input signal, to provide better balance.
capacitance
can cause
cause even
even the
the
capacitance of a high-gain triode can
~s;
high frequenci
<;>f balance at
t~ go out of
long-tailedd pair to
at high
frequencies;
long-taile
the screen
by the
reduced by
th1s effect 1s
in the pentode this
is reduced
screen gnd.
grid.
anode load
slight increase in
pentacle requires a slight
The pentode
in anode
load to
to
compensate
between the
the
compensate for the division of current between
anode and screen.
Equipm ents
te Equipments
Complete
Comple
towards
been towards
has been
One of the trends in recent years has
apparatus for
high-qual ity apparatus
integratio n of high-quality
for the
the luxury
luxury
the integration
was noted
reversal was
noted in
in the
the
radio-gra m " market; but a reversal
" radio-gram
now marketin
marketingg "" Decola
Decola SeparSeparcase of Decca, who are now
comprisin g the separate parts,
ates", comprising
parts, including
including, loudloudspeakers, of the Decola machine.
by
(represen ted by
company (represented
The Canadian " Clairtone " company
ms. T~e
were. showing "hi-fi
Argelane Ltd.) were
"hi-fi"" radiogra
radiograms.
The
top-of-the-range
" Signature"
S1001 model has amphamplire" Sl001
top-of-th e-range "Signatu
peak-pow er output
fiers capable of 70W peak-power
output and
and provision
provisiona
for remote radio control. This
This latter
latter is
is achieved
achieved by
by a
transmitt er working at
transistor transmitter
at about
about 27Mc/s:
27Mc/s: it
it
with the
the selected
selected control,
control,
causes clutches to be engaged with
the
ghostly movemen
movementt of
of the
winding it up or down. The ghostly
that this
control knobs confirms the
the impressio
impressionn that
this machine
machine
that
for aa super
but for
is not for ordinary mortals,
mortals, but
super breed
breed that
and Shostako
wants to listen to Kreisler in the
the kitchen
kitchen and
Shostako-vitch in the sitting room, both to
to be
be changed
changed to
to stereo
stereo
ally after
automatically
after the
the
records and then to switch off automatic
button.
of aa button.
last side, all at the touch of
range of
Olufsen's range
In some of Bang and Olufsen's
of integrated
integrated
connectin g an
for connecting
apparatus there was provision for
an echo
echo
unit which could be used, in
in the
the extreme,
extreme, to
to make
make the
the
6B &
& O's Grand-Pri
Grand-Prixx radio
loudspeakers with
receiver uses loudspeakers
plastics-edged
plastics-edged diaphrams and
provides for echo unit (on shelf
qt right).
above, at
-frorn Clair- .
S/000_.""-from
""Signatw
Signature~ SI000
tone range. Bass and middle
speakers face shaped reflectors:
horn
treble is transduced by horn
units. (Radio control is ringed).
273
}UNE 1962
WoRLD, June
Wireless
WIRELESS World,
news sound as if it were being read

read in
in the
the bathroom.
bathroom.
B & O's echo unit uses a wire delay line
line with
with torsional
torsional
magnetic excitation and pick off: aa switch
switch on
on the
the line
line
box selects various delays and a level
level control
control isis fitted
fitted
on the receiver. Grampian, too, were
were showing
showing aa
reverberatio n unit: theirs provides simulated
reverberation
simulated multiple
multiple
echoes and employs the Hammond spring
spring device.
device.
An outcropping of transistor receivers
receivers was
was seen;
seen:
novel items were receivers, giving cover
cover of
of the
the l.w.
l.w.
navigation-b
eacon bands and having
navigation-beacon
having a meter
meter for
for tuning
tuning
and battery checking (B & O),
0), a simple
simple m.w.
m.w. trantransistor tuner with preset tuning for the
the long-wave
long-wave Light
Light
programme (Stuzzi) and push-button switching
switching for
for
changeover from the ferrite rod to an
an external
external aerial
aerial
(Sony).
Pickups and Turntables

Turntables
Side-thrust caused by a tilted mounting
mounting board
board can
can be
be
countered by dynamic balancing of the
the pickup
pickup arm;
arm; but
but
this requires a counterweight,
rather
than
a
spring;
counterweig ht, rather than a spring;
though a spring may be used for the downward
downward stylus
stylus
pressure (B & O
0 and some OrtofonMetro-Sound
Ortofon-Me tro-Sound
Mfg. Co. Ltd.arms).
Ltd.-arms) . This has
the
advantage
has the advantage that
that
the stylus force remains normal to
to the
the record
record even
even when
when
the board is tilted. Also a downward pressure
from
pressure from the
the
spring can help when warped discs
discs have
have to
to be
be played.
played.
Dynamic balancing requires the elimination
of
the
elimination of the
twisting moment about .the pivot
pivot caused
caused by
by the
the head
head
offset. B & O
0 do this by offsetting the
the counterweight
counterweig ht
whereas some Ortofon arms and the
arm
on
the
Braun
the arm on the Braun
PCS unit are made S-shaped.
S-shaped.
Even in delicate low tracking-weight
tracking-weight pickup
pickup heads
heads
there seems to be a trend to making the
the stylus
stylus assembly
assembly
easily replaceable.
An unusual construction is used for
for the
the variablevariablereluctance generating system in the
the BB &
& O
0 stereo
stereo head.
head.
This consists of a light Mumetal cross which
branches
which branches
from the stylus arm (in a plane at right
angles
to
right angles to it).
it).
The motion of the stylus causes each
each arm
arm of
of the
the cross
cross
to move within the magnetic field
two
pole
pieces
field of
of two pole pieces
'near
near its ends. This balanced system
system reduces
reduces distortion,
distortion,
as well as any unbalance between channels
channels which
which might
might
otherwise be produced by any permanent
permanent stylus
stylus disdisplacement (due, for example, to side thrust)
and
thrust) and also
also
largely cancels any hum picked up
in
the
pole-piece
up in the pole-piece
coils.
To reduce rumble transmitted through
through the
the driving
driving
mechanism from the motor a belt
belt rather
rather than
than the
the
normal idler rim drive was used both
both by
by Philips
Philips in
in their
their
AG 1016 and by Braun in their PCSit
AG1016
PCS-it remains
remains to
to be
be
seen whether these two units

units are
are to
~o be
be regarded
regarded as
as the
the
forerunners of a new trend.
Loudspea
kers
Loudspeakers
We had thought that the recent
recent introduction
introduction by
by K.E.F.
K.E.F.
and Wharfedale* of relatively shallow
shallow slim
slim line
line cabinets
cabinets
presaged a trend towards this shape.
shape. However,
However, at
at this
this
exhibition we could only find two
two other
other such
such "slim"
" slim,
cabinets-m
cabinetsmade
ade by Braun and Goodmans.
Goodmans.
Two attraaive
attractive examples of
of the
the also
also frequently-used
frequently-u sed
column shape were shown by
by Connoisseur.
Connoisseur. ComCompressed fibre board is the cabinet
cabinet materialthis
material-th is allows
allows
the cabinet to be made cylindrical
cylindrical (giving
(giving itit greater
greater
rigidity than the normal rectangular shape)
shape) and
and also
also
reduces its cost. A port is provided
provided at
at the
the top
top of
of each
each
unit near the upward facing loudspeaker
loudspeaker which
which gives
gives an
an
omni-directi
onal sound characteristic.
omni-directional
characteristic. To
To reduce
reduce
resonances the cabinets are lined
lined with
with bonded
bonded acetate
acetate
fibre-a
fibrea layer of this is also inserted
inserted one-third
one-third of
of the
the
way up to reduce the third harmonic
harmonic air-column
air-column resonresonance. The Minor enclosure uses
uses aa single
single 8-in
8-in loudloudspeaker-th
speakerthee Major is fitted with an
an additional
additional 3-in
3-in
tweeter.
Loudspeake
rs themselves can be made
Loudspeakers
made slimmer
slimmer by
by
making their magnets of the new
new ceramic
ceramic materials
materials
(e.g. Feroba) and this is an increasing
increasing trendin
trend-in fact
fact
Goodmans now fit nearly all their
their speakers
speakers with
with such
such
magnets.
The unusual rectangular flat shape
shape (with
(with rounded
rounded
corners)
comers) for a loudspeaker diaphragm
diaphragm introduced
introduced
recently by K.E.F. in their
their K1 speaker
speaker system
system menmentioned above is continued by them in
in their
their new
new K2
K2
Celeste. In this the bass unit has
has aa 99 by
by 5iin
Stin flat
flat diadiaphragm made of expanded polystyrene with
with aluminium
aluminium
outer skins for increased rigidity. Together
Together with
with the
the
1!-in tweeter as is used in their
same IJ-in
their Kl,
K1, this
this is
is fitted
fitted
in a totally-enclosed
totally-enclosed box measuring only
only 18in
18in by
by 10|in
10:fin
by film.
6;fin,
A push-pull electrostatic
elettrostatic tweeterthe
tweeter-the Audistatic
Audistaticwas used by Mordaunt in a new system.
This company also uses an unusual
unusual crossover
crossover network
network
in their Arundel system since the rate
rate of
of low
low frequency
frequency
roll-off (12dB per octave) differs from the
the rate
rate of
of highhighfrequency insertion (as rapid as
as 24dB per
per octave).
octave). AnAnother unusual .feature of this system is that
that the
the bass
bass unit
unit
voice coil has a metal former. This
This tends
tends to
to act
act as
as
a shorted turn and thus gives improved
improved electromagnetic
electromagnetic
damping.
* Wireless World,
World, January
January 1962,
1962, pp.
pp. 46
46 and
and 44.
44.
Braun PCS belt driven turntable

and S-shaped pickup arm.
mm
Audistatic push-pull electrostatic

tweeter with cover removed
removed (shown
(shown by
by
Mordaunt).
K.E.F.
K.E.F. K2 Celeste compact loudspeaker system.
system.
274
WIRELESS
Wireless World,
WORLD, June
]UNE
1962
JUNE,
1962
D
Wireless
World
WIRE LESS WORL
69
ES
" BELLING-LEE
NOTES
LLI NG -LE E"" NOT
"BE
series.
No. 41 of a series.
I
Brea kers
Circuit
I
Circ uit Breakers
n of
tripp ing actio
autom atic tripping
The automatic
action
of I
ted I
ers is
miniature
breakers
is actua
actuated
circu it break
minia ture circuit
s.
etic mean
therm al or
either
or magn
magnetic
means.a I
eithe r by thermal
ined in
principles may be
Both principles
be comb
combined
in a
ally
single unit, so that itit trips
trips therm
thermally
and
oads, and I
rate overl
I on small or mode
moderate
overloads,
magnetically
ones, with
with I
magnetically on large ones,
H
11
advantages
whichh will appea
appearr in
m due
due I
advantages whic
I course.
I
course.
printhe
ates the prinThis
illustrates
T his illustr
ly I
usual
is
tion
opera
I
Thermal
operation
is
usually
mal
Ther
tion of
ciple of opera
operation
of these
these
the
ng use
I achieved
making
use of
of etal
the I
achieved by maki
ecrevolutionary
connecutionary new conn
revol
h bi-m
rtion whic
disto
cal
I
physical
distortion
which
bi-metal
I
physi
ct press
st I
mode
a
For
tors, where conta
contact
press-ng. For a modest
I undergoes
heating.
undergoes on heati
an
large
to
up
quite
ed
y
ure is stepp
stepped up to an
I expenditure
energy quite large
I
expen ditur e of energ
aa I
ned and
unprecedented
after
cedented level after
unpre
I displacements
be obtai
obtained
and
displacements can be
on
t
nden
depe
is
engagement,
pin
| usable
whichh is dependenttwo
on
usable force whic
engagement, and each pin
nsions of
t.
I the choice
dimensions
of the
the two
I
choice and dime
locked into
is locked
into its
its socke
socket.
are
we
Since
s. Since we are |
I constituent
metals.
const ituen t metal
we
oads,
overl
nt
I concerned
current overloads, we
I
concerned with curre
y I
site heat
I can obtai
obtainn the requi
requisite
heat energ
energy
a
gh
throu
nt
ng the curre
I by passi
passing
current through a I
XX
r of
le value
I resistance
suitable
value,; aa powe
power
of I
resistance of suitab
E>elli^-Lee
I not more than some three
three or
or four
four 1
itself
etal
Bi-m
red. Bi-metal itself I
I watts is requi
required.
ance, I
ical resist
I possesses
electrical
resistance,
possesses some electr
gh, itit I
enou
large
nt is
curre
and,
if
the
current
is
large
enough,
"CAMLECON" & "COLLECON"
ient heat
ate suffic
possible to gener
generate
sufficient
heat
is possible
ng the
etal by
within
bi-metal
by passi
passing
the
withi n the bi-m
value
lower
for
it;
current
for lower valuess of
ot I
throu gh
CONNECTORS
curre nt through
ent
elem
ng
heati
iary
I . current,
auxiliary heating element I
curre nt; an auxil
I is necessary.
I
necessary.
e I
aa devic
such
response rate of
The
response
of
such
device
Setting a new standard
ity
al capac
controlled by
is controlled
by its
its therm
thermal
capacity
anical I
ilt mech
losses,. by any
I and losses,
any in-bu
in-built
mechanical
a- I
I resistance
as aa toggl
togglee mech
mecharesistance (such as
of reliability
e aa I
which may be
I nism,
be fitted
fitted to
to ensur
ensure
nism , which
by
n), and
make -and- break actio
I quick make-and-break
action),
andated
by I
ver, each
However,
each pin
pin has
has aa
forces. Howe
gener
is
ly new
h heat
at whic
I
the
rate
which
heat
is
generated
I
These
on an
an entire
entirely
new forces.
Thes e are based on
cing
is
produ
tage
root,
its
advan
r
near
majo
Its
a]
gradual
taper
its
root,
producing
ied.
eby
gradu
suppl
I and supplied. Its major advantage
is I
ruction wher
iple of const
principle
construction
whereby
princ
by
ed
delay
be
can
n
eactio
engag
the
full
I that
action can be delayed the
by I
ted a slight waist
idually adjus
waist,, and
and after
after full engagesocket is indiv
individually
adjusted
each socket
ed, but
tes, if
| several
minutes,
if desir
desired,
but exthe I
several minu
ed
ressive force
compressive
force is
is appli
applied
ment , a comp
made
be
matin g pin
also
can
to its mating
pin by
by aa very
very large
large inin- ment,
anism
1 mechanism
also be made will
ex- I
mech
ng
ure after
ct press
tive, so
ent of conta
crement
contact
pressure
after to the mout
I tremely
sensitive,
so that
that itit will
I
tremely sensi
mouthh of
of its
its socke
sockett causi
causing
crem
ase
incre
10%
as
little
tion
as
on
inser
in
ion
ase
itting insertion closu
I function
little as 10% increase
I
funct
ous incre
engagement,
permitting
ement, perm
engag
re, and an enorm
closure,
enormous
increase in
.
value
itted
perm
the
above
nt
curre
I of current
the permitted value. I
cted
withdrawal forces
forces to
to be
be restri
restricted
and withdrawal
ure on the pin.
pressure
press
by
ved by I
operation is
Magnetic
is achie
achieved
Magn etic operation
rtions.
al propo
bette r than norm
to better
normal
proportions.
h I
g
means that while
energising a coil
This means
while the
the closin
closing
I energising
coil of
of wire,
wire, whic
which
etic I
magn
by
ture
lly by
arma
an
ts
|
deflects
armature
by
magnetic
deflec
Contact
initially
by concon- force is maintained,
ssible
act is made initia
impo
Cont
maintained, it
it isis impossible
ised by
attraction.
is energ
energised
by
n,
attraction. The coil is
and-socket actio
ventional
plug-and-socket
action,
ventional pluggaged from
disen
be
tion isis I
to
opera
and
nt,
for
the
pins
to
be
disengaged
from
curre
it
circu
I
the
circuit
current,
and
operation
ed
divid
in
pins
round
on
using solid
sohd round pins in divided their socke
in the
ts, which
I rapid (with
(within
the first
first half
half cycle
cycle on I
sockets,
which grip
grip them
them
tionts, but with
ies) unles
tubular
sockets,
with excep
exceptiontubul ar socke
1 alternating
supplies)
unlessscurrededealtern ating suppl
.
waist
round
the
waist.
nt I
rawal
ed by
tion and
liberately damp
1 liberately
damped
by eddy
eddymean
current
I
ally low . inser
insertion
and withd
withdrawal
of
s
anically, by
I effects,
mechanically,
by meansver,
of I
effects, or mech
Howe
pot,
hydra ulic dasha hydraulic
dash-pot.
However,
ish I
nse slugg
damp ing make
1 damping
makess the
the respo
response
sluggish
g I
itions, but
I under
conditions,
but by
by takin
taking
unde r all cond
the
of
one
that
fact
the
advantage
of
fact
that
one
of
the
tage
for
d
advan
applie
s
Patents
applied
for
Patent
ly I
tal is
I constituents
bi-metal
is usual
usually
const ituen ts of bi-me
BELLING
LTD.
BELLING & LEE LTD.
aa I
ture
arma
the
ng
maki
I
iron,
and
making
the
armature
by
ed
Licenced
Licenc by
be
can
this
ent,
elem
tallic
1
bi-metallic
element,
this
can
be
bi-me
TRIC
ELEC
ENGLISH
ENGLISH ELECTRIC
ed
delay
ally, with
actUated therm
I actuated
thermally,
with aa nts,
delayed
AVIATION
AVIA TION LTD.
and
curre
rate overaction, at mode
I action,
moderate
over-currents,
and
n, at
magnetically, with
I magnetically,
with aa fast
fast actio
action,
ats |
ediat e value
overloads; at
large overloads;
at interm
intermediate
values
quite
nse is
curre nt, the
1 of current,
the respo
response
is also
also quite
alCOLLECON
COLLECON
rapid , the actio
I rapid,
actionn being
being therm
thermalCAMLECON
LECON
CAM
1 magnetic.
magnetic.
tisemetzt of
1
Advertisement
of
Adver
LTD
are
LEE
ts
&
produc
-Lee'
LING
1
BELLING
&
LTD..
BEL
'Belling-Lee' products red
are
Most 'Belling
- Most
by patents or
covered by
or registe
registered
covered
x.
ld, Midd
Enfie
Rd.,
Camb ridge Rd., Enfield,
Great Cambridge
1 Great
Middx.
applications.
or applications.
designs,
designs , or
Enfield
bel,
Radio
rams:
Teleg
5393
d
Enfiel
Telephone:
Telephone: Enfield 5393 Telegrams: Radiobel. Enfield
Le e,,
\\I::> - If .
Dell~''CAMLECON'' & "COL.LECON''
CONNECTORS
Se tti ng a ne w standard
of re lia bi lit y
70
~IRELESS World
Wireless
~ORLD
June,
}UNE, 1962
"'~--
.,,__
\~.
-':-~~,
j
_./~
Animated Signs
Animated
Signs
---..
'.
Vending machines
machines
Vending
\-~
.S Ler i fisin g autoclaves
Sterilising
au toe fa ves
Can this motor doso
Can this motor do somatHml for uou too?
The Drayton RQ Motor is

is extensively
extensively used
used
for the operation
operation of valves, dampers,
dampers, cam
cam
units, animated signs,
signs, vending
vending machines,
machines,
blinds, colour slides on floodlights,-television
floodlights,. television
cameras and aa multiplicity
multiplic ity of
of servo
servo control
control
applicat ions-eve n the
applicationseven
the well-known
well-known
~ i;.. \\\_"Gu
"Guinness"
inness" clocks. No
No job
job is
is too
too difficult
difficult
"<~." ' -o{
or complicated
complicated for this
this miniature
miniature motor.
rnotor.
" ' ' Built-in gearings...
gearings ... built-in
built-in programming
programming ..,
..
'\p.pe:
~ds from 57 m.p.r. to
speeds
to 2850
2850 r.p.m.
r.p.m. It's
It's built
built
i~st for
to.r you! Enlist the
just
the aid
aid of
of our
our Customers'
Customers'
E.
ring Service....
Service .... NOW.
Engineering
NOW.
e ver sat ile

mall geared
mall
gear ed motor
mot or
fe versatile
DRAYTO N CONTROLS
DRAYTON
Tel: West Drayton 4012
CONTRO LS LTD
L.T D -, BRIDGE
J:IRIDGE WORKS
WORKS WEST
~EST DRAYTON
DRAYTO N MIDDX
MlpDX Tel: West
Drayton 4Q12
Criteria
Routh's Criteria
Routh's
PAPER
SQUARED PAPER
WITHOUT SQUARED
STABILITY
ITY TESTS WITHOUT
STABIL
RODDAM
THOMAS RODDAM
By THOMAS
negative
of negative
deal of
good deal
have aa good
also have
the this kind will also
with the
familiar with
be familiar
must be
]\IoST
MOST readers must
distortio n
about distortion
worry
you
because
k
feedback
too,
because
you
worry
about
feedbac
ning
determi
for
plots
Bode plots for determining
Nyquis t and Bode
conventional
ional Nyquist
convent
loudspeaker
about loudspeaker
worrying about
have before you start worrying
They have
amplifiers. They
feedback amplifiers.
the stability of feedback
g.
damping.
dampin
by
elsewhere by
and elsewhere
columns and
these columns
discussed in these
been discussed
heartily
all heartily
are all
we are
until we
writers until
myself and other writers
Wireless Shock Excitation
of Wireless
reader of
new reader
that aa new
true that
Excita tion
sick of them. It is true
calculai:ny calculaif my
but, if
minute but,
every minute
born, not every
World is bom,
introan introonly an
really only
is really
article is
The
content
of this article
one-and -aThe one-and-ahours. The
eight hours.
every eight
tions are correct, every
and
techniq ues and
of techniques
range of
wider range
to a much wider
duction
dogthey
copy
the
for
pay
not
do
who
half readers
not pay for the copy they dog- althoug
very
go very
to go
disposed to
feel disposed
present
h
although
I
do
not
at
present
feel
only.
rs
custome
cash
d:
exclude cash customers only.
ear, or steal, are excluded;
the
that the
sure that
make sure
to make
desirable to
probabl y desirable
school far it is probably
at school
things at
these things
all these
learn all
imagine, learn
They, I imagine,
ment.
develop
future
any
bear
ions
foundations
will
bear
any
future
development.
foundat
the
beyond the
progress beyond
they progress
ys, as soon as they
nowadays,
nowada
an
circuit, an
LC circuit,
parallel LC
simple parallel
which We start off with aa simple
design which
pie design
mud pie
and mud
climbing and
indoor tree climbing
conobserve concan observe
we can
which
anti-resonant
circuit,
which
we
onant
anti-res
without
and
doors
of
out
studied out of doors and without
we in our time studied
oscilloscope.
impeda nce oscilloscope.
high impedance
veniently by using aa high
But veniently
Minister. But
the Minister.
and the
rates and
assistance
ce from the rates
assistan
happens:
what
know
we
circuit
we
shock
excite
this
circuit
we
know
what
happens;
If
always
were always
boots were
our boots
Ministe r, our
then, unlike the Minister,
which
ons
oscillati
of
train
damped
a
we observe
train of oscillations^ which
dirty.
away
die away
will die
values will
ent values
compon
with
fairly
typical
component
ed
publish
t
Nyquis
before
century before Nyquist published
Âbout
About half a century
experisame experiThe same
cycles.
hundred
,
perhaps
in,
perhaps,
one
hundred
cycles.
The
the
for
rules
k,
feedbac
negative feedback, rules for the
his classic paper on negative
will
crystal will
piezoelectric crystal
using aa piezoelectric
by ment carried out using
given by
been given
had been
systems had
mechanical systems
stability of mechanical
of
ds
thousan
of
tens
or
d
thousan
of
train
a
us
thousand or tens of thousands of
Even give
wrote, "" Even
once wrote,
Heaviside once
Routh.
Oliver Heaviside
decay
oscillations decay
the oscillations
which the
at which
rate
ons.
oscillations.
The
rate
at
oscillati
I
and
,
justice''
deserve
aticians
mathem
dge mathematicians
Cambridge
deserve justice", and I
Cambri
circuits.
the circuits.
of the
Q-facto r of
the Q-factor
measure d by the
should is usually measured
criteria should
Routh's criteria
that Routh's
just that
feel that it is only just
that itit
so that
or
transist
a
or
valve
We
can
connect
a
valve
or
a
transistor
so
to
lead
do
they do lead to
as they
especially as
be more widely known, especially
one
in one
and
circuit
tuned
the
of
r
Q-facto
s
increases
the
Q-factor
of
the
timed
circuit
and
in
prob- increase
our probof our
some of
for some
solutions for
compact solutions
some very compact
Februar y
the February
in the
describ ed in
have described
I have
which
circuit
are
ms
echanis
servo-m
of
rs
designe
lems.
The designers of servo-mechanisms are 1954 issue of this journal
controll ed
be controlled
can be
Q can
the Q
journal the
sort
the sort
of the
virtues of
the virtues
of the
indeed much more aware of
becomes
it
where
point
the
to
ce
resistan
by
a
variable
resistance
to
the
point
where
it
becomes
the
is
it
adopt: it is the
shall adopt:
we shall
treatme nt we
algebraic treatment
of algebraic
away
dying
of
instead
and
more,
infinite.
Just
a
little
more,
and
instead
of
dying
away
feel,
has, II feel,
who has,
designer who
amplifier designer
he-mill amplifier
run-of-the-mill
run-of-t
infinite
with infinite
constan t with
remaini ng constant
or remaining
Q, or
with
finite
always
not
is
which
ue
techniq
a
in
down
got bogged
in a technique which is not always Q, the oscillations
noise isis
circuit noise
the circuit
Even the
oscillations grow. Even
convenient.
the most convenient.
an
course, an
of course,
is, of
and itit is,
off and
system off
enough to start the system
oscillator.r.
oscillato
Tests
expression
standar d expression
Stabili ty Tests
the standard
rd Stability
Standard
that the
Standa
rememb er that
You may remember
usual
the usual
where <0w isis the
wt, where
eatcos
for
a
damped
wave
is
c'cos
oit,
r
amplifie
an
r
whethe
ng
predicti whether an amplifier
The simple way of predicting
coefficient.
g
dampin
the
a
and
cy
frequen
frequency
and
a
the
damping
coefficient.
angular
negative
of
amount of negative
certain amount
with aa certain
will be stable with
while aa
negative, while
is negative,
damped aa is
ampli- If the wave really is damped
in ampliresponse in
frequency response
the frequency
feedbackk is to plot the
feedbac
are
ons are
oscillati
the
that
means
a
for
value
o means that the oscillations
separate positive
two separate
as two
conveniently as
tude and phase, most conveniently
printers
that printers
believe that
aticians
Mathem
.
growing.
Mathematicians
believe
growing
line
straight
of
use
the
by
easily by the use of straight line
graphs and most easily
1
also
They also
exp(x). They
print exp(x).
to print
prefer to
long dislike eex and prefer
long long
method long
this method
described this
approximations.
mations. I described
approxi
Real
as
ion
express
d
standar
the
prefer
to
write
the
standard
expression
as
Real
.
whole
the whole
find the
can find
you can
and you
columns and
ago in these columns
exactly
is exactly
course is
of course
which of
jw)t], which
(u +
' jcojt],
Radio Part [exp (v
Langfo rd-Smit h's
in Langford-Smith
summar ized in
thing summarized
s " Radio
we
that we
this isis that
of this
ge of
advanta
The
the
same
thing.
The
advantage
go
to
ion
temptat
no
feel
I
Handbo ok". I feel no temptation to go
Designer's
Designe r's Handbook".
where
pt] where
[exp
R.P.
as
this
go
on
to
write
this
as
R.P.
[exp
pt\
can
would
indeed,
money, indeed, would
only money,
into this matter again: only
frequen cy
complex frequency
the complex
p=
-1- jjw
call pp the
M and we can call
= a+
becomes p
however, becomes
method , however,
This method,
so tempt me. This
a.
of cr.
sign of
the sign
about the
g about
worryin
worrying
without
k
feedbac
several
are
there
if
ated
complic
rather complicated if there are several feedback
behaves
system behaves
way aa system
the way
describes the
The quantity p describes
process
tedious process
't horough ly tedious
by a thoroughly
althoug h by
loops, although
amplifier
an
is
system
the
If
when
it
is
shock
excited.
If
the
system
is
an
amplifier
an
change
to
want to change an
then want
you then
If you
these can be treated. If
them
want them
we want
away: we
die away:
to die
oscillations to
right we want the oscillations
go right
to go
need to
you need
however, you
inner feedback
feedback loop, however,
our
beyond .our
bit beyond
that isis aa bit
feel that
but II feel
quickly,
to
die
but
ng.
beginni
the
back to
beginning.
^
,
the
are the
of pp are
values of
The values
momen t. The
at
the
moment.
scope
are
loops
k
feedbac
multiple
You may feel that multiple feedback loops are
may
there may
system;
the
of
cies
frequen
characteristic
frequencies
of
the
system;
there
ristic
characte
s.
busines
your
of
none of your business.
anyway, and none
recondite anyway,
pretty recondite
roots
the roots
by the
given by
also given
are also
They are
fairly be several of them. They
has fairly
which has
case which
special case
one special
however, one
There is, however,
marked
be
can
They
n.
equatio
ristic
characte
feedback of the characteristic equation. They can be marked
positive feedback
local positive
amplifier with aa local
wide use, the amplifier
have
must have
all must
since all
wand
a, 01
by <7,
and since
nega- out as points defined by
even negaor even
zero, or
low, zero,
very low,
arrange d to give aa very
loop arranged
resonance
onding
corresp
the
negative
values
of
a
for
the
corresponding
resonance
of
r
amplifie
an
ly
Obvious an amplifier of
impedance. Obviously
tive output impedance.
.75
']275
1962
}UNE 1962
WORLD, June
Wireless
WIRELESS World,
to be damped we say that the roots must lie in the

left-hand side of the plane. We need to know the
ru1es of the game now.
rules
Routh's Criteria
The procedure is best illustrated by a simple
example. We shall consider a three stage valve
amplifier having three identical stages. The load
resistance is R, and is shunted by a capacitance C,
and these values are such that we can forget the valve
impedance and work with the mutual conduaance
conductance
ggm.
Each stage has the same gain, which is just
m.
R/(1 +
+ jwCR). We write now CR =
ggm
= rT and since
m R/(l
we want to work with complex frequencies, not the
w, we replace jw
usual cu,
j w by p, giving the stage gain
g mR/(1
as 3
pr)
and the amphfier
+
PT)
amplifier gain as
(R/(1 +
3
3
3 3 /(1 +
pT) 3 which we shall call k. At sufficiently
ggm
+ pr)
m R /(l
low frequencies we can neglect the effect of the shunt
33 33
capacitance and the gain, k00 ,, is just ggm
The
m R .
feedback we want to apply is ft
{3, a constant.
Now we consider the expression
1 +
1 +
1
+ ie/J
k{3 =
= 1
+ ko0 m
{3/(1 + pry
PT) 8
and we obtain the characteristic equation by putting
this equal to zero (thus, by the way, making
kj{\
k/(1 +
+ kp),
k{3), the usual gain with feedback form,
infinite). . Then
TT33p33 +
-f- k00P{3
+ 3T22p22 + 3Tp + 11 +
= 00
a cubic in p having all the rT terms positive. We can
apply Routh's criteria to see when this amplifier
will be stable.
1.-All
1.All the coefficients must be positive. The rT
terms satisfy this already, so we need only consider
the term (1 +
+ k00 P).
{3). This will be positive unless p{3 is
negative, which with the sign conventions I use means
positive feedback, and then only if |J{3j
fl\ >
l/k00 ,, which
;?;_1/k
means too much positive feedback.
2.-The coefficients must satisfy an inequality which
2.The
we shall give in its general form later. For the
cubic form
+ ffip
a 1P22 + a22p
a0Pp33 +
P+
+ a33 = 0
the system will be stable if
aala2>aoaa
1a2>a0u3
so that in the specific amplifier example we have
9t33>
9T
> tT33 (1 +
+ k00 jS)
{3)
or k00p<:8
f3<8
This is, of course, a standard textbook result
resu1t and
it corresponds to the condition in which \kp\
Jkf3j =
= 11
when the stage phase shift has reached 60. We
know that we can get better results,
resu1ts, that is we can
apply more feedback, if we make one stage have a
different bandwidth from the other two. This is
very easy to analyse by this method, for we just
take two stages having CR = tT and a third having
C'R' = m.
nT, If n is less than unity we have a wider
band, while if n is greater than unity the stage is a
relatively narrow band one.
For this example
1
+ kfi
k{3
l +
1+
kof3
=l+(\+pr)\l+
(1 + pT) 2 ( 1 +npT)
npr)
and
the
characteristic
equation
becomes
,
3 3
t
-f 2n) TT22pa2 + (2
nT 3p 3 + (1
(1 +
(2 + w)
n) Tp
TP +
+ 11 + kk00 P{3 = 00
Applying the second criterion and manipulating
manipu1ating
the result
resu1t we reach the limiting condition
kM<2(
+ l/n)
1/n)
0 {3<2 (n + 2 +
I have written it in this form to show the complete
symmetry between n and l/:

1/n: we get the same answer
by using a double width stage as we do from a half
width stage. No other method I can remember will
give the limiting condition above nearly so quickly.
Even with three different stages the work is not
really tedious.
Life is not just a cubic equation. The full

fu11 form
for Routh's second stability criterion is in the
determinant form:
ao a-l a-2 ........aa-n
a(Xi2 (Xi
a 1 Ua00 a2-n
2 -n
a
al4aa33 aa i2 aa,_n
>0
i.-n
a2na2n-1a2n-2.
tin u2n-l u2n~ .an I
in which any term aam
m < 0 is
m for which m > n or m.p0
put equal to zero. The general form of the characterc}J.aracteristic equation is
n
1
+ ajp"alpn-l
......+
+an=
aaopn
aB = 0
0P +
When n = 4, the determinant gives
a
2
aala2aa>a4al2
+ aaoaa2
1a2a3>n4a1 +
0a3
Beyond this you are on your own, but after all, you
have got a fairly complicated amplifier.
It is, I hope, almost unnecessary to point out that
the procedure for the stability at the low end of the
pass band, which depends on the coupling capacitor
and output transformer, will follow exactly the same
lines except that you will find the equation starts
1/pT instead of in pr.
off in l/pr
pT. The treatment is left
as an exercise for the reader.
Internal Feedback Loop

The method really begins to pay dividends when
we put in an internal feedback loop as well. Let us
consider an example in which the amplifier is cut into
two sections which have gains k11 and /ek22 and we apply
feedback of ft
{31 round the ft
k1 section and ft
{3 2 round the
whole amplifier. For this system the characteristic
equation is
11 + ftft
ktf31 + ftftft
ktk2{32 = 0
o btained by considering three
A simple example is obtained
identical stages having a gain, as before, of k/(l
k/(1 +
pr).
pT). Between the first and second cathodes we
provide positive feedback ft
{3 1 and in ft
{3 1 we take
account of the loss to the second cathode. In this
form only the response shape of the first stage
has to be taken into account. The characteristic
equation becomes
k{3l
k 3{32
i +
^
1 + (1
+
PT)
+
(1
+
p-r)33 = 0
(1 + Pr)
(1 + Pr)
and this can be multiplied
mu1tiplied up and rearranged to
give the form:
2
3 33
ftp
T p + (3 + Aft)ftp
kf3t)-r 2p 2 + (3 + 2kpP)rp
2kf3t)-rp +
+ 11 + J-ft
k{31 +
+
k3f32
=
0
ftft
As we are using positive feedback ft
{3 1 is negative
and we must look first at Routh's first criterion, from
which we find that 3 +
+ 2ft
2k{31 must be positive, or
- ft
f3t <
< 312k.
3/2k.
.
A convenient choice will be
1/ft which
- ft
{3 1 = 1/k,
will bring the inner amplifier just up to infinite
gain. Now we consider the second criterion, substituting kPx
k{3 1 = 1
-1 as we go, and we find that
2 > ftft.
k 3 {32.
With an infinite gain front end we cannot put
more feedback round the whole loop than given
by ftft
k 3 {3 2 <
< 2 in which, of course, ft
k 3 is the total
276
WIRELESS
Wireless World,
1962
WORLD, June
]UNE 1962
amo unt
this amount
with this
gain with
overall gain
gain. The overall
forward
ard sain.
forw
out
with
gain
the
half
onejust one-half the gain without
be just
feedback will be
of feedback
selected
was selected
ple was
exam
ar
icul
part
s
Thi
feedback
This
particular
example
.
back
feed
not repr edoes not
and itit does
simple and
extremely simple
because
repreuse it is extremely
beca
ple
exam
tical
prac
e
mor
A
.
tion
situa
usef ul situation. A more practical
example
sent a useful
rally
natu
is
it
h
oug
alth
cult,
diffi
mor e difficult,
really more
although
it is r natural
is not really
as comyneve
is never
algebra is
The algebra
complicated. The
moree complicated.
as stab
com-le
mor
er
rend
to
atte mpt to render stable
the attempt
as the
however, as
nlicated,
ated, however,
plic
ld
wou
,
ed
prov would
have proved
coul d have
you could
an Amplifier
whi ch you
amplifier which
an
stab le.
never
neve r be stable.
across aa
came an-occ
whe
poin t wt
reached this pomt
}e*n 1I p.
""Po
possiiI had reached
102,
102
,
1960
Nov ., 1960, P(18 Nov.,
Electronics (18
paper
'edan ce",
pap er in Electronics
Imp
t
Inpu Impedance ,
Infin ite Input
Provides Infinite
Feed back Provides
tive Feedback
the use
describes the
writ er describes
the writer
whi ch the
Katell) in which
E. Katell)
by E
use
tive
posi
with
rs
lifie
amp
of
operational amplifiers with positive
d.c. operational
two dc.
of two
disnot
does
He
.
loop
le
who
d
feedback
round
the
whole
loop.
He
does
not
disroun
back
feed
our sense at all,
in our
stability in
of stability
prob lem of
sense
ah,
cuss the problem
aoper
the at
to
in to
t
.
buil
been
has
it
because has been built m
probably
the
opera
ably because
prob
such
few
-a
a
have
to
pen
hap
you happen to have few such
If you
amplifiers. If
tional
al amplifiers.
tion
by Kate ll
used by
met hod used
the method
hou se the
abou t the house
units
Katell
units about
resissom e resiswith some

up with
them up
conn ectin g them
involves
lves just connecting
invo
watch the
example, watch
for
can,
you
s
tance
boxes
and
you
can,
for
example,
boxe
e
tanc
ene
poly styrthe
on aa polystyrene
char ge on
the' charge
of the
decay of
very . slow decay
if you are
,
oach
appr
ler
simp
h
muc
A
capacitor.
much simpler approach,
if you are
citor.
capa
thre e stage
buil d aa three
to build
is to
scra tch, is
Sng
stage
star ting from scratch,
an
in as
back
feed
tive
posi
the positive feedback m
put the
amplifier
as For
an
lifier and put
amp
.
back
feed
tive
nega
all
over
internal
loop
with
overall
negative
feedback.
For
rnal
inte
arou nd whi ch
stage around
the stage
appl icat ion the
<;>f application
this sort of
which
be
enie ntly
conv
will
ied
appl
is
feedback is applied will eonvemendy
positive
ber
positive feedback
orde
in
dth
dwi
ban
ow
narr
very narrow bandwidth in order
madee to have a very
mad
feed back .
nega tive feedback.
of negative
deal of
to allow for a good deal
imp orta nt
especially important
is especially
trea tme nt is
algebraic treatment
The algebraic
resu lt
the
becau
the
use
beca
back
feed
tive
posi
usin g positive feedback
when
^factor ,[^1
whe n using
x)
(1a
on
s
end
dep
get depends on a factor (1 x)
to get
von
tryin g to
you are trying
udes
incl
but
y
unit
tly
exac
be exactly unity but includes
to be
mea nt to
whi ch x is meant
In
in which
If (1- x) is
device. If
active device.
an active
of an
the amplification
(1-*; is
amplification of
of stab iliza tion
deal
d
goo
a
ll
sma
y
reall
goingg to be really small a good dealmay
of stabilization
goin
have to be
syst em may have
the system
need ed and the
will be needed
to ared
be
prep
be prepared
to
well
as
ys
alwa as well to be
It isis always
regularly . It
trimmed
trim med regularly.
trou bles .
you r troubles.
for your
SORTING
LETTER SORTING
AUTOMATIC
TOMATIC LETTER
AU
HIGH-SPE ED MACHI NE
INSTALL HIGH-SPEED
OFFICE INSTALL
POS T OFFICE
GERMAN POST
RAL GERMAN
FEDERAL
MACHINE
FEDE
Zent ralam t at
Posttechnischen Zentralamt
by the Posttechnischen
tip SIGNED
IGN ED bv
DES
the lettear, the
nken
elefu
T
with
ion
unct
conj
Darmstadt
with Telefunken,
'""v
Darm stad t in conjunction
ble
is capa
phs
ogra
phot
the
in
n
show
machine shown in the photographs
ng machine
sorting
is 100P difsorti
r for
rs/h
lette
00
20,0
of
d
spee
of working
working at a speed of 20,000 letters/hr for 100 dif
of
ferent places.
machine into " stanby mhine
sorted b,
is sotted
post is
incoming post
'"S,
mo.be"sorte
sMjd
The teSlM
h have to
whic
s
item
r
othe
and
dstd " letters, tetters,Stec,
dard
the correct
to
r
lette
the
s
turn
then
"
facer
"
by hand . A
treated with
(which isis treated
the stam p (.hioh
SsS'b^S
wtth
position by finding tlTstSnp
t, the letters are preultra-violet-fluorescent dye). Nex

the place names and
s
read
who
ator
sented to an oper
the envelopes. From
on
odes
dot-c
ible
prin ts almost invis
full control, reading
over
takes
hine
mac
this point the
r to the appr opri ate bin.
lette
the
ting
direc
the code and directing the
letter to thecons
appropriate
four
of bin
isting of
self-checking, consisting
1s self-checking,
used is
The
four
The dot code used
.
each
bits
five
characters of
type3
for typeread er for
on aa reader
progress on
^Woffiisat
present in progress
Wor k is at present
s.
addresse
written
writ ten addresses.
.
Pirnv
v
f;
;s ,
four-character
imprinting four-character
and imprinting
address and
reading address
Operator reading
Above
Above ;: Operator
code.
at the left
ing
enter
Letters entering at
machine. Letters
sorting machine.
lLeft
the left
Pft : Head of sorting
s by
against roller
ed against
carri
then
are
and
r
reade
gh
boss
through
the
reader
and
are
then
carried
ro'lers
by
pass throu
and
chute
te
opria
appr
the
down
ped
drop
be
.
oa trave/iing
band
to
be
dropped
down
the
appropriate
chute
and
travelling
bins.
of bins.
stacks of
the stacks
of the
so into one of
277
1962
}UNE 1962
WOR LD, June
Wireless
LESS World,
WIRE
AUTOMAT IC
AUTOMATIC
RELAY
RELAY
STATIONS
STATIONS
EXTENDS B.B.C.
SERIES EXTENDS
OF A NEW SERIES
FIRST OF
FIRST
SERVICES TO .
TELEVISION AND
AND SOUND SERVICES
ALES
MID-W
MID-WALES
G rad. I.E.E .
B .S c . ( Eng.), Qrad.i.E.e.
HANDS*, B.so.(Eng.),
By A. L. HANDS*,
Transmitting mast and, in the

foreground, the receiving aerials
L/andrindod Wells.
at Llandrindod
THE
J. HE new B.B.C. relay station at Llandrindod

Wells, Radnorshire, which was brought into service
last,, and radiates television transon 4th December last,.and
L ight and Third Promissions and the Home, Light
grammes on v.h.f./f.m., represents a new development in the design of automatic relay stations, being
Simila-r stations
very compact and economical to run. Similar
are planned for other areas where there is a need for
extending and improving the coverage of the B.B.C.'s
television and v.h.f. sound broadcasting services,
which already reach nearly 99% and 98% of the
population of the United Kingdom respectively.
Relay stations are designed for automatic operrebroa dcast programmes obtained by
ation and to rebroadcast
direct reception of other transmitters. At most
stations, as at Llandrindod Wells, this is achieved
by combined receiver-transmitters known as translators. In design translators are similar _to convenr eceivers up to the intermediate frequency
tional receivers
amplifier. The i.f. signal is, however, not demodulated, but fed into a second frequency changer where
it is converted direct to the output frequency of the
relay station and amplified to the required output
power. As the original modulation is not separated
from the carrier, complicated monitors are not required and it is sufficient to check the output of the
translator by means of a simple relay, sensitive to
carrier level.
The need for a relay station inevitably means that
it must be built in an area of poor reception. A site
must be found where satisfactory signals can be
received, and at the same time it must be in a
favourable position to serve the area required. The
most suitable locations will certainly be on high

ground, often on prominent hill tops. In obtaining
the consent of the Town and Country Planning
authorities, due consideration must be given to the
natural beauty of the area, and this may . place
restrictions on the building and on the height and
complexity of the masts and aerials. Another requirement is for the site to be reasonably close to
an existing electricity supply.
Relay stations are already in extensive use on the
Continent, but they are generally of very low power
and for television frequently translate from Band I
to Band III or vice-versa. Continental television
.to
transmission standards employing f.m. sound permit
a considerable simplification in the design of translators as it is possible to use a common amplifier for
a.m. sound,
both sound and vision. However, with a.m.
the signals have to be separated at an early stage to
avoid intermodulation between the sound and vision
signals.
The first of the B.B.C.'s television relay stations
was brought into service at Folkestone in July 1958.t
It uses translators, designed by the B.B.C., and has
an e.r.p. of 7W peak white vision and 1.75W sound
carrier. Folkestone was followed in 1960 .by
by television relay stations at Sheffield and Hastings. The
power of the Llandrindod Wells station, though considerably higher than that of Folkestone, Sheffield
and Hastings, is still limited because of the need to
* Planning
B.B .C.
Department, B.B.C.
Installation Department,
and Installation
Planning and
ft "Folkestone's
World,
Transmitter ."-Wireless World.
Television Transmitter,"Wireless
"Folkestone's Television
Sept.
9.
No. 9.
64, No.
VoL 64,
1958, Vol.
Sept . 1958,
278
Wireless World,
]UNE
WORLD, June
WIRELESS
1962
h*.. : '
installaV.H.F./F.M.
.F.fF.M. installaV.H
1-kW
tion.. The six I-kW
tion
amplifiers
lifiers are in the
amp
cabinets
cabinets on the left
translators
and the translators
the
At the
right. At
on the right.
on
top of each bay on
the
right is the
the right
with
panel with
control
control panel
duplicate
translators,
licate translators,
dup
and
filters, and
aerial
al filters,
aeri
units.
supply units.
power
power supply
r*mh- *
Igf:
e wit h ex1stmg B.B.C.

avoid co- cha nne l inte rfer enc We nvo e services wit h
the
stat ion s. It reb roa dca sts for television and 1.3kW
W pea k whi te
e.r.p.'s of 1.4k
sou nd pro eac h of the thre e v.h.f.
for4crt
ssi
pcar rier iand
vision
tele
h
bot
es,
pro gra mm both televîon
All the programmes,
grammes.
mm es. Ml
gra
t.
mas
e
sam
the
from
d
iate
rad
are
nd,
sou
vhf
radiated from tran
the smi
same
^v.h.f. sound,
freq uen
ttedmast.
and transmitted
rec eiv ed and
Details
freq
Det ails of the received
le.
Tab
the Table.
in the
giv en in
cies are given
Received
Rece ived
Frequency
Freq uenc y
Chan nel 55
... Channel
Television
Tele visio n
Mc/s
63 .25 Mc/s
Sound
Sound 63.25
66.75 Mc/s
| Vision
Vision 66.75
89.95 Mc/s
Mc/s
.. . 89.95
Prog ramm e
Light
Light Programme
Mc/s
.. . 96.8
96.8 Mc/s
Prog ramm e ...
Third
Thir d Programme
Mc/s
94.3 Mc/s
Serv ice .. . 94.3
Hom e Service...
Welsh
Wel sh Home
Service
ice
Serv
Transmitted
Tran smi tted
Frequency
Freq uenc y
I Channel
Chan nel 1I
41.5 Mc/s
Soundd 41.5
Soun
45.0 Mc/s
Vision
Vision 45.0
Mc/s
89.1
89. 1 Mc/s
Mc/s
91.3
91.3 Mc/s
Mc/s
93.5
9).5 Mc/s
amplifiers
not
are
y
the
en
are closed dow n wh
loySedPrfor
swi tch es can not be Cemp
Tim e rShS'cannotê
îêf
emrpToy
forgra mm es. S
r fored pro
to cate
d
nee
the
of
e
aus
bec
e
this pur pos
ice
not
rt
sho
arra nge d at
gra mm es whi ch ma y be g hou rs. How eve r, bettin
out side nor ma l tran smi
n of the tran slat ors is
cau se the pow er con sum ptiod con tinu ous ly and the
ere
pow
are
y
the
low, they
quite
P
received signals
qui te I0W5
by the rec eiv ed signals
amplifiers are con trol led
visi on sec tion
tele
the
to
ng
from We nvo e. Ref erri
. 2) it sho uld
(Fig
tic
ema
of the simplified block sch of signals from We nvo e,
e
enc
abs
the
in
t
be not ed tha
in the tran slat ors will
the car rier -op era ted rela ys off the amplifiers. Wh en
ed
hav e rele ase d and swi tch
rela ys close and the
tran smi ssio ns beg in, the se
out put amplifiers
the output
eco nom y the
of economy
Tr,
inte rest s of
In the interests
car ryin g pro -
Llanidloes
\
level and alth oug h
sea level
above sea
1,420ft above
The
andcou
although
stat ion is 1,420ft
Th e station
it
ntry
ous
ain
unt
mo
by mountamous country it
rest rict ed by
ran ge is restricted
its range
Knighton
Lla ndr ind od Wells
the Llandrmdod
in the
peo ple in
23,000 people
serves
Wells
som e 23,000
es some
serv
1).
.
(Fig
les
Wa (Fig- t). _
I /nhayader
Cen tral Wales
area
are a of Central
in
bei ng in
staff Kpinp
wit hou t staff
ope rate s without
whi ch operates
The
being
m
stat ion , which
Th e station,
xima
for
d
nne
pla
n
bee
1
nce , has îjTtimdLS
S7
atte ndaag^f
Llandrindod/ i ^^Presteigne
con tinu ous ^
conmuo^
al
aa ma tter of fun dam ent al
Wells C.
~ \
mu m reliability. Thi s is ine d me rely by add ing
atta
o7
be
Tained
merely
by
add
des ign and can not
plicom
ry
ssa
ece
unn
Kington
as
,
ext ra sup erv isor y app ara tus rall fau lt haz ard . All
ove
Builth
y
the
se
rea
inc
uld
cati on wo
dup lica ted andV Wells/
the pro gra mm e cha in is tSt"
equ ipm ent in SSrogramm.
from ind epe nfed
s
tion
sec
has bee n arra nge d in two
service
ns fail ure s the service
I
dep.t sup plie s. Du ring mai g diesel alte rna tor set.
,
rtin
-sta
self
a
by
d
is ma inta ine
ckche
as
nan ce, suc h
Llandovery
Rou tine pre ven tati ve ma inte
to
lt
ble s a pot ent ial fau
.Jlalgarth
ing me ter rea din gs, ofte n enafailure. At Lla ndr ind od
al
actu
the
Brecon
ore
con
bef
Bre
red
be clea
s in the are a, visits the
Miles
Wells, an eng ine er, who liveweek for this pur pos e,
20 Miles
10
0
h
eac
es
stat ion sev era l tim
.
ded
nee
if
es
tim
er
oth
at
and is ava ilab le on call
ded eng ine ers are abl e to
30f t above
Wh en the stat ion is una ttenfun ctio nin g cor rec tly by
strength contours in mVfm at boundary
vision field
Fig. I. Tele
is
nt
a rigid
pla
6
6
not
the pi
is
our
tha t tne
cont
m
check
automatic
unit
answers
che ck that
mVf
s
0.1
wer
The
ans
' I'mvfflSrarndery
l. The 0.1
leve!"'The
ground
mv/m
rprebtion
nd level.
grou'aI*'
depend
will depend
. An aut om atic unii ttors
reception will
the station^
teiephomng
tele pho nin g theîSâtes
and of the area served since the quality of
codee which
a ors and
strength
tran slat
whi ch trans
ns in field .A*
cod
atio
in
vari
es
I
:
icat
3
ind
and
s
and
ition
call
the
car - upon local cond
is carma inte nan ce is
Ma jor maintenance
nrp working
point.
to point.
wor kin g. Major
point to
from point
occur from
amplifiers are
may occur
mss.
nan ce team
inte
ma
tter
smi
tran
ting
S^r

ried out by visi
279
1962
}UNE 19
WoR LD, June
Wireless
WIRELESS World,
TRANSLATOR
A
~\
(vision)
AMPLIFIER
A
(vision)
AMPLIFIER
A
(sound)
(VISION)
HYBRID (SOUND) TRANSLATOR

A
(light)
TRANSLATOR
A
(third)
TRANSLATOR
A
(home)
'tV
tv
V.H.C
V. H.~
COMBINING
UNIT
COMBINING
UNIT
(sound)
AMPLIFIER
A
(LIGHT)
AMPLIFIER
A
(third)
AMPLIFIER
A
(home)
COMBINING
UNIT
COMBINING
UNIT
Fig. 2. Simplified schematic of the duplicate chains

chains of
of equipment
equipment at
at the
the mid-Wales
mid-Wales relay
relay station.
station.
amplifiers are switched on. After a short pause, a
relay in the ""A"
A" translator mutes the "B
" B " translator by removing its h.t. supply. Should "A"
" A " be
be
unserviceable or fail during programme, "" B
B"" immediately takes over. This method of control enables
the spare translator to be tested at the beginning of
each transmission and the results are registert!d
registered by
by
the automatic telephone unit.
The television translators are rated at lOW
10W peak
white vision and 2.5W sound carrier. They are
connected to the parallel amplifiers by hybrid networks which permit both amplifiers to be fed from
either translator with minimum interaction between
units. The separate sound and vision amplifiers,
amplifiers,
which are identical in design, have ratings of
of SOOW
500W
peak white vision and 125W sound .carrier.
carrier. The
The
peak power outputs are the same and the
the apparent
apparent
difference in rating arises from the practice
practice of
of specispecifying vision transmitters in terms of peak output
output and
and
a.m. sound transmitters in terms of carrier power.
power.
If an amplifier fails, the service is maintained by
by the
the
remaining one, but as each amplifier feeds
feeds one
one half
half
of the aerial, the e.r.p. drops by 6dB due
due to
to the
the
combined loss of amplifier and aerial gain. This
This
split aerial system ensures continuance of
of transmistransmission in the event of a fault in either half
half of
of the
the aerial.
aerial.
The arrangement of the v.h.f./f.m. installation
installation is
is
similar to that used for television except that
that the
the
amplifiers are not run in parallel, the required
required power
power
being available from a single amplifier. If
If the
the first
first
amplifier should develop a fault the

the spare
spare is
is autoautomatically powered, its output being switched
switched by
by aa
of the
the v.h.f./f.m.
v.h.f./f.m. sound
sound
coaxial relay. The ratings of
translators and amplifiers are lOW
10W and lkW
IkW respecrespectively. All the translators and
and amplifiers
amplifiers used
used at
at
Llandrindod Wells were supplied by Marconi's
Wireless Telegraph Company, to B.B.C. specificaspecifications.
With the exception of the diesel,
diesel, the
the technical
technical
equipment on the station is housed in the transmitter
transmitter
hall which measures 17ft x
X 29ft.
The transmitting aerials, manufactured by
by E.M.I.
E.M.I. '
Electronics, are carried on a pole at the
the top
top of
of aa 200200Eves. Both
the television
television
ft mast erected by J. L. Eves.
Both the
are horizonhorizonand the v.h.f./f.m. sound transmissions
transmissions are
and similar
similar two-tier
two-tier super
super turnstile
turnstile
tally polarized and
services. The-receiving
The receiving
aerials are used for the two services.
wooden poles
poles 230ft
230ft from
from
aerials are supported on wooden
the main mast and, because
of the
height
because of
the negative
negative height
gain at this site, the
the aerials
aerials are
mounted at
at the
the
are mounted
optimum height of 25ft.
This station is an example of the economic advanadvantages that have been made possible by
the developdevelopby the
ment of automatic translator stations
stations designed
designed to
to
give a high degree of reliability without
without being
being concontinuously staffed. A comparable conventional
conventional station
station
would require a full-time
of six
six men.
men. The
The
full-time. staff of
floor area required for the equipment is
is only
only 660
660 sq
sq
ft, compared with 2,500 sq ft at earlier
earlier stations
stations with
with
of similar
similar power.
power.
the same number of transmitters of
280
WIRELEss World,
Wireless
June 1962
1962
WoRLD, JuNE
DESIGN
FEEDBACK DESIGN
OF FEEDBACK
FUNDAMENTALS OF
FUNDAMENTALS
EDWIN
By G. EDWIN
CALCULATOR
EFFECT CALCULATOR
6 THE
THE MU-BETA
MU-BET A EFFECT
6._
but in the
subt le but m the

Mor e subtle
requ ired . More
whi ch was required.
pon se, which
that
amp lifie r with nonse,
an amplifier
disc over y that
desi gnin g an
the discovery
in designing
is the
ng
urbi
sufficient in
dist
e
rare ly sufficient
IT is rarely
with
mor
Cg
run
more
disturbing
is
long
with its
mer ely with
stab le, the
is stable,
r is
satisfied merely
lifie
be satisfied
amp
to be
re
cent
feed back to
gn
negative
its
desi
tive feedback
although
the
design
centre
amplifier
the
nega
h
is to push
disc oura ging than ' alth oug
mor e discouraging
be more
tole ranc es is
can be
com pon ent tolerances
Not hing can
stability
e and component
ility . Nothing
valv
stab
effect
of
valve
to
pus
t
effec
the
got
not
age,
has
com pon ents
amp lifie r has
as components
stab le amplifier
the stable
inst abil ity as
to find that the
not
got
the the amplifier
amplifier into instability
age.
y resuenc
freq
the frequency
part icul arly the
performance,
resorm ance , and particularly
perf
H
rcC
a
fFECT
CALCULATOR
fl-f3 EEFFECT CAlCUlATOR
IT
Sal!!!!
Wit
m
&
Wi
%
m
/i
II
s
m
mBtM
smumsm^rn
'A
m s
m
s
m
si
ARM
ROTATABLE
ROTATABLE ARM
ju/3 EFf EOT MAGHITUOE 0

~
+ + t ? t t T t1 1
T
i
iiii' i '
Mu-beta
Fig.
Fig 28. Mu-beta
1949
in the Oct. 1949
2
1
S JQ
7 7 T
XIu
vdy
2 O. CO I~^ 7
-1 i i i i i Ji
7
'i
T
i
H. Felker
by].
Problems " by
Feedback Problems
for Feedback
Chart for
.
. , of the
J. H.
Felker
and Chan
Calculator and
article "" Calculator
the gftide
(based on FFig. I of
lator
calcu
t
effec
effect calculatorI.R.E
(based
on
Fig.
I
of
.).
Proc. I.R.C.).
of Proc.
issue of
issue
281
1962
JuNE 1962
WOR LD, June
Wireless
WIRELESS World,
when valves are replac

replaced,
when the
the tenth
ed, or
or when
tenth or
or
hundr
edth model of the amplifier
hundredth
amplifier is
is constructed.
constr ucted.
The mu-be
mu-beta
calculator
an extremely
ta effect calcul
ator is
is an
extrem ely useful
useful
tool for studying
behaviour
feedback
amplifiers
study ing the behav
iour of
of feedba
ck ampli
fiers.
It was described
by J. H.
Felker*
and
is,
or
descri bed by
H . Felke r* and is, or was,
was,
comm
ercial
ly
commercially availablef.
indicated
availa blet. Early
Early versions
versions indica
ted
that a patent
for but
but it
is not
paten t was applied
applie d for
it is
not known
know n
wheth
er this was granted.
whether
grante d.
We begin with the basic
basic expression
expression for
for aa feedback
feedback
system having
havin g a gain witho
without
of
,1,
an amount
ut feedback
feedba
ck
of
f.L, an
amou nt
{3ft 0
off th
the6 output
outpu t fed back to the input and aa gain
with
gain with
feedba
ck of G. Then as
êedback
alreadyy seen:
seen:
as we
we have
have alread
=:~]
G = f.L/(1^/(l- f.Lf3) = -1/{3 [ i

G
-4-^
This is the form and notation
the calculator.
notati on used
used on
on the
calculator.
The quantity
brackets
[m/VCI
quant ity in the square
square brack
ets [f.L/3/(1j"/?)]
- f.Lf3)]
is the lift
f.Lf3 effect. When /i
large compared
f.Lf3 is
is very
very, large
comp ared
with unity the fi/3
unity and
f.Lf3 effect is
is very
very close
close to
to unity
and the
the
gain of the amplifier
1/(3.
This is
the ideal
amplifier is just
just -1
I{3. This
is the
ideal
feedba
ck case with the whole
feedback
amplifier
performance
whole amplifier perfor mance
fixed by the passive
passive elements
eleme nts in
in the
the feedback
feedback netnetwork. There are two
be
two important
importa~t deviations
deviations to
to
be
consid
ered. An amplifier
considered.
at band
band centre,
amplifier might have,
have, at
centre ,
a forward
forward gain of 1,000
1,000 times
and
what
we
loosely
times and what we loosely
call 20dB of feedback,
feedback, bringing
bringi ng the
the gain
gain down
down to
to
100 times.
= -10
-10
Then -1/(3=100
-1/{3 = 100 and
and /i(
f.Lf33 =
16
^-CHARACTERISTIC
-3
OVERALL
RESPONSE
' * TT
-9
-12
-15
zoo
- 180
160
20
140
40
/""""'..
0120
60
"'
uJ
'?
"' 100
~
80
80
>
100
<ll
uJ
uJ
0:::
'-'
w
120
/oVERALL
I RESPONSE
40
140
.,""' "
0 25
0-25
0-5
05
160
ISO
2
4
GDw
Fig. 30. Phase characteristics
characteristics corresponding
corresponding to
to amblitude
amplitude
responses of Fig. 29.
responses
umpmuae
29.
of the amplifier
The value
of pfL falls
amplifier response.
response. The
value of
falls
away m
in the manner
mann er we
we have
have calculated
calculated previously
previously
and at the same
ttime
phase becomes
becomes significant.
significant.
wJ shall
^ seesame
^me tthe
^le phase
We
that the
the /cfj effect becomes very important
J.L- CHARACTERISTIC
-0~--------------~
-6
220
f'P -CHARACTERISTIC
-CHARACTERISTIC
-18 - - - - - - - - - - - - -21
dB-24
-27
-JO
-33
-36
-39
-42
-45
-48
-51
Fig. 29. The full lines

linear approximation
amplitude
lines show
show the
the linear
approximation amplitu
de
respons
responsee without
the feedback
without feedback
feedback fa)
(f.L) and
and the
feedback characteristic
characteristic
({3)
(P) of a system having two
characteristic
two [/
[I+rjD]
j!l] terms
terms with
with charac
teristic
frequencies at
w = [anda
I and a third
th
at co
w =4.
= 4. The
c1 0>f:
ir<l at
Theofdotted
dotted
line
labelled II shows
the over
feedback
over all
all response
respons
e with
with ISdB
/BdB of
feedback,
and that labelled IIII the
the critical
region
the overall
overall response
response In
In the
critical
region
when the gain without
increases
without feedback
feedback increas
es by
by 3bB.
3bB.
so that the /'.,3
10/11. If
fLfJ effect is
is 10/11.
If the
the amplifier
amplifier is
is to
to
be used for measurement
of
measu remen t purposes
purpo ses this
this factor
factor .of
about 10% will be
be serious
and
must
therefore
serious and must theref ore
secondd deviation
comes at
be known.
known . The secon
deviation comes
at the
the edge
edge
*" Calcula
Chart forr Feedbac
Problem s", 1
C tor aand C
e db k Pr0blemS
H . Felker
Proc.l.R
.E.,
Vol. t7
37, p.
1204, o
Pr*r,S
4Toi
4S204
ct ?949
"' J. H
' Felker,'
Oct.
1949.
tGraphi
matics, 201I North TayIor
C r aPhimatiCS
Taylor Avenue, Kirkwo od, Missou ri,
U.S.A.
U.S A .
'
' Kirkwood. Missouri.
f.Lf3 effect becomes very impor tant

indee d in
determ ining the
the perfor mance of the ampli ln determining
fier.
fkr
Performance of the ampli-
Before we go any further
furthe r it
it is
is probably
proba bly worth
worth while
while
to look at Fig. 28 which
shows the
the pfl
which shows
flf3 effect
effect calcucalculator.
Jator. The device consis
consists
of
a
circular
ts of a circul ar chart
chart
which carries
carries at its centre aa rotating
rotatin g arm.
arm. In
In using
using
the
calculator we ' simply read
the calculator
read off
off from
from our
our response
respon se
curves the values of the
and phase
the amplitude
ampli tude and
phase of
of
JLf3
M/3 at each frequency,
the calculator
freque ncy, set
set them
them into
into the
calculator,
and read out the /%
effect.
This
operation
will
f.Lf3 effect. This opera tion will
be most easily followed
if we
we provide
followed if
provid e ourselves
ourselves with
with
an example.
example.
A linear approximation
response
appro ximat ion amplitude
ampli tude respon se is
is
shown in Fig. 29 for aa three-stage
three- stage system
system having
havin g
two [1
LI +
=7j if]
terms
with
characteristic
frequencies
0]
with characteristic frequencies
at i
1 and the third
4. Needless
w = 1
third at
at
w =
= 4.
Needl ess to
to sav,
say,
w
is a normalized
The phase
norma lized frequency.
freque ncy. The
phase characcharacteristi c in Fig. 30 is
teristic
an
exact
one;
the
work
on
is an exact one: the work on any
any
really practical
use the
practical problem
proble m will
will use
the exact
exact amplitude
ampli tude
response, too, and will include
response,
decoupling
includ e some
some of
of the
the decou
terms , possibly
terms,
alreadyypling
dispossibly all, in
in the
the way
way we
we have
have alread
discussed. ILet
et us assun
a
ie that
that we
we can
can just
just afford to put
44
%
r
If
ssume
fodB of feedba
feedback
the
18dB
ck on
on this
this amplifier.
amplifier. Away
Away on
on the
18dB,
falling
left, then, the quantity
quant ity I%/3|
f.Lf31 will
will be
be 18dB, falling
above co
is easily
w =
= 1. It is
easiiy read
read off
off Fig.
Fig. 29
29 as
as the
the
heigh t of the pfL line above
height
the
18dB
above the 18dB line.
line. We
We now
now
extreme
left,
where
the
phase
notice that at the
the extrem e left, where the phase
angle, excluding
excluding valve
valve phase
phase reversal
reversal effects,
effects, approach
proaches
the sign
signapof
es zero for the
the amplifier
amplifier networks,
networks, the
of
f.Lf3 will be negative,
pP
so that
the
overall
phase
negative,o so
that the overall phase angle
angle
must be 2nT7+180
.
We
therefore
add
the
scale
2n1r+ 180. We theref ore add the scale
on the ri
right of Fig.
g 30 and
and set
set tthe
f.Lf3 rotor
rotor arm to
?ooo
f
4 ^read
'
'le P-ft
180 , and then
18dB, pp
180,
then
read off
off against
against I|/i/3|
f.Lf31
- 18dB,
fLfJ
(contin
ued on page 283)
{continued
282
WIREL
ESS World,
Wireless
WORLD , June
JUNE 1962
1962
(Advertisement)
(ADVERTISEMENT)
WoRLD
Wireless
WIREL ESS World
June,
JUNE, 1962
Aspects
of
sp ec ts of
A
39
design
d es ig n . . 39
LITY AND
PICTURE
QUALITY
AND
URE QUA
PICT
ES
TUB
EL
PAN
TWIN
Part 1
T W IN PANEL TUBES - Part
ty
Built
Picturee QuaJi
Quality
Buil t in Pictur
hrome
aa monoc
uced on
picture
the
of
quality
The
reproduced
onwhich
monochrome
The quality of the picture reprod
under
factors
d into
television
screen can
can be
be analyse
analysed
into
factors
which are
aresystem
under
televisi on screen
s
g
scannin
and
video
the
r of
the control of
of the
the designe
designer
of
the
video
and
scannmg
systems
which
ng
to
a
rcnd
renderi
tonal
and
ss
sharpne
of
eristics of sharpness and ? l
and
and those charact
characteristics
f""^hsdf
itself
e ray tube
cathod
of
are largely built
built irtto
into the
the design
designcircuit
of the
the designe
cathode
tube itself
Thes~ latt7r
r. ray
md cannot be
be change
changedd by
by the
the
circuit
designer.
Thesenglatter
and
wlll
renden
tonal
the
since
and,
are
are the subject of
of this
this article
article
and,
since
the
tonal
rendering
will
e under any
t possibl
contras
the
be shown to
to depend
depend upon
upon
the
contrast
possible
under
any
contras
ling
control
factors
the
ons,
conditi
of
set
lar
particular
of conditions, the factors controlling contrastt
particu
discuss ed first
are discussed
first..
are
Width
Width set by
beam
electron
electron beam
section
cross
cross section
Relative
Luminance
DISTRIBUTION
BUTION
DISTRI
OF
SCREEN
OF SCREEN
LUMINANCE
LUMINA NCE
71
Shape set by
diffusio n in screen
SURFA CE
GLASS
GLASS SURFACE
REFLECTIONS
REFLECTIONS
2d tan C
Contrast
Contr ast
d
the
s upon
sharpne ss of
The
of aa picture
picture depend
depends
upon
the contras
contrastt obtaine
obtained
The sharpness
areas. In many scenes
dark
and
n light
bounda ries betwee
at boundaries
between
light
and
dark
areas.
In
many
scenes
ed
brl
h
measur
ess
d
ly the
ng natural
occurring
naturally
the range
range of
of surface
surfaceasbrightn
g "?: 1,"IXall
occurri
and all
nce) is
(correctly
called lumina
luminance)
is assyst7m
as great
greatthat
as 10,000
10,000
.
1,
and
all
(correc tly called
of
more
ucing system that allo':"
improvements
in aa reprod
reproducing
allowsed
more
of _the
the
improv ements in
as an Imrecogm
be
will
originall contras
contrastt range
range to
to be
be seen
seen
will
be
recognised
as
an
im
origina
.
nrovement
in the
the quality
quality of
of the
the picture
picture.
_
.1
|
provem ent in
that
less
isis often
on screens
contras t seen
The
seen on
on televisi
television
screens
often
less than
than
that
The contrast
of
.
s
n
io_
limitat
t
inheren
.
the
of
e
becaus
of
of the origina
originall scene
scene because
of thereasons
inherent
limitations
limita-of
for
conventional
cathodee ray
ray tubes.
tubes The
The Glass
^sonsTwin
for these
these
hmrta 1
conven tional cathod
t Crystals
Panel tube
the
tions and
and the way
way in
in which
whichimprov
the All
All
Glass
Twin
Panel
tube
Phosphor
Phosph or Crystals
will
range
t
contras
ed
Electron Beam
lity of
offers
the possibi
possibility
of an
an improved contrast range will now
now
offers the
scale)
to scale)
(Not
(Not to
be examin
be
ra ed.
small
of
layers
several
of
sed
compo
is
screen
or
The
hofphor
screen
is
composed
of
several
layers
of
small
phosph
The p
inside
the
manne
ted in
crystals
deposited
in aa random
random as
mannerr on
on
thediagram
inside .surface
surface
crystals deposi
es is, then, to
on process
reflecti
Each
the
in
observ ed effect
The observed
effect of
of these
thesedisc
reflection
processes
is, then, to
ate, as shown
cathod e ray
of the cathode
ray tube
tube face-pl
face-plate,
shown
in
the
diagram.
Each
of
ea~h picture point
_around
ated
those
from
illumin
ly
emitted
diffuse
a
light
by
give
give
diffusely
illuminated
disc
around
each
picture
point
formed
is
picture
C, a
bright point in
in the
the picture isare
formed
by
light
emitted
from
those
of
radms
a
at
unttl,
lly
ns
aI
f
gradua
of electro
nce falls
beal?l
the
by
whose lumina
luminance
falls graduallyeduntil,
at a c~itica~
radius angle
of 2d
2dtan
tan
C, a
excited
or which
particless of
of phosph
phosphor
which are
excited
by
the
be
P
o
electrons
effects.
particle
the
by
can
produc
spot
is
edge
bnght
a
of
the
clearlv
critical
angle
effects.
clearly defined edge is produced by the famt
often
which scans the
the screen,
screen, so
so that
thatection
the area
area
of
a
bright
spot
can
which
can
nngs
very
C
tan
n
6d
and
electro
t
C
tan
4d
inciden
of
the
of
At
radii
of
4d
tan
C
and
6d
tan
C
very
faint
rings
can
often
never be less than
than the
the cross-s
cross-section
ofalways
the incident
the
ing to
further
extend s ^"on
screen
be seen due
due to
to light
light retulirn
returning
toangle.
the screen
screen after
after two
two and
and three
three
ation on
beam. The illumin
beam
illumination
on the
the
screen
always
this
critical
the
possibl e:further
ons at
ise extends
reflecti
otherw
t
sets
of
reflections
at
the
critical
angle.
sets
contras
the
s
reduce
and
n
cessa
t0
r0
this
provid e an
than
and reduces ofthelightcontrast
otherwise
possible
this
to
ry
necessa
is
it
s
and
1
C.R.T.
l
on
materia
televisi
screen
most
With
(T gives
. P ^
With most television C.R.T.s it is which
within
t.
a otb
occurs
by the diffusio
diffusionn of light
within the
the
screen cathod
mmenae ray
and
occurs by
tube
implosion-proof
in front
front of
of the
the
tube which
gives anothe
n ^r
ion-pro of screen in
s of
implos
the
ons from
because
reflections
from panel.
the surface
surfaces
of the
the
cathode
ray
becaus e of reflecti
and so may double
screen
the
to
back
be
light
will
es
reflect
to
process
s
two
surface
These
two
surfaces
to
reflect
light
back
to
the
screen
and
so
may
double
safety
and
ate and safety panel. These two processes will be
tube face-pl
face-plate
use of a glass twin
ation on
genera l reflecte
the general
reflectedd illumin
illumination
on it.
it.no The
The
of areflecti
glassCttwin
separately.
ons
considered
a use
cl
ab1
considered separately.
iable
apprec
ed to
panel,
cemented
to the
the tube
tube so
sos that
that
no
PPf
^ Jefscreen
panel, cement
h extra
ren
the
for
need
the
ce, remove
occur
interface,
removes
the
need
for
the
extra
screen
occur at the interfa
same time remove s the
ons and
ted reflecti
and
and its unwan
unwanted
reflections
and atatitsthe
the
samel distanc e. Since
Diffusion
ion
Diffus
origina
twice
to
ng surface
reflecti
front
reflecting
surface
to
twice
its
original
distance,th~oug?
bmce
emits
beam
n
electro
the
by
excited
or excited by the electron beam emits
light
th~
of
Each
some
Each particle of
of phosph
phosphor
absorb
to
chosen
is
the
glass
is
chosen
to
absorb
some
of
the
light pa~sing
Ppomt
^rough
the glass
larly if emitted
particu
light,
IS
this
of
ns. Some
ndmg aa bnght
surrou
halo
light in all directio
directions.
Some
of
this
light,
particularly
if
emitted
the
of
nce
lumina
it
the
luminance
of
the
halo
surrounding
bright
point
it,
from
d
isis reflecte
ected tubeis
ry unprot
i directio
directions
nearly in the
the plane
plane of
of the
the screen,
screen,
reflected from
ns nearly
of
in
reduced
times below
below that
thatfor
of an
an ordina
ordinary
unprotected
tube
reduce d five times
Since there is13 some
a
screen.
d in
the
installe
tube
same
the
one
than
one crystal to
to anothe
anotherr within
within
the
screen.
Since
there
more
conside rably more than for the same tube installed in a
and considerably
u lt is a
res.
?n, tht:
sive reflecti
screen.
absorption
of light at
at each
each su<;:ces
successive
reflection,
the
result
is
a
tion of
ive
absorp
protect
with
t
cabine
on
television
cabinet
with
protective
screen.
televisi
mcreas
with
raptdly
falls
nce
lumma
whose
diffuse bright area
area whose luminance falls rapidly with mcreasdiffuse
distanc e from
ing
ing distance
from its
its centre.
centre.
ng
ent Lighti
Dust and Ambi
Ambient
Lighting
surface , scatter ing
to
dust
attracts
y tube
use, the ordinar
In
use
ordinary
tube
attracts
dust from
to its
itsthe
surface,
scattering
le conavailab
tions
ing further
detract
Internal
Reflections
Intern al Reflec
ly and
general
light
generally
and
detracting
further
from
the
available
light
to
accessconeasy
ts
preven
screen
will
r,
ion
howeve
implos
,
e
crystal
separat
or
The
phosph
trast
separate
implosion
screen
prevents
easy
access
to
trast.
Much of the light
light leaving
leaving athe
a phosphor
crystal,
however,
will
Much
d
operate
tly
frequen
are
rs
general
receive
in
and
will
g
and
cleanin
face
for
tube
surface
of
this
surface
for
cleaning
and
receivers
are
frequently
operated
glass
the
he
to enter
the
glass
of theatat tube
facesuch
and aswill
inwhere
general
able to
be able
does not suffer
anel tube
aa
twin-p
glass
P,
The
on.
point
conditi
a
pLs
through
the
outer
surface
a
point
such
as
P,
where
in
this
condition.
The
glass
twin-panel
tube
does
not
suffer
surface
outer
the
h
pass throug
absorp tion of
e of
screen
s the
disadva ntage and,
this disadvantage
and, becaus
because
ofa its
its greater
greater
absorption
of
small fractio
fractionn of
of itit isis reflecte
reflectedd back
back toward
towards
theincreas
screenes,and
and
small
is lower
room
ly lit
normal
so
in
screen
its
nce of
normal
the
the lumina
light,
the
luminance
of
its
screen
in
a
normally
lit
room
ts lower
light,
illuminates
it. As
As the
the angle
angle made
made with
with
the
normal
increases,
so
illumin ates it.
not
sets
this
Since
y tube.
illuThe
ordinar
lent
es.
equiva
increas
the
glass
of
than
that
of
the
equivalent
ordinary
tube.
Since
this
sets
not
the
that
h
than
throug
d
the
the distanc
distancee travelle
travelled through
the glass
increases.
Theof illupicture but also the
the
t) in
nce
lumina
only the black level
X
level (and
(and contras
contrast)
innce
theversus
picturedrive
but _voltage
also the,
minationn on
on the screen
screen falls
falls and
andthewith
with itit the
the
luminance
of the
the
minatio
angle exceed~
eristic of
the
If
shape of
of the charact
characteristic
of lumina
luminance
versus
drive
shape
screen away
away from
from the
the centre
centre isof
oftransmi
the spot.
spot.
If
the
angle
exceeds
screen
panel
twmvoltage,
for
clearly
more
su~fac:e
defined
be
front
to
the
by
latter
the
tte~
this
allows
the
latter
to
be
defined
more
clearly
for
twin
panel
allows
this
the
angle CC no
no light
light is transmitted bythe
theangle
frontofsurface
critical angle
the critical
InCISmce
screen.
tubes.
the
s
tubes.
toward
d
and
and all is reflecte
reflected towards
the
screen.
Since
the
angle
of
incisurthe
throug h
pass
cannot
there is
y, Thorn dence there
is the
the same,
same, the
the light
light
cannot
passpoints
through
the surdence
e qualit
vemen ts in
the
where
achiev e these
those
To
To achieve
these impro
improvements
in pictur
picture
quality,
Thornat
except
ate the
face
face to illumin
illuminate
the screen
screen
except
at
those
points
where
the
Q.
at
uced the
as
introd
glas.s,
has
th~
ed
with
Limit
contact
phosphor
is in
in intimat
intimatee optical
optical contact
with
thetllumi_
glass,nated
as atan.d
Q.
E I Radio Valves &
A EI
& Tubes
Tubes Limited has introduced
the
phosph or is
not
are
R
at
thost:
as
Tubes
Othe?
particless such
such as those at R are anot
illuminated
and
de Ray
Catho
Other particle
Panel
Twin
Glass
range of All
new
All
Glass
Twin
Panel
Cathode
Ray
Tubes
ttme and IS
second
d
re!Jt:cte
IS
surface
t~e
chin~
light approa
approaching the surface
is reflected
a second timethroug
and his
light
59-13W .
47-13W and
CME
1906/A47-13W
and CME
CME 2306/A
2306/A59-13W.
CME 1906/A
indeed
Happedd withm
within the
the glass
glass unttltt
until it reaches
reaches aa surface
surface through
indeed trappe
which
it can pass.
pass.
which it
ION
ERCIAL DIVIS
VALVE COMM
COMMERCIAL
DIVISION
ISS Charing Cross Road, London WC2 Telephone SERrard 9797
A Z D A VALVE
M AZDA
Teleph one GERra rd 9797
155 Charin g Cross Road, Londo n WC'2
td
ION
DIVIS
RT
IEIIDTI~~ EXPO
^
'vision
Londo n '215'21 (Thorn Ldn)

Thorn House , Londo n, WC'2 Telex:
THO RN-A EI
RAD IO
VALV ES &
TUB ES LTD
...
72
(ADVERTISEM
(Advertisement)
ENT)
VVIRELESS
Wireless VVORLD
World
]UNE,
1962
M AZ DA twi n pan el tubesJ
MAZDA
mmmt
110o
110 19"
15" and
and 23"
23"
twin
twin panel
SHORT TELEVISIO
TELEVISION
TUBES
N TUBES
CME19
06/A47 -13W
CME1906/A47-13W
CME2.
306/A59-13W
CME2306/A59-I3W
These new tubes differ
differ from
from previous
previous
19in. and 23in. tubes
tubes of
of the
the Mazda
Mazda
range in that each
each has
has aa moulded
moulded safety
safety
panel of tinted glass
glass bonded
bonded directly
directly
to the front
front face
face of
of the
the tube.
tube.
In neck
neck
In
length and electrical

electrical characteris
characteristics
these
tics these
Itwin panel tubes!

General Details
Twin Panel
Tinted Grey
Grey Glass
Glass
Tinted
Rectangular Face
110 Deflection
Deflection Angle
Angle
110
Aluminised Screen
Silver Activated
Activated Phosphor
Phosphor
Silver
Electrostatic Focus
Magnetic Deflection
Deflection
Magnetic
Short Neck
Straight Gun-non
Gunnon ion
ion trap
trap
Straight
External Conductive Coating
Coating
Heater for use in
in Series
Series Chain
Chain
Heater Current hIt, 0.3
0.3 A
A
Heater Voltage Vb
Vt, 6.3
6.3 VV
Design Centre Ratings
Ratings
Maximum Second and
and
CMEI906 CME2306
CME2306
CMEI906
Fourth Anode Voltage
Voltage Vav4(ma.x)
Vaa.M(ma!) -.17
17 kV
kV
17
17
Minimum Second and
and
Fourth Anode Voltage
,.2,a4(mm)
13
Fourth
Voltage V
Va2,a4(qaD)
13
13 kV
kV
13
Maximum Third Anode
Anode
Voltage
,m.,!,
to-0.5 ++lto-0.5kV
vV.J3a(m
+-fl1 to-0.5
x)
1 to-0.5 kV
Maximum First Anode
Voltage
Vaj (max)
550
550 vV
v<Ll
550
(mal)
550
Maximum Heater to
to
Cathode VoltageHeater Negative (d.c.)
(d.c.) Vn-tdmax)
Vb-afma!)
200
200 vV
200
200
Inter-Electr
ode Capacitanc
Inter-Electrode
Capacitances
es
Cathode to All*
cû
3.5
3.5 pF
pF
Ck-all
3.5
3.5
Grid to All*
Cgaii
8.5
8.5 pF
pF
Cg-all
8.5
8.5
Final Anode to ExExternal
Conductive
Coating (approx.)
c,,22.a4-M
,m_m
1250
2000 pF
pF
ca
1250
2000
*Including
including AEI B8H Holder
Holder VH68/81
VH68/81 (8
(8 pin)
pin)
Typical Operation
Grid Modulation (Voltages
(Voltages referred
referred to
to cathode)
cathode)
Second and Fourth Anode
Anode
Va2,a4
16
kV
Voltage
Va2,a4
16
16to17kV
1616toto 1717kV
First anode Voltage
Va]1
400
400 v
V,.
400
Val
400
VV
Beam Current
350 .
350 11-A
uA
350
350
/iA
Third Anode Voltage
Voltage
for Focus (Mean)
V.sfavi
200
200 vVV
V,i3
(av
200
200
Average Peak to Peak
Peak
Modulating Voltage
35.5
35.5 v
35.5
35.5
VV
Grid Bias for
for Cut-off
Cut-off
of Raster
V,
-40 toto-77
-40toto-77
-40
-77 -40
VV
-77 v
Vg
Maximum Dimenslons
Dimensions
Overall Length
317
374 mm
mm
317
374
Face Diagonal
4911
614f mm
mm
491
t
614t
Face Width
441
544 mm
mm
441
544
Face Height
361
443 mm
mm
361
443
Neck Diameter
29.4
29.4mm
29.4
29.4mm
tThe
fThe maximum dimension over
over the
the complete
complete panel
panel isis 507
507 mm
mm
tThe maximum dimension over
JThe
over the
the complete
complete panel
panel isis 631
631 mm
mm
Tube Weight
22.5
37.5lbs.
lbs.
Nett (Approx)
22.5
37.5
Side
Contact:
CT8 (Cavity)
Side
(Cavity)
Base: B8H
B8H
Base:
>10,
a, SIDE
SIDE CONTACT
CONTACT .
b.
02 04
tubes are identical

identical to
to CME1903
CME1903 and
and
'
a
0
CME2303 respectively,
respectively, having
having 110
110 deflecdeflec_~
tion angle and using

using magnetic
magnetic deflection
deflection
CONDU-CTIVE 0 I1
a
03 COATING
'
MAz DA VALVE
IAL DIVISION
VALVE COMMERC
COMMERCIAL
DIVISION
TOLERANCE
TOLERANCE 3<).
30
NP
EXTERNALL
/
~vM,EXTEaNA
CONDUCTIVE
Qi ~
/ 0O 9
_
COATING
/O
#
,... "'
and electrostati
electrostatic
focus.
c focus.
3.
3
NP
0 k
l
K>i7
0 ' 0
h
h"
1)h
OF FREE
VIEW OF
FREE END
END
'SB Charing Cross Road, London wcg Telephone SERrard 9797
155 Charing Cross Road, Lonaon WC'2 Telephone GERrard 9797
IEIIDIIS0~ EXPORT
Thorn House, London,
DIVISI
MSWSFI EXP0RT DIVISION
ON Thorn House, London,WC2
WC2 Telex:
Telex: London
London'215'2.1
2I521(Thorn
(ThornLdn)
Ldn)
T
H 0 R N- A E I R
THORN-AEI
RADIO
VALVES
A TTUBES
LTD
A D I 0 VA
LV E S &
U B E S LTD
At w = 1
0, At
= 0.
angle =
phas e angle
-ldB
==
effect
IdB and phase
^ e-is,1
effect =
angl
the
now
but
,
18dB but now the angle
= 18dB,
I,u~l =
we still have \M
is,t
effec
,u{3
the
that
find that the /'S effect
we find
and we
114, and
from Fig. 30, 114,
by
ped
drop
has dropped by
I.uf31 has
1.4, |^1
= 1.4,
w =
-:-0.5dB, 6. At a;
is O.SdB,
problems.
giving Fig. 31. Networks
equalizer problems.
90,
in equalizer
is
arise in
e
angl
e
frequently arise
phas
.
which frequently
the
and
,
Networks which
12dB
the phase angle way
is 90 we
, giving
fj
6dB, to 12dB,
build
this
in
ng
eedi
Proc
5dB , 14. Proceeding
0 25dB
in this way
wed buila
-0.2
w
as I
dotte
show n dotted
responses shown
overall responses
16
the two overall
as I
up 'the
4
2
05
0-25
0"5
025
30.
Figs. 29 and 30.
_ wha
, t ,happ ens
on Figs.
clearly what happens
fairly clearly
shows fairly
example shows
This example
whic h
CHARACTERISTIC
amplifier which
an amplifier
on an
feedback on
of feedback
Or-~~--_c_HA_R_Ac_r_ER_I5_r_lc__~
whenn we put 18dB of
whe
part
main
the
Over
.
24dB
with 24dB. Over the main part
stable with
will just be stable
cons tant and
- l
almo st constant
is almost
gain is
the gain
char acter istic the
of the characteristic
frehigh er and
At
ced.
-6
redu
tly
grea
is
ift
e-sh
greatly reduced. At
higher frephas
the phase-shift
In
develops. In
hum p develops.
nasty hump
-9
however, aa nasty
quencies,
cies, however,
quen
char acamplif!er characthe amplifier
of the
fall-off of
steady fall-off
-12
place of the steady
followed
is followed
whic h is
4!dB , which
abou t 44dB,
teristic
tic we get a rise of about
teris
5
fl-CHARACTERISTIC
CHARACTER15TIC
istic asym pto{3acter
-l
char
,u
the
join
to
away
drop
---.
a
by
to join the m characteristic
asympto-18 ~......:....-------------::--ive feed posit
by
uced
prod
is
p
hum
tically.
feedly. This hump is produced by positive
tical
amplifier
basic amplifier
dB -21
the basic
abov e the
brou ght above
back,
back, for the gain is brought
-24
.
gain
S
impo rtant ,
too important,
not too
is not
this is
that this
- 27
cons ider that
You may consider
and we
chan ge and
values change
the values
that the
supp ose that
-30
but let us suppose
we
still
is
amplifier is
The amplifier
gain. The
of gain.
get an extra 3dB of
-33
the
h instill
sketc
to
tes
minu
three
stablee but it takes only three minutes toofsketch
in
the.
stabl
-36
10dB
over
peak
its
with its peak of over lOd .
II with
curv e II
secti on of curve
vital section
-39
to the gain
itive
sens
mely
extre
is
here
e
shap
is extremely sensitive
totable
the texts
gain
The shape
repu
quite
-42
find
will
You
syste m. You will find quite reputableequa
texts
of the system.
lireco mme nd equaliand recommend
peaks and
when a capacitor
obtained when
desc ribe these peaks
which
curves obtained
whic h describe
response curves
Amplitude response
32. Amplitude
Fig. 32
a giving
capacitor
these Fig
doub t these
the
No doubt
filters. No
of filters.
circu
the
in
mean s of
or
resist
ack
feedb
zing them by means
the
s
acros
is added across
feedback resistor in the circuitit giving
the
vals.
inter
ent
frequ
at
d
juste
29.
read
Fig.
of
filters
are
readjusted
at
frequent
intervals.
s
tics
characteristics
29.
filter
,u{3 calcu lator characteris
the fijS
devices, the
labo ur-sa ving devices,
Like all labour-saving
calculator
in orde r
it
with
tise
have occasion to
prac
ld
freq uent ly have
shou
we frequently
requires
it in
order
prob lems we
requ ires that you should practise withn the
equalizer problems
occasion
to
lem In equalizer
prob
Fig. 331.
in F
whe the problem
need when
show n in
you need
form s shown
the forms
of
familiarity you
orks
netw
estab lish the familiarity
to establish
work
with
networks
of
the
ip
n
desig
Z
to
+
R
how
ly
but
is simp
these is
calculator but now to design The impedance
of these
the calculator
first of
use the
the first
of the
danc e of
is not how to use
impe
sunply
R
+
^
fore
.
there
Z/R)
will therefore
R(1 +
read er will
form R(1
the form
to the
prud ent reader
The prudent
norm alize d to
amplifier . The
the amplifier.
and this can be normalized
^h in just
cted
expe
be
to
whic
onse
ce
resp
ittan
the
adm
elf
an
hims
has an admittance
construct
the response to be expected
netw ork has
truct for himself
cons
second network
see how The second
the
will see
and will
Y /G) and the
+ Y/Gj
feedback and
G(1 +
as G(1
of feedback
writ ten as
amo unts of
be written
lesser amounts
with lesser
hocan the same way can be
andform
the
He
s.
ition
to this
cond
ied
appl
these conditions. He ca
be
unde r these
can
ws
follo
declines under
h
whic
hum p declines
the hump
ning
which follows can be applied
to
this
reaso
roll- off reasoning
is no
re form
The
low- frequ ency roll-off
it. There
repe at it.
typical low-frequency
to repeat
the typical
to the
nece ssary to
bein g necessary
also go back to
is imno
with out it being
- without
treat
same
ral
the
gene
how
a
is
see
it
and
that
le
pt
artic
exce that it is a general immon th's article and see how the same hum
abou t Z except
of last month's
trea p statement
state men t about
of
sort
same
the
and
appl ied and the same sort of hump
mentt can be applied
men
and
-A
IZI/ R= log 1Z1/R=
20 log
put 20
If we put
!!:.. W
pedance
A and
IZI/A
peda nce jZj
deve lope d.
our
of
line
main line of our
the main
of the
we
sligh tly out of
Âlthough
M Z we
for M
Alth ough it is slightly
above for
have above
poin t =
- 08 in the form we have
this pomt
ex =
at this
notic e at
to notice
care to
may care
alize d
read er may
norm
discussion
the
ssion the reader
off
discu
read
tely
edia
imm
can
circu it, an see that we can immediately read off the normalized
tune d circuit,
of aa tuned
respo nse of
the response
to the
This resu lt
simi lar to
just how similar
degrees. This
and degrees.
decibels and
in decibels
II term (1 +
+ Z/R) in
curv e an
result
frag men tary curve
this
of
circu it, the fragmentary
anti-resonant
II
ence
sequ
reso nant circuit,
a
antihave
we
whe n we have a sequence of
useful when
this
especially useful
obvi ousl y is especially
is obviously
it is
but
high
may
Z
appears?
The
Q
is
not
high
but
it
step
first
ars.
the
In
appe
rm.
perfo
to
ation
oper
cient
kind
of
operation
to
perform.
In
the
first
step
Z
may
suffi
10, sufficien
and 10,
betw een 22 and
regio n between
hand led by
somewhere
easily handled
wher e in the region
is easily
some
whic h is
react ance , which
byif exci ted. be just a pure reactance,
oscillation if
dam ped oscillation
definite damped
com bina
jX
+
R
excited.
this
to show a quite definite
if
but
late,
temp
0] template,
+ j "]
squa re- the [1 +
but if this circu
R + it,Xofcombinawhe n aa squareobse rved when
effect observed
31,
Fig.
exactly the effect
This is exactly
llel
para
don is Taken
3 ,
take n as Y in the parallel "rcuit of Fig
this sort of tion
with this
amplifier with
an amplifier
to an
appl ied to
in a furth er
z in
inpu t is applied
as Z
wave input
sort
take n as
then taken
netw ork then
see ofa and this new network
a
furthe
we
wave
re
squa
the
of
easil
top
t
mos
On
be most easilyy
response
of the square wave we
seejust
a oper
onse .
often be
resp
will often
proc ess will
operation,
ation , the process
frequ ency just
with aa frequency
trans ient with
sinusoidal transient
decaying
ying sinusoidal
deca
.
cally
ed arithmetit
more gain treat
little more
Just aa little
4. Just
= 4.
calcueffect calcu,ufJ effect
w, in this case, -w =
bdow,
gam treRetu
the /j/3
belo
of the
RurningTo
the basic use of
rnin g to thc
the appa rent
with the
unst able , with
be unstable,
will be
amplifier will
and the amplifier
apparent lator let us consider
shou ld deal in prac tice
we shouiddealmpractice
how we
cons ider how
and 30. The
29 and
risin5g to infinity.
Q
Figs . 29
in Figs.
analy sed in
syste m analysed
for with the system
Q
used for
1 he
only used
not only
is not
calculator is
like this:
effect7 calculator
g 30.
Th?
,u{3 'effect"
ethin
The ??
som
runs
ied
appl
lly
usua
reasoning
applied runs something
like
this
ning usually
amplifiers. If reaso
feedback amplifiers.
of feedback
at
resp onse of
nnin
calculation
begi
rise
lation of the response
a
s
calcu
show
feed back shows a rise beginmngg at
respo nse with feedback
the response
here by
dow n here
gain down
the gain
k
t,
knoc
effec
we
,u{3
the
=
for
w
t
about
a,
=
2.
If
we
knock
the
by
have
abou
we
A A we have for the
= A
,u{3 =
- ^
effect.
we write out the
flatte n out
shall flatten
we shall
feed back we
increasing
thea
increasing the feedback
just
of
ists
cons
path
back
feed
the
n
Whe
.
response.
When
feedback
path
consists
of
just
a
onse
resp
M
call
can
whichh we
MA
whic
cath ode
eithe r aa cathode
to either
back to
goin g back
resis tanc e going
series resistance
singlee series
singl
we
it
circu
grid
a
in
tance
resis
defining resistance
feedback defining
in aresis
gridtance
circuit
wc
or a feedback
1
. This
this resistance.
across this
M/:P_= Ail_
capacitance across
conn ect a capacitance
can connect
Tlu
32
.
Figs
and we mus t draw out Figs. 32
- ,u{3,
alterss both j3f3 and -g
alter
f3, and we must draw out
+A
1i +
A ZL
i
s
show
tion
puta
com
k
quic
a
of
lt
resu of a quick computation shows
33. The result
and 33
but
onse
resp
the
in
p
hum
any hump in the response but
long er any
that there is no longer
decibels,
in decibels,
and
are in
A are
char acter istic and
the fif3 characteristic
and since M and A
belo w the
un.iformly below
it lies fairly uniformly
indic ating
,
istic
acter
char
,u
the
cross
does
it
although
the y- characteristic, indicating
ugh
altho
!J:.
fi
/:t
;e_
- MZA = I - A A
]UNE
Wirei.ess
WoR LD, June
LESS World,
WIRE
283
1962
1962
220
200
reo
160
20
r4o
40
I
I
rr20
~
60?
roo
M-characteristic/
/I
80 >0
'-../
....V'l
80
I
100
t I OVERALL
' RESPONSE
r20
40
~
Q
1 OVERALL
,' RESPONSE
60
I
140
zo
160
025
05
180
Fig. 33. Phase characteristics

characteristics corresponding
corresponding to
to amplitude
amplitude
response
responsess of Fig. 32.
*
"'"piuuae
1 16 feedbac
that Jthe
produces an increase
' feedbackk produces
increase in gain at
at
sufficie
sufficiently
ntly high frequencies,
frequencies, the
the region
region where
where it
it does
does
workingg band.
so is well away from the
the workin
band.
This result agrees exactly with
with what
what we
we observe
observe in
in
practic
practice.
capacitance
e. A small capacit
ance across
across the
the feedback
feedback
resistan
resistance
while
watching
the
ce can often be trimmed,
trimme d, while watching the
squarewave ringing,
square-wave
very small
ringing , to give aa very
small overshoot.
overshoot.
Comm
Commercial
10-20/
ercial amplifiers
amplifiers will often
often show
show aa 10-20%
oversho
overshoot
ot because
because they are
are designed
designed to
to give
give the
the
widest possible
possible frequency
frequency response:
response: .aa good
good paper
paper
selling point is always worth
having.
worth having.
It is not an enormous
enormous task
task to
to do
do all
all this
this calculation
calculation
with the rounded
rounde d curves which
which we
we get
get by
by using
using the
the
exact template
characteristics.
templa te charact
eristics. There
There will
will be
be aa
signific
significant
if
we
do
so
because
ant change in Fig. 32
32 if we do so because in
in
the region of co
w =
= 2
2 we
we must
must be
be below
below aa f3S curve
curve
which has dropped
droppe d by 3dB. The
The overall
overall response
response will
will
thus be much more rounded
approximate
rounde d than
than the
the approx
imate
tempting
to
move
one drawn. It becomes
becomes tempti ng to move the
the
characteristic frequency
characteristic
out to
frequency for the
the /3f3 term
term out
to
w
= 2.8 but the choice of
a>
of the
the best
best position
positio n will
will only
only
be made either on
on the
the full
full response
response curves
curves or
or even
even
on the amplifier
amplifier itself.
itself. This
This may
may seem
seem rather
rather an
an
anti-de
anti-design
sign design technique
techniq ue but
but it
it can
can be
be justified
justified
here by the fact that
that the
the response
response at
at the
the top
top end
end is
is
determ
determined
are not
ined by stray capacitances
capacitances which
which are
not
amplifier
is
constructed.
It
exactly known until the
the amplifier is constru cted. It
would be a rather roundabout
rounda bout procedure
proced ure to
to build
build the
the
amplifi
amphfier,
er, measure
measur e the strays,
strays, draw
draw the
the diagrams
diagrams and
and
try, on paper, several
this final
several shapes
shapes for
for ft
{3, when
when this
final
stage is very easily .made
made the
the subject
subject of
of an
an experiment.
experim ent.
The
prelimi nary analysis
1 he preliminary
should have
analysis should
have already
already
establis
estabhshed
hed that the answer can
can be
be found
found so
so that
that aa
direct approach
approa ch of this kind
kind is
is fully
fully justified.
justified.
At the low-frequency
low-frequency end
end of
of the
the amplifier
amplifier response
response
situationn which
we are usually faced
faced with
with aa situatio
which is
is of
of the
the
same ^ theoretical
theoretical kind
kind but
but which
which has
has very
very different
different
practical implications.
practical
we come
implications. When
When we
come to
to connect
connect
the feedback
feedback path we frequently
that the
frequently find
find .that
the dc
d.c.
conditi
ons cannot be ignored.
conditions
ignored. We
We may,
may, for
for exampie"
example,
be feeding back from aa valve
anode
to
either
a
cathode
valve anode to either a cathode
or a grid and we do
do not
not want
want either
either to
to heat
heat up
up the
the
feedbac
feedbackk resistor or disturb the
the bias
bias conditions
conditions at
at the
the
front end. Naturally
Natura lly we
we put
put in
in aa blocking
blocking capacitor.
capacitor.
This provides
provides a ~ response
response which
which rises
rises at
at low
low
frequencies where the capacitor
frequencies
reduces
the
capacitor reduces the amount
amoun t
of feedback.
It
also
adds
one
more
low-frequency
feedback.
adds one more low-frequency
roll-off characteristic
characteristic to
to the
the total
total f.Lf3 loop.
loop. We
We have
have
rather blithely considered
considered stability
stability in
in terms
terms only
orily of
of
the forward
forward characteristic
that
characteristic on the assumption
assump tion that the
the
feedbac
feedbackk would be flat: what we
we have
have done
done at
at the
the top
top
end has made life easier. Now
Now we
we have
have an
an additional
additional
circuit which is definitely
definitely an
an unstabilizing
unstabilizing circuit
circuit and
and
we must include it
it in
in our
our calculations.
calculations.
This draws attention
to
another
point
which
attentio n to anothe r point which can
can
conven
iently be made here. When
conveniently
When the
the feedback
feedback is
is
restrict ed in frequency
restricted
frequency range the
the effects
effects of
of the
the supply
supply
system can become very important.
In amplifiers
import ant. In
amplifiers
designed for music this is most
designed
most unlikely
unlikely to
to arise,
arise, but
but
in limited-band
amplifiers,
such
as
those
limited -band voice
voice amplifiers, such as those used
used
in communication
communication and
and public-address
public-address systems,
systems, we
we are
are
not concerned
concerned with frequencies
frequencies below
below some
some 200200300 c/s. We must still
watch
carefully
what
still watch carefully what is
is
happen
happening
ing at 50c/s and lOOc/s
lOOc/s where
where we
we want
want our
our
feedback to keep supply noise low.
feedback
low. We
We must
must also
also
watch that the amplifier
amplifier gain
gain does
does not
not run
run up
up at
at the
the
frequencies where motor-boating
frequencies
be
produced
motor- boating can
can be produc ed by
by
the impedance
power
supply.
Where
this
impeda nce of the
the power supply . Where this
impeda
nce is determined
impedance
determ ined by electrolytic
electrolytic capacitors
capacitors
we must give ourselves
marginss
ourselves exceptionally
exceptionally good
good margin
to allow for an
an old
old lower-limit
lower-limit capacitor
capacitor on
on aa cold
cold
day.
day.
The functioning
functioning of the up
f.Lf3 calculator
calculator as
as aa tool
tool has
has
been described
described here;
here: for
for this
this it
it is
is not
not really
really necessary
necessary
to understand
unders tand it. There
There are,
are, however,
however, some
some other
other
applica
tions which are of great value
applications
value in
in feedback
feedback
amplifi
er design which are most easily
amplifier
easily followed
followed when
when
the calculator
calculator is related to
to the
the Nyquist
Nyquis t diagram,
diagram, aa
form which we have not found
found it
it convenient
convenient to
to use.
use.
We shall, therefore,
therefore, return
return later
later to
to the
the calculator.
calculator.
that
many
readers
will
By then it is to be hoped
hoped that many readers will be
be
proficient in its use.
proficient
CLUB
CLUB NEWS
NEWS
Nationa
National,l Keld
amateur event
Field Day.This
Day.-T his amateur
event of
of the
the month
will
will be held
clubsmonth
and
held on
on June
June 2nd
2nd and
and 3rd.
3rd. Nearly
Nearly 120
120 clubs
and
groups are to participate
participa te in
in the
the field
field day
day for
for which
which operation
operatio n
is
permitte
is permittedd in the 1.8
5, 7,
14, 21
1.8, 33.5,
7, 14,
21 and
and 28
28 Mc/s
Mc/s bands,
bands.
V.H.F. Field
l lc D
ay
The
he RSG
R.S.G.B
.'s first
v.h.f.
national
fi
!beDay.-:-T
first
v.h.f.
national
u ;7"on
field
day will be
held
7th-B.'s
and
held
on July
July 7th
and 8th.
8th. Operation
Operatio n is
is
this year
but
ki future
year limited
limited to
to the
the 144-146
144-146 Mc/s
Mc/s band,
band, but
future
years it is proposed
the use
hf
propose d to
to permit
permit the
use of
of all
all amateur
amateur vv.h.f.
and u.h.f.
w"
and
u.h.f. bands.
bands. Both
Both a.m.
a.m. and
and f.m.
f.m. 'phone
'phone and
and also
also cc.w.
is permissible.
is
permissible.
Barnsle
y.-The subject
Barnsley.-The
subject of
of the
the lecture
lecture at
at the
the June
June 8th
8th
meeting of
of the
Club
the Barnsley
Barnsley and
and District
District Amateur
Amateu r Radio
Radio
Club
is " Relays
will
be
given
by
W
Relays m
in aa Station,"
Station, " which
which will be given by D
D.
W.
Heath. The
The meeting
meeting will
will be
be held
held at
at 7.45
7.45 at
at the
the King
King
George Hotel, Peel
Street.
Peel Street.
Birming
ham.-R adio controlled
Bu-mingham.Radio
controlle d models
models will
will be
be discussed
discussed
by
A. T.
T. Spencer,
Spencer , of the Wulfruna
Wulfrun a Model Boat
J
A.
Boat Club
Club, at
at
U C 1st meeting of the Slade
the
June
Radio
On the
.c J P.
5 J.1 stGuy,
meeting
of the Slade Radio Society. On'the
15th,
of the B.B.C., will deal with sound
.
JGuy,
of
and
sound
and
televisio
televisionn magnetic
will
magneti c recording
recordin g and
and on
on the
the 29th
29th there
there will
be aa demonstration
be
demonst ration of
of sound
sound reproducing
reproduc ing equipment.
equipme nt. MeetMeetings are held 81
at 7.45 31
at tthe
Church House, High Street,
Erdingto n.
EMington
^
'le ^''lurt'1 Bouse,
High Street,
Bristol .-The fifth annual
mobile rally organized
organize d by
annual mcbEe
by the
the
Bristol Group
be
held
at
Longleat,
Bristol
Group of
of the
the R.S.G.B.
R.S.G.B. will
will be held at Longlea t, near
near
Warmin ster, Wdts
Wilts, on
Warmmster
stations
on June
June 17th
17th. The
The two
two control
control stations
will be G3CHW /A 00
on 1880 kc/s
/s and G3GYQ /A in the
2-metre
2-metre bond
G3GYQ/A in the
band.
284
WIRELES
WirelessS World,
WORLD , June
JUNE 1962
1962
LETTERS TO THE EDITOR

upres sed by hi1 correspondents
opinions expressed
endorse opinions
MCe1sarily endorse
not necessarily
Editor does not
The Editor
by his correspondents
Conventions
Circuit Conventions
Transistor
Transistor Circuit
corresthe corresintere st the
considerable interest
with
ed
follow with considerable
II HAVE followed
Collector
articl e" Collector
Baxandall's article
P . Baxandall's
Mr. P.
by Mr.
pondence
starte d by
nce started
ponde
issue.
Janua ry issue.
your January
in your
Upwa rds"
Positive Upwards
Upwards
" in
rds or Positive
Upwa
suppo rting
make aa supporting
to make
as to
put as
well put
so well
seemed so
To me his case seemed
did.
as 1I did.
felt as
others felt
many others
suspe ct many
letter superfluous;
superfluous; .II suspect
subse quent
the subsequent
of the
half of
than half
more than
Perhaps
Perha ps this is why more
describes.
he describes.
convention he
the convention
from the
dissented from
letters have dissented
letters
like
would like
but II would
say11,, but
my say
had my
already had
On symbols
symbols I have already
the
from die
dissen t from
which dissent
letters which
those letters
on those
to comment
comm ent on
far
are
letters
These
ntion.
conve
ty
polari
up"
" positive
are tar
tive up " polarity convention. These letters fact
"posi
in
ntion,
conve
same
the
ating
advoc
from all advocating the same convention,to in
tact the
min
from
devise
useful
it
found
have
analysing
them
I
have
found
it
useful
to
devise
the
analysing
proposals.
various proposals.
the various
identify the
to identify
following
shorth and to
following shorthand
Collectors
... .
. .
. .
.. . cc Tt
up . .
Collectors up..
conven~ conventhe
against the
direct ed against
objection directed
The main objection
"
upside -down "

are "" upside-down
circuits are
transi stor circuits
tion is that p-n-p transistor
(thoug h in
equivalents (though
valve equivalents
and valve
n-p-n and
relation to their n-p-n
in relation
en
betwein
correlation between
facile aa correlation
too facile
that too
suggested that
(d) it is suggested
be aa
may
lents
equiva
valve equivalents
their valve
and their
circuits and
transistor
may
be
transi stor circuits
in
requir ed in
effort isis required
initial effort
an initial
Admi ttedly an
disadvantage).
disadvantage). Admittedly
invert ed
in mvo^d.
configuration in
circuit configuration
familiar circuit
recognizing
recognizing a familiar
no furthe r
are no
there are
done there
been done
has been
form, but once this has
further
since
ntion,
conve
.
~
the
with
ated
associ
difficulties
convention, since
difficulties associated with the
the same
are the
flow are
curren t flow
of current
directions of
polarities and directions
the polarities
. same
circuits.
valve circuits.
transi stor and valve
in all transistor
.
col
conve
t
c
the
of
lties
difficu
the
er
consid the difficulties of the c f
Let us now consider
?v""n-t
circui
The circui
revealed. The
has revealed.
corres ponde nce has
tion which the correspondence
shows a
ideas shows
autho rs' ideas
the authors
demo nstrat e the
a
given in (f) to demonstrate
arrang ed
lines arranged
power Imes
the power
and the
with cc tt and
+
tran~istor with
p-n-p
transistor
line):
earth line).
below earth
negative below
Positive
_
ve up (and negative
Positi
n-p-n
ann-p-n
with an
circuit with
~ . To
identical cc tt circuit
an identical
make an
To make
+ line: +
earth line:
above earth
both above
negative both
Positive
Positive and negative
polari
line
power
the
reversing the Power Hne polari-involve reversing
transistor
transi stor would involve
Thus if
(h). Thusit
of (h)and 33 of
Figs. 22 and
to Figs.
applies to
ties.
The
same
applies
same
+ the same
line: +
in the
earth line:
appea r in
below earth
types appear
both below
transi stor types
negative both
Positive
both transistor
ve and negative
Positi
circuits
using
both
ts
circui
positive
involve positive
to involve
appea r to
Certain
proposals appear
Certai n proposals
ement
arrang
~ ~ arrangement
with aa ^
either with
+ __
below +
and below
m, we are faced either
diagram,
above and
diagra
suppl y lines above
and negative
negative supply
_ +
conpower conthe
er
the
... .
.. .
. .
. . TTTfr
ng-ov
crossi
the earth line:
with
or
es
suppli or with crossing-over the power
of power supplies
of (a)),
Fig. 77 of
(see Fig.
type (see
one type
of one
transi stors of
the
ns
nections
to
transistors
(a)),
nectio
can
(or
stated
is
ence
in
prefer
impracticable in
Those letters in which aa preference is stated
(or can
proba bly impracticable
and probably
confusing, and
least confusing,
follow s:-. which is at least
as foUows:
tabula ted as
be tabulated
then be
can then
inferred) can
reasonably
reasonably be inferred)
t.
a complex circui
convention
the cc tt convention
if the
that if
conclusion that
TABLEE
.
This"
This leads to the conclusion
TABL
or
with aa H+ -; or
Circuitt
Circui
comb ined with
better combined
is better
it is
followed it
is to be foUowed
Polarity
Polarity Wavethe
with the
faced with
then faced
are then
We are
q_
convention. We
polarity convention.
+ - polarity
forms
ntion forms
Convention
Conve
ulties :diffic
ing
following
difficulties:
follow
+
+
+
+
earth isis
for earth
line for
voltage line
partic ular voltage
Baxandall
(a) Baxandall
..
_
_
1. The choice of a particular
!.
It
out. It
point out.
contri butors point
several contributors
as several
arbitr ary, as
usually
usually arbitrary,
shoul d not
line should
earth hue
the
of
e
chang
s
follows
that
a
change
of
the
earth
t
follow
c
..
Rodd am
(b) Roddam
..
.. c t
+ -the +
With the
layou t. .With
circui t layout.
the circuit
appreciably
iably affect the
apprec
+*
+
reorganizaconsiderablereorganizaCatho de Ray '"
or
(c) " Cathode
conventions considerable
~ ~) conventions
(or j"
- |or
+ _r
or q_
imped e the
might
and
e,
chang and might impede
such aa change,
tion might follow such
the
+rd ..
Bedford
contri butors
(d) Bedfo
most contributors
which most
circuits, which
familiar circuits,
recognition
recognition of familiar
impor tant.
regard as important.
+c t +
convey
(e) Bush
configurations convey
circui t configurations
+ - or ++ - circuit
2. The +
her
Whet
.
layout
t
circui
the
in
ation
inform
ty
polari information in the circuit layout. Whether
+
no polarity
+of
Sturley}
(f) Sturley)
ession
suppr
a
as
or
n
ficatio
simpli
a
as
ed
+
regard as a simplification or as a suppression
c tthis is regarded
of
point
the
and
Amos J
t
circui
the
on
ds
depen
ation
inform
vital information
depends on the circuit
and the
point
are
they
when they
circuits, when
linear circuits,
Low-level linear
irreleof view. Low-level
areapolarity irrelec jt (" polarity
inform
ty
(g) Cain
polari
of
need
least
have
tly,
correc
ng
working correctly, have least need of polarity
mformaworki
vant""))
vant
due to
troubl e due
giving trouble
are giving
they are
example, they
for example,
tion, but if, for
to
- +
+
by large
aded
+ **
overlo
+
being
or
tions
condi
bias
a shift in bias conditions or being overloaded
by large
ation
inform
ty
polari
needs
man
e
enanc
maint
a
signals,s, maintenance man needs polarity
information
signal
that one
circuitS)
subm it that
(for new circuits)
happe ning. II submit
is happening.
what is
under stand what
to understand
one
(h) Butler { + _
ed
intend
themtended
ize
recogn
to
ation
inform
ty
polari information to recognize the
needs polarity
+and
,
diode
one
even
given
ning
and
c
J
3^
in
examples
given
les
contai
t
examp
in
circui
+of
_
functioning
of
a
circuit
containing
even
one
diode,
and
t
and c
functioning
(including
circuits (including
non-li near circuits
complex non-linear
that for more complex
than a
detailed than
more detailed
circuits more
comp uting circuits
l computing
digita
any
digital
a
+
c
t
+
+
~
+
c
}
(i)
Knowles
(i) Knowles
- +
Braithwaite
Braithwaite
Bateson ..
(j) Bateson
Marti n
(k) Martin
..
(1) Pope
+ *
+ *
preferr ed
their preferred
indicat ed their
explici tly indicated
not explicitly
* ThMe
writers have not
These writers
that anyone
unlikel y that
conside red itit unhkely
have considered
but II have
polariti es, but
waveform
anyone
wavefo rm polarities,
circuits would fail to do
for drcuits
conven tions for
___ conventions
the -
advoca tes the
who advocates
who
would fail to do
the
wavefo rms
for waveforms
same for
the same
333-33 4, July 1957,
pp. 333-334,
7, pp.
No. 7,
63, No.
Vol. 63.
Wireless World, Vol.
(1)
CD Wireless
July 1957,
Symbo ls."
tor
"" Transistor
Circuit
Symbols.
Transis
285
1962
}UNE 1962
WORL D, June
Wireless
WIRELESS World,
diagram) , and
logical diagram),
and for
for direct-cu
direct-current
coupled
rrent coupled
circuits, polarity informati
information
is as
as vital
vital as
as any
any other
other
on is
aspect of the circuit layout.
layout.
3. There may be difficulty in
in correlatin
correlatingg the
the circuit
circuit
layout with waveform diagrams
diagrams.. The
The authors
authors of
of (f)
(f)
apparentl
apparentlyy find no difficulty
difficulty in
in correlatin
correlatingg aai
R
A
waveform with a - ~
circuit. On the
the other
other hand
hand
the authors of (i) feel
feel this
difficulty
so
strongly
that
they
this difficulty so strongly that they
invert the waveform
waveformss to accord
accord with
with the
the local
local polarity
polarity
conventio
conventionn associated with each
each cc tf transistor
transistor,, so
so that
that
.
+
some waveforms
are ~
j- and
and others
others are
are .
waveforms are
It should be noted that
that of
of the
the five
five contribut
contributions
ions
advocatin g the c tf conventio
advocating
convention,
three do
do not
not face
face this
this
n, three
problem at all.
___ convention
With the
of these
these three
three classes
classes
conventio n none
none of
Fig.2
---=- .
of difficulty arise.
arise.
Judging from the correspondence
to date
date itit would
would appear
appear
correspon dence to
that if any exponent of
of cc tf had
had written
written aa dc=tailed
detailed article
article
Baxandal l's,
like Baxandall
s, considering
and proposing
proposing particula
particularr
consideri ng and
solutions to the objection
objectionss mentione
mentionedd above,
above, he
he would
would
have been likely to
to find
find himself
in aa small
small minority
minority in
in the
the
himself in
ensuing correspondence.
correspon dence. In
In fact
fact itit seems
seems unlikely
unlikely that
that
any other proposal would
would have
have received
received the
the amount
amount of
of
+ convention.
support accorded to the
the ~convention.
If we feel there are
are real
real advantages
in this
this conventio
conventionn
advantages in
we should not be
be deterred too
too much
much from
from following
following itit by
by
the thought that foreign
foreign practice
practice may
may be
be different.
different.
Foreign circuit designers
designers are
are by
by no
no means
means unanimou
unanimous,
s,
and those who follow the
the cc tf conventio
conventionn do
do not
not appear
appear
yet to have found aa satisfacto
satisfactory
solution to
to the
the problem
problem
ry solution
of mixed p-n-p and n-p-n
transistor circuits.
circuits.
n-p-n transistor
So let us avoid the difficultie
difficultiess of
of the
the cc tf conventio
conventionn
and invite our foreign friends
friends to
to share
share with
with us
us the
the advanadvani
~ convention.
conventio n.
In conclusion
conclusio n I should
should add
add that
that the
the views
views expressed
expressed
- here are purely personal ones
not necessaril
necessarilyy those
those
ones and
and not
of any B.S.I.
Committee
with
which
1
am
associated.
B.S.!. Committ ee with which I am associated.
Harwell.
E. H.
H. COOKECOOKE-YARBOROUGH
E.
YARBO ROUGH
AA
0
Cc
.. . /fl
- B'
9
Fig. 33
fig.
i
Yo
l- g g
A
B'
(a)
p,'
0
(b)
Fig.4
Fig. 5
tages of the
The
The "lndusi
"Indusistor"A
Proposed
Inductive
stor "-A Propose
d Inductiv
e
Transistor
Transistor
I
. /
OHMIC
CONTACT
DIELECTRIC
LAYER
IN
In a recent1 paper H.
H. G.
G, Dill
Dill describes
describes an
an inductive
inductive
E
transistor . It is aa usual
transistor.
usual transistor
transistor connected
connected to
to give
give
Ce
Ue
(for a.c. condition
conditions)
virtually the
the circuit
circuit of
of Fig.
Fig. 1.
1. From
From1
s) virtually
the analysis presented in
the above-me
above-mentioned
paper
in the
ntioned paper!
Y
YmUe[D
B'
Uu
mUeO>
an important
importan t conclusion
is drawn:
drawn: that
that rbb,
iW must
must be
be
conclusio n is
sufficient
sufficiently
order that
that the
the device
device shall
shall have
have an
an
ly high in order
Fig.6
R
behaviou r. For
inductive behaviour.
For this
this an
an additiona
additionall base
base resistresistance is necessary (Fig.
(Fig. 2),
2), but
but unfortuna
unfortunately
this
cannot
tely this cannot
be too high because Cbc
Cbc is
shunting it.
it.
c
is shunting
A
It is proposed here
here to
to compensa
compensate
Cbo by
by using
using aa
te Cbo
distribute d RC network as
distributed
as is
is2 shown
shown in
in Fig.
Fig. 3.
3. From
From an
an
effect will
will be
be mentione
mentionedd here.
here. If
If the
the
favourable effect
analysis presented elsewhere
elsewhere2 itit is
is evident
evident that
that between
between One favourable
at moderate
moderately
high frequenci
frequencies
ly high
the points A and B'
B' the
the network
network presents
presents an
an inductive
inductive transistor is operated at
es
(between
fg
fa) the
the internal
internal transcond
transconductance
of the
the
/f1 and fa)
c m onent
or instance, Y from
compone
uctance of
5 IP nt.- f'For
instance, Y00 from 22the equivalen
equivalentt scheme
1
transistor
has an
an expressio
expressionn of
of the
the form
form YYmm == G
G
of Fig. 4(b) is
is purely
purely inductive
inductive for
for wio == lO(RC)-1
lO(RC)- ,,
where R is the total resistance
resistance and
and C
C the
the total
total capacitan
capacitance
2.43)
2 3
ce
1
w
(1
iw
.4
=G
lifying the
of the network. It
It may
may be
be shown
shown that
that for
for w<(RC)oj < (RC)-1,,
' W(l ) =
G (1
(1 -iwa).
ioja). Oversimp
Oversimplifying
the scheme
by aa resistance
resistance R
R in
in parallel
parallel with
with aa
Y0 is constituted
constitute d by
of
Fig.
3
it
may
be
considered
that
it
has
an
equivalentt
be considere d that it has an equivalen
negative capacitance.
This negative
negative capacitan
capacitance
may
capacitance. This
ce may
circuit as indicated in
in Fig.
6, where
where Ce
Ce isis an
an equivalen
equivalentt
Fig. 6,
compensate
Ciic.
really compensa
te Cbc
The scheme of Fig.
Fig. 33 may
present another
another major
major
may present
ce. It may be
capacitance.
be seen
seen that
that if
if _!_.
_L <
< <R
<R then
then
advantage. It may be
advantage.
be converted
converted into
into aa unified
unified device,
device, capacitan
C
Cew
ea
.
5. One
One obtains
obtains aa device-c
devicecalled
for
as is shown in
in Fig.
Fig. 5.
alled for
convenien
convenience,
" indusistor
"with two
two terminals
terminals..
ce, "indusis
tor "-with
Uc =
= - j
Thercf0re
=
j
~
Therefor
e
Ym
Ue
=
j~YmU
" ' aiR^ = " ' t
Uc = - j^YmU
The question is
is now,
great may
may be
be the
the quality
quality
now, how
how great
of the
the inductance
presented by
by the
the indusisto
indusistor.
factor Q of
inductanc e presented
and the current generator
generator may
may be
be replaced
replaced by
by the
the ad
adr.
I
~
wiCe
286
. Wireless
WIRELESS World,
1962
WoRLD, June
}UNE 1962
lowe r harm onic s as well.

the fund ame ntal and even the ome non for the radi o in.
.
phen
f
.bG from
IS
This is a mos t fort unat e
acbG
iy
it is
wh'1ch 1t
b
ted to the pr~
- j'
a
mittance
-abG
"J
'J~'
^ rom which
j~Ym =
- 1"
ance
mitt
andd especially that part of it devo
dust
alth ough the1r
U ry,
r a
For although
zed rece iver s. For
et-si
pock
of
d
on
o
pockeNsêd"receivers.^
theirn
abG
ion
duct
nce
ucta
cond
(say) orga
tive
of
s
nega
a
ntal
ame
ains
fund
cont
it
the
evident
contains a negative
conductance
evid ent that
failure to repr oduc e
raln ess
ies whe re Y m = G)
natu
uenc
the
freq
low
from
at
ar
ably
ider
appe
ot
cons
(wh ich cann
peda l note s detr acts
(the refo re an indu ctan ce).
least ~eir mus ical pi~ch
and a nega tive susc epta nce
and impr essiv enes s of thes e, at effect m th~ repr odu cuon
is of the form
ce
devi
the
of
ce
ral
ittan
gene
adm
the
The
The total admittance of the device is
is recognizable, and
had any ngh t to expe ct.
bG
of mus ic is far bett er than oneture rs of dom estic pian os,
that
seen that
be
h
whic
^
_
G)
}
from
which
it
may
be
seen
ufac
man
for
j~
Y
=
afe
It is also fortu nate
Y = (~ - abG) negl igib le fund ame ntal
the low note s from whic h have
ribu te
cont
y
reall
may
e
tanc
resis
nega tive resistance
content.
.
, "Pi^tphpr
and as far as I
cont ent.
effect of negative
the effect
i
the
cher , and as far as I
Q. In conc lusio n it seems
The expl anat ion give n by Flet
towa rds obta inin g a reas onab le some
the
ucti on in the
advanrages
over
prod
es
the
ntag
is
adva
ed,
e
tion
som
ques
has
5
usly
J^nSfeS",
fulfc^.'J) JX
not serio
know
r?rf,e?uS!
that the devi ce of Fig.
e freq uenrenc
analysis
al
diffe
of
retic
theo
arity
iled
line
deta
nonA
its
of
ces.
îlS
pfevmus
A detailed theorettcal analysts ear (because
devi
ious devices.
simi lar prev
s recr eate for
onic
harm
.
ive
soon
ecut
d
cons
snrofeSufto'SoS
ishe
to
publ
due
be
will be P^^JâNESOJ.
cies. Tho se
prog ress and will
is in progress
is
For exam ple, in one of
M. DRA GAN ESC U.
the liste ner the fund ame ntal . ed tone s of 800, 90
and
9000J^
tech nic
Poly
ics,
tron
play
he
Elec
Fletcher^cxperiS
of
nts
ient
rime
artn
expe
{
Dep
Flet cher 's
Rum ania
Dc
Pol, chmc
reco gniz ed as a fund aly
ctive
colle
were
h
>
'lS^KSS
"
Inst itute of Buc hare st.
whic
5)00
1,000 c/s, which were collectively recogmzed as a fundanote .
lOO c/s note.
mentally
men tally 100
that
obvi ous that
that it is obvious
cann ot agre e with Mr. Hill s ld mak e the seco.nd
I
their
and
ents
Elem
uctor
wou
cond
Semi
ntal
ame
ctive
Indu
fund
"
the
-5,
Dill:
MIL
H . G.
rem ovin g
lifier s. Transactions I.R.E .,
ntal , for then the th1rd
Appl icatio n in Band pass Amp
harm onic beco me the fund ameone- and- a-ha lf harm onic ,
2
Scha ltele9
eines
the
ele
me
eispi
ngsb
beco
ld
endu
wou
Anw
harm onic
~h;~~~ und d und verte ilten Kapa zitat. Arch. ^rn^n^rh
alth ough his
J~y~. ~iJ'le~:
How ever , ^hou.hNs
thin g.o Howeve.
and ther e ain't no such thmg
ment es. mit verte ilten Wide rstan
pp. 537-5 44.
cher's and othe rs',
Nov. , pp.
Flet
to
(1961) Nov.,
rary
cont
Ubertragung, 15
seem
E/ekl.. Ubertragmg,
15 (1961)
537
Elekt
ions
obse rvat
inve stiga te
will investigate
hop e he will
I Kehe
^rne^ôoTuÎ
one can neve r be too sure , and resu
lts.
rt
repo
and
er
furth
ter
mat
the
artic le on form ants I
Engineers
^_
ineers
Whi le refe rring to my Janu ary rime nt I desc ribe d. of
Eng
expe
the
has
)
that
issue
add
il
to
(Apr
like
d"
ld
Gri
wou
1?g
much afra
f id that "Fr ee ying &tssS&
AM r
s_?~mds b:y mer ely shap
I. r
his cont ribu tion s
mak ing reco gniz able vowel Whi
le tapp mg the teet h with
colle cted som e bias. Afte r enjo
ds
soun
time
e
first
thos
for
the
th
for
mou
elf
the
now find mys
sfsisrxin
dem onst rate d muc h mor e
for all thes e year s, I ^.w.-sras'.'ssrs
a pencil was shor tly after ward sspea ker who used a Jew 's
him (if, inde ed, " serio us "
in serio us disa gree men t with ectio n) over the matt er of
by a
o
radi
the
on
antly
eleg
s
^ . of
le mot juste in this conn
is \fz\
harp as the exci tatio n.
with a read y
Briggs with
Mr. Briggs
help Mr.
engi neer s.
to help
le
duly
"
unab
en
the
re
y
b'iCsoS
to
be
unaWe
to
ready
sorr
befo
I'm
long
s
the
engi neer long before the "duly
Ceh'there
temp erat ure aon
of ^P
effect o*
Sure ly ther e were engineer,
tive
selec
claim
now
ion
explanation
of
the
selective
effect
who
s
anat
type
s
expl
matter
.ter
.mat
a
colla r arid spat "S
be
to.
s
whit e collar
seem
niimed
This
qual ified" Whig
s.
to
bras
nals
and
essio
gs
prof
strin
of
were
tone
,
they
sole righ ts to the title. And pira ting is bein g don e by
rath er than a mus ical scie ntist
ician
mus
tific
scien
a
for
er.
boo t! This mea ns that anyate," " Inco rpor ated " or
eith
be either.
to be
claim to
can' t claim
and I can't
oDE
RAY ."
DE RAY."
ti
CATH
THO
"CA
the "Ch arte red, " "As soci an atte mpt to incr ease the
"wh at-h ave -you " brig ade in e mos t of us cont end that
snob valu e of thei r titles, whil
the turn er at his lath e
the crew of a loco moti ve or
don 't, whe re, inci dent qual ify as engi neer s. And if they
Television
British Television
for British
fitte d into the new
be
to
rs
Standards for
Line Standards
Line
ally, are the Roy al Eng inee
r,. t~e facts
ure?
pict
applP yy to this, one ma_nufacture
P1C U
resp onsi ble
AS they
Hats responsible
No. 88 Hats
the No.
AS
e
the Apn l 1ssue of
that the
m
r
lette
arm? convinced,
s
eng
conv ince d, too, that
Scad
II am
Mr.
ti*d
r
s'cadSêr^rÂurS
in
quo ted
1031l phra seol ogy and mul
sold mor e
we S"
year
technica
plex tee^
true . Las
not rn>r
are ~.'
complex
Pdraseo gy sufficiently
K5L'Vm&
r'ttthan
c "
SZe
for all the com
ciently
Wireless Wor ld S
the hom
on
ket
ogy now prev alen t are suffion for
mar
inol
rt
term
expo
ual
the
radro
sera
on
gc
ggg
television
sets
ling
sets
se]1 as many
radi o
line
Cr
S new and disti nctiv e desc ripti
sets
ision
telev
y
man
coin a ncw and Snctive description
ro com
forI mar ket.
ite to
erudH^
If we man aged to sell as
and
,
k
them
rt
expo
envy
ld
our
wou
ket,
ider
mar
e
outs
hom
T
H
J
we
Su
on
the
home
market,
our
export
whic h no outsider
themselves
would envy them, and
selv es which
sell
we
them
as
abro ad
er. If othe r man ubett
ially
tant
subs
be
ld
sugg est that they do so.
gsifr/ûbg..d.^^
s
wou
figures
iri'o^f/r
wish to forestall furt her claimas
the figures for TV expo rts
In conc lusio n I also wi.h
fact urer s were to do likewise, at pres ent reac hed by the
refe r to such thin gs
e
Sr^r^lm.Ê?.'.
present re.chcd by .he
thos
s
time
y
byy insis tingS on my righ t tod jour nals ," "inc orpo rate d
man
be
ld
wou
s," " asso ciate ionrn.l." "ineorpor.,i
6"cha
olSS
,Up..'.Sciar'ed
rter ed ship
.
stry
s.
indu
arise
sion
occa
n
wou ld acce pt a
whe
111
and
coun try would
as
the country
component.,"
when cc"E. >"y
etc., .,
whe ther the
AGO
com pone nts," c
doub tful whether
Itls'very
accept a
O.,
It is very doubtful
H. JAG
e television prog ram mes .
.15.
thre
London,
b.w.ij.
to
n
don , S.W
tatio
Lon
limi
t
anen
perm
mus t go
we
then
n,
tatio
If ther e is not to be such a limi
line standard~ will be
625re
whe
s,
band
er
upp
the
to
sma ller rece puo n area s
Senses
both bett er and chea per. In the not wors e.
and Senses
Meters
III
C Lwl
IIM
WWi.www
erso and
Met
er,
bett
be
to
ing
tend
urag
ures
enco
pict
.
his
u.h.f
Hill s for
mon chassis for both
I AM grat eful to Mr. L. H . le und er the abov e title .
Nex t whe n we can use a com will prov ide g~eat
this
,
kets
rem arks conc erni ng my articthat I mad e no men tion of
mar
rt
expo
sSSSltSSHS
~nd
e
hom
and a muc h mor e flex1ble
His one regr et appe ars to be
affeccted
e by rem ovecon omie s, in our opin ion, sivrs
is aff
Somtet
soun d is
mus ical sound
of aa musical
been a feat ure of so
pitc h of
have
how the pitch
e
t
d
by
rcm
that
ets
rred
gadg
re~e
The
bad
ly.
I
.
supp
becal!se I had re errea
was because
Th_is was
are main ly addit~ons to .a
fund ame ntal. This
ing the fundamental.
sets
ing
i~ion
the
telev
m
Sperms.
.|M
31)
man
p.
,
Ger
y
tssue
man
(Jan uary issue, p. 31)
earli er (January
mon ths earlier
at the last Berl m Rad io
to it only two months
basi c chassis. For msta nce,wer e show ing 100 mod els
wor ds8 :
rs
follo
ture
ufac
harman
the
t
,
mos
f0l 0 wing
O
oe
the
oboe
w
the
Sho
as the ^ ',
such as
instr ume nts, such
""Wi
Wkh
som e instruments,
mar ket chassis thou gh with
th some
^
on basi c hom e r.r'=f.
or mor e all rSf=
than the fund ame ntal .
ents .
mon ics are actu ally stro ngering is so arra nged that we
diffe rent mar kets or requ irem any
for
ns
atio
v~ri
or
min
ns have to be cope d with in uage
Fort unat ely our sens e of bear ame ntal freq uenc y, even
atio
vari
ine
on-l
se
The
such thin gs as lang
auto mati cally iden tify the fund
expo rt busi ness and refle ct
whe n it is enti re tv abse nt!

of
field
etc.
the
es,
in
renc
ne
diffe
anyo
"^^rrathersurpnS
in the field
of: ^^rscadeng talks about
deve lopm ents ,
new developments
grea t new
I am rath er surp rised to findonanyone
abou t great
was
it
eng
for
t,
Scad
p.Jin
Mr.
this
The
com pres sion . The
band wid th compression.
mus ical science who is unsu re
refe rring to bandwidth
uma bly referring
presrâhlv
no less an auth ority than11
have been , to
com pres sion have
(I thou ght) esta blish ed by
wid th compression
d
band
soun
a
of
B
B
1
RBC
tests
on
bandwidth
been,
pitch
.C.
the
B.B
ethat
somto
How ever , if
tic. However,
V- J" ,, of it pretty pessimistic.
if someFlet cher * as far back as 1934 d by y.mj.c.,
rem ovin g.:
com plete ly remmmg
say the least of it, pret ty pess imisther e is no reas on why
em,
syst
rich in harm onic s is unaffecte
up a
m 'up"'system,
^
dreVm
there is no reason why
does drea
bod y doef
59.
6, 59.
Amer ., 6,
* Jour.
Acou st. Soc. Amer.,
Jour. Acoust.
287
1962
JUNE 1962
Wireless
WOR LD, June
WIRELESS World,
it could not be applied

applied to
to 625
625 lines
lines just
just as
as easily
easily as
as to
to
405 lines.
Finally, it is suggested that
the
European
countries
that the European countries
will be quite content to
to abandon
abandon 625
625 lines
lines in
in ten
ten years'
years'
time. Since France, Germany,
Germany, Italy,
Italy, Belgium,
Belgium, Spain,
Spain,
Norway, and other European
are
all
embarkEuropean countries
countries are all embarking on very substantial
substantial expenditure
expenditure on
on new
new 625
625 netnetworks this year, I do not believe
believe that
that they
they will
will wish
wish to
to
abandon these in such aa short
of
time.
At
short period
period of time. At the
the
E.B.U. Conference, many of
leading
experts
from
of the
the leading experts from
different European countries
countries expected
expected the
the present
present 625
625
networks to last for another
another 25
25 years.
years.
Cambridge.
J.J. Q.
STANLEY,
0. STANLEY,
Pye Ltd.
V.L.F. Electromagnetic
Electromagnetic Waves
V.L.F.
Waves
READING the timely article
article (April
(April issue)
issue) by
by Dr.
Dr. Gould
Gould
and Mr.
1\t'i.r. Carter
Carter on very low
low frequency
frequency electromagnetic
electromagn etic
waves, I feel that it isis useful
toto aa
useful to
to call
call attention
attention
1
diagram
diagram, published some
some time
time ago
ago in
in Mature
Nature 1 which
which
clearly illustrates how
how these
these waves,
waves, during
during propagation
propagation
over long distances over
over the
the surface
surface of
of the
the earth,
earth, only
only
suffer the same small attenuation
attenuation commonly
commonly assigned
assigned to
to
short waves.
waves. The diagram shows
shows the
the day-time
day-time attenuaattenuation per 1000km
1000krn for
for the
the whole
whole spectrum
spectrum of
of ground
groundionosphere controlled radio
radio transmission.
transmission . The
The data,
data,
which was collected off the
the measurements
measuremen ts of
of aa large
large
number of individual atmospherics,
atmospheric s, isis derived
derived by
by plotplotting the average field strength
strength as
as aa function
function of
of .distance.
distance.
The curves for different
different frequencies
frequencies support
support an
an inverse
inverse
square-root law together with
with the
the superimposed
superimpose d attenuaattenuation factor, which is the
the ordinate
ordinate of
of the
the curve.
curve. NightNighttime results are also available.
available.
The curve also demonstrates
demonstrate s the
the absorption
absorption band
band in
in
the region of 1-2
1-2 kc/s
kc/s discussed
discussed in
in the
the article.
article. ItIt isis
interesting to note that
that the
the possibility
possibility of
of anomalous
anomalous
.........
-----. 100
'
-:::::_
en
:z:
0
;:::
~
<
~~~~~~~~~~~~-7~~~~~~~~
IOOc/s
I kc/s
I0kc/s
lOOkc/s
IOkc/s
IOOkc/s
FREQUENCY
FREQUENCY
OSCILLATORY
OSCILLATORY
HEAD
I Mc/s
IOMc/s u..
=>
SHQR'i'""~
WAVES
propagation at these frequencies was

was first
first pointed
pointed out
out
!
by
1925!
and demonstrated
demonstrate d by
by T. L. Eckersley33 in 1925
and
by AppleAppleton and Chapman ., This
This region
region of
of high
high attenuation
attenuation isis
also one of a rapid change
change of
of the
the phase
phase characteristics
characteristi cs
of the propagation and
in
fact
accounts
for
and in fact accounts for the
the disperdispersion of the oscillatory-head
oscillatory-h ead and
and the
the slow-tail
slow-tail portion
portion of
of
the atmospheric waveform. II should
should also
also point
point out
out that
that
the data from 30 kc/s
to
30
Mc/s
was
taken
from
later
to 30 Mc/s was taken from later
work by Eckersley44 where
where he
he clearly
clearly demonstrates
demonstrate s how
how
the propagation characteristics
characteristi cs can
can be
be calculated
calculated both
both
from a wave-guide or
mode
concept
and
that
of
or mode concept and that of ray
ray
tracing.
Romsey, Hampshire.
R.
C.
V.
MACARIO
R. C. V. MACARIO
1.
1. Chapman,
Chapman, F.
F. W.,
W., and
and Maoario,
Macario, R.
R. C.
C. V.,
V., Nature,
Nature, vol
vol. 177,
177,
May
May 1956.
1956.
2.
Round, H.
2. Round,
J,,
Eckersley,
T.
L.,
Tremellen,
K.,
and
Lunnon,
H. J., Eckersley, T. L., Tremellen, K., and Lunnon,
F
F.. C.,
C., J.I.E.E., vol.
vol. 63,
63; 1925.
1925.
.
3.3. Appleton,
Apple ton, H.
E. V.,
V., and
and Chapman,
Chapman, F.
F. W,,
W., Proc.
Proc. Roy
Roy, Soc
Soc. AA.,.
vol.
1937.
vol. 158,
158, 1937.
4. Eckersley,
4.
Eckersley, T.
T. L,,
L., 'j.I.E.E., vol.
vol. 71,
71, 1932.
1932.
BOOK
S RECEIVED
BOOKS
RECEIVED
B.B.C. Engineering Monographs.
Monographs .
No. 35: Tables of Horizontal
Horizontal Radiation
Radiation Patterns
Patterns of
of
Dipoles Mounted on Cylinders,
Cylinders, by
by P.
P. Knight
Knight and
and R.
R. E.
E.
Davies. Pp. 43.
No. 37: An Instrument for
for Measuring
Measuring Television
Television SignalSignalto-noise Ratio, by S.
S. M.
M. Edwardson,
Edwardson. A
A review
review of
of
general principles followed by
a
by aa description
description of
of a comcomplete instrument. Pp.
Pp. 23.
23.
No. 38: Operational Research

Research on
on Microphone
Microphone and
and Studio
Studio
Techniques in Stereophony,
Stereophony , by
by D.
D. E.
E. L.
L. Shorter.
Shorter. A
A
discussion of results of
of experiments
experiments carried
carried out
out to
to gain
gain
experience in stereophonic
stereophonic transmissions.
transmission s. Control
Control
equipment is also described.
described. Pp.
Pp; 23.
23.
No. 39: Twenty-five years
years of
of B.B.C.
B.B.C. Television,
Television, by
by Sir
Sir
Harold Bishop. A survey
survey of
of the
the main
main engineering
engineering
developmen
developments,
ts, in particular
particular those
those originated
originated by
by the
the
B.B.C. Future developments
developmen ts and
and colour
colour are
are briefly
briefly
reviewed.
reviewed. Pp. 41.
Each of the Monographs costs
costs 5s.
5s. and
and can
can be
be obtained
obtained
from B.B.C. Publications,
Publications , 35
35 Marylebone
Marylebone High
High Street,
Street,
London, W.l.
W. I.
Physics for Electrical Engineers,
Engineers, by
by W.
W. P.
P. Jolly.
Jolly. A
A
textbook specifically suited
suited to
to the
tqe I.E.E.
I.E.E. Engineering
Engineering
Physics syllabus, which will
will also
also be
be useful
useful for
for Institute
Institute
of Physics and Higher National
National Certificate
Certificate students.
students.
The four sections cover the
the structure
structure of
of matter,
matter, elecelectrical properties of matter,
matter, radiation
radiation and
and thermodythermodynamics. There are appendices
appendices on
on light
light and
and sound.
sound. Pp.
Pp.
308. English Universities
Universides Press
Press Ltd.,
Ltd., 102
102 Newgate
Newgate
Street, London, E.C.I.
E.C.l. Price
Price 21s.
21s.
Advances in Electron Tube

Tube Techniques,
Techniques, edited
edited by
by
David Slater. A collection
collection of
of papers
papers presented
presented at
at the
the
in
Fifth National Conference
Conference on
on Tube
Tube Techniques
Techniques held
held in
the United States in 1960,
1960. The
The papers
papers were
were concerned
concerned
valves.
with design, development
developmen t and
and manufacture
manufacture of
of valves.
Pp. 235. Pergamon Press
Press Ltd.,
Ltd., Headington
Headington Hill
Hill Hall,
Hall,
Oxford, Price 5.
Tabulation of Data on Microwave
Microwave Tubes,
Tubes, by
by C
C. PP.
Marsden, W. J. Keery and
and J.J. K.
K. Moffitt.
Moffitt. National
National
Bureau of Standards Handbook
Handbook No.
No. 70
70 gives
gives charactercharacteristics of a large number of
of valves
valves of
of various
various types.
types. Pp.
Pp.
128. Govt. Printing Office,
Office, Washington
Washington 25,
25, D.
D. CC.
Price $1.00.
Coupled Mode and Parametic Electronics,
Electronics, by
by W.
W. H.
H.
Louisell. Develops .the
the theory
theory of
of coupled
coupled modes
modes of
of
vibration or propagation and
and applies
applies itit to
to give
give aa unified
unified
theory of devices, such
such as
as travelling
travelling wave
wave tubes
tubes and
and
backward wave valves, in
in which
which space-charge
space-charge waves
wav-es are
are
coupled to slow-wave structures.
structures. The
The same
same fundafundamental approach is then applied
applied to
to the
the various
various paraparametric devices. Pp.
Pp. 268.
268. John
John Wiley
WHey &
& Sons
Sons Ltd.,
Ltd.,
Gordon House, Greencoat
Greencoat Place,
Place, London,
London, S.W.I.
S.W.l. Price
Price
92s.
British Transistor, Diode
Diode and
and Semiconductor
Semiconduc tor Devices
Devices
Data Annual 1962-63,
1962-63, by
by G.
G. W,
W. A.
A. Dummer
Dummer and
and J.J.
Mackenzie Robertson. A collection
of
data
reproduced,
collection of data reproduced,
in the main,
in
main, from
from manufacturers'
manufacture rs' information
information sheets.
sheets.
This 935-page annual avoids
avoids the
the need
need for
for aa dozen
dozen difdifferent catalogues on one's
by
Pergamon
one's shelf.
shelf. Published
Published by Pergamon
London,
W.L
Price
Press Ltd., 4 and
and 5,
5, Fitzroy
Fitzroy Square,
Square, London, W.l. Price
7 ($25).
288
WIRELESS
Wireless World,
WoRLD, Juns
]VNII
1962
1962
POLES AND ZEROS
POLES
AND
ZEROS
By "CA THO DE RAY "

By "CATHODE RAY"
SYSTEM
SECOND-ORDER SYSTEM
OF A SECOND-ORDER
2.
XAM INA TION OF
2.-EEXAMINATION
polewith polestart with

gentl e start
mont h we made aa gentle
IjAST
T month
LAS
enco unter
first encounter
your first
was your
this was
If this
diagr ams. If
and-zero
ero diagrams.
and-z
recap itulat ion.
want aa recapitulation.
,helpf
, f ul,
with them you may want
as aa helptut
conv ersat ion as
the conversation
They came into the
encyfrequ
ce,
rman
perfo
the
repre senti ng the performance, frequencymeans
mean s of representing
the
discu ssing the
been discussing
had been
We had
circu it. We
wise of any circuit.
ions) oof
funct
fer
trans
d
(calle
output/input
ratios
(called
transfer
functions)
put
ut/in
outp
L
R
firstof aa firstExample of
Fig. I. Example
the
system, to refresh the
order system,
memory.
memory.
ming
Assu
1. Assuming
Fig. 1.
as Fig.
such as
syste ms such
circu it systems
simple
simp le circuit
of the sinusourc e of
the source
(2) .the
linea r, (2)
circu it is linear,
(1) the circuit
the sinu(3)
resist ance, (3)
from resistance,
free from
vl isis free
voltage V,
soida
soidall input voltage
any
ly
supp
to
red
requi
not
is
V
ge
volta V00 is not required to supply any
outpu t voltage
the output
the
ignor ed, the
are ignored,
trans ients are
that transients
(4) that
current,
curre nt, and (4)
poten tial
simp le potential
for aa simple
as for
calcu lated as
transfer
funct ion is calculated
trans fer function
divider:
divid er:
Vo =
R
j~L
V 1 = R d+- i^L
Y,
this
reduc es this
R reduces
by R
below by
abov e and below
Dividing
Divid ing above
we found
whk h we
form s which
stand ard forms
to one of four standard
found
resist ance
one resistance
comp rising one
arran geme nts comprising
ed all 16 arrangements
covered
cover
ance:
react
and one reactance:
Vo =
1
jwT
1 + i'uT
V ^1 = Id"
. ,
capac ttlve
In capacitive
L/R. In
const ant, L/R.
where
wher e T is the time constant,
equat ions
their equations
in their
and in
CR, and
is CR,
const ant is
its the time constant
circuits
circu
out leavi ng
go out
simil arly go
Rs similarly
and Rs
Cs and
indiv idual Cs
the individual
leaving
Ts.
only
0n
to give
( = a,w/2TT
again st /f (=
plott ed against
/2"),), to
give
V n0/V11 can be plotted
chara cteris tic,
frequ ency characteristic,
the frequency
as the
know n as
what is well known
ple;
exam
this
th
in
easily
algeb ra; easily
straig htfor ward algebra;
by straightforward
a flot of comwith
its
circu
for
easily
less
much
but
easily for circuits withdiagr
a lot
combe
can
amofcan
pole- zero diagram
Alter nativ ely aa pole-zero
ponents.
be
pone nts. Alternatively
doing
for
n
reaso
A
step.
ate
inter medi
draw
drawnn as an intermediate
step. A reason
for doing
hardl y needs
one hardly
pract ice one
little practice
after aa little
so is that after
needs
one
tic_;
cteris
chara
frequ ency characteristic;
the frequency
plot the
to plot
to go on to
one
the
at
ng
looki
by
be
will
it
what
ly
rough what it will be by looking at the
can judge roughly
deriv ed
simp ly derived
very simply
is very
whic h is
diagr am, which
zero diagram,
pole-zero
polefunct ion.
trans fer function.
from the transfer
that use
stage that
this stage
at this
ment ion at
perha ps mention
shou ld perhaps
I should
use
to trans fer
ned
confi
not
is
ams
diagr
of these diagrams is not confined to
transfer
and
impe dance s and
to impedances
equal ly to
functions;
ions; they apply equally
funct
toget her as
telesc oped together
(now adays telescoped
admittances
ttanc es (nowadays
admi
").
" immitances
-.
,.
_ is mark
immi tance s ")
diagr am is
pole- zero diagram
The way to draw aa pole-zero
mark
values of
those values
j w) those
and jw)
(axes ww and
plane (axes
comp lex plane
on a complex
of
funct ion
trans fer function
or transfer
immi tance or
the immitance
(or f) that make the
Ww (or/)
by
found
are
s
value
Thes e values are found by
infini ty. These
go to zero or infinity.
go
facto rs
tor factors
mina
deno
and
rator
nume
equating
the
numerator
and
denominator
ting
equa
do the same
that do
of ww that
values of
infini te values
to zero. (Any infinite
our
Insame
t). theIn
coun
don't
and
map
thing are off the map and don't count).
our
'')
"pole
(or
ty
infini
an
ly
clear an infinity (or
is clearly
exam ple there is
le example
simple
pole
simp
-1.j
=
defin ition )j 2
by definition
becau se by
= j/T, because
when ww =
thing
same thing
the same
is the
whic h is
1/T, which
- 1/T,
becom es
j w becomes
Then )'
an
with
ed
mark
is
point
This
T.
7T
as \f
1/2~T.
This point is marked
with an
i/ being --1/2
same scale
the same
to the
axis to
negat ive ""rea
X on the negative
reall "" axis
scale
2.
Fig. 2.
be; Fig.
may be;
case may
as cuw or /f as the case
.
conta ining
rator containing
nume
the
r
facto
There
is
no
factor
in
the
numerator
e
Ther
its
there isis its
when there
but when
mark , but
to mark,
j w,
w, so no " zero "" to
0.
sign is a O.
.
, of
r wV nr
angle of
0 /V1 at
phase angle
magn itude and phase
The magnitude
Vo/v,
at
the disby the
ly
respe ctive by
given respectively
frequ ency are given
any frequency
disfrom
zeros from
and zeros
poles and
the poles
of the
direc tions of
tances
tance s and directions
that
repre senti ng tha
scale representing
jf) scale
(or j/)
j w (or
the point on the jo;
frewith freV 0 /V 1 with
of Vo/Vi
varia tion of
the variation
frequency.
frequ ency . And so the
obtai ned
magn itude isis obtained
The magnitude
cy can be seen. The
quency
quen
from zeros
distan ces from
the distances
all the
toget her all
multi plyin g together
by multiplying
To
.zeros
poles
from
nces
dista
the
all
by
divid ing by all the distances from poles. ToT
and dividing
1/27T
by
nce
dista
each
e
divid
right , divide each distance by 1/2^1
get the scale right,
appro priat e
the appropriate
being the
T being
w ), T
of V),
scale of
1/T for a scale
for
(or 1/T
by
obtai ned by
is obtained
fjJ, is
angle , /,
phase angle,
const ant. The phase
time constant.
g all
actin
subtr
and
s
angle
"
zero
"
the
adding
addin g all the " zero " angles and subtracting all
angles.
the pole angles.
one
only one
have only
we have
Fig. 22 we
to Fig.
Applying
Appl ying the rules to
n T is
1/2rT
exam ple, 1/2
this example,
In this
pole. In
distance,
is
distan ce, to the pole.
at zero
pole at
the pole
to the
dista nce to
the distance
1,500,, so that isis the
zero
1,500
Since
1. Since
get 1.
we get
1/27TT we
by 1/2VT
it by
Divid ing it
frequency.
ency . Dividing
frequ
recip rocal ;
its reciprocal;
take its
we take
pole, we
with aa pole,
deali ng with
we are dealing
is zero.
horiz ontal is
the horizontal
abov e the
again,
zero.
again , 1. The angle above
the perabou t the
know about
we know
what we
with what
agrees with
All this agrees
perthen
for then
frequ ency, for
zero frequency,
at zero
circu it at
formance
form ance' of the circuit
jf(cfs )
2,000
1,500
diaPole-zero diaFig. 2. Pole-zero

gram for the simple
circuit, with
Fig. II circuit,
applicable to
scales applicable
values
component values
all component
(=Rf
lf27TT (=R/
making
making I/2ttT
I ,500.
= 1,500.
22TTL)
WL) =
1,000
500
-500
-2,000 -1,500 -1,000 -500
-2,000
I
- Z1TT
and
impe danc e, and

no impedance,
with no
conn ectio n with
L
L is just a connection
phase .
and phase.
magn itude and
V 1 in both magnitude
V
= V,
V0 =
cjs,
1,500 c/s,
up isis 1,500
way up
the way
try on the
Another
Anot her point to try
turnthe
g
callin
been
have
we
what
is
because
what we have been calling thepole
turn-is
becau se that
the
to the
dista nce to
the distance
Here the
frequ ency. Here
ing frequency.
pole
is
itude
magn
the
so
zero,
at zero, so the magnitude
was at
V2
y2 times what it was
rds,
upwa
45
is
angle is 45 upwards,
The angle
0.707. The
1/v2 or 0.707.
Vn/V,
V 0 /V 1 is 1/V2
signi fying
-45,, signifying
be 45
must be
angle /fjJ must
so our phase angle
Again ,
V
d
behin
cycle
a
of
ighth
one-e
V 0 lags one-eighth
that Vo
of a cycle behind
V,.1 Again,
meth ods.
other methods.
of other
resul ts of
the results
with the
this checks
checks with
dista nce
the distance
does the
so does
infini ty, so
appro aches infinity,
As ff approaches
And fjJ
zero. And
appro aches zero.
/V11 approaches
V00/V
so V
from the pole, so
'!>
90.
approaches
.
appro aches
murm uring
be murmuring
will be
them !) will
(bless them!)
reade rs (bless
Awkward
Awkw ard readers
1962
}UNE 1962
WORL D, June
Wireless
WIREL ESS World,
289
ing to
becau se accord
s, because
fiddle d these result
results,
according
to the
the
I've fiddled
ranume
inator for
0 /V 1 j but
denominator
for jV
iVo/V,!
but no
no the
numerarules I had a denom
scale
But
m.
diagra
rhe
torbecause
no
zero
ihe
diagram.
But
the
scale
on
no
e
ecaus
tor-b
inator has
1/2-T by which the
the denom
denominator
has to
to be
be
factor 1j27TT
rator.
divided
numerator.
d'vide d acts as the nume
easy
tly
perfec
is
it
le
In this very simpl
simplee examp
example it is perfectly easy
terncy charac
ize the
from the start to visual
visualize
the freque
frequency
character-
/I
/I
/I
1I
1I
\\
+
ncy
Freque
fig.
Frequency
Fig. 3.
characteristic
characteristic of the
Fig. II circuit, obobtainable
tainable from Fig. 22
imagining an
by imagining
an
actual pole at X,
propping
propping up a rubber
drawing
sheet, and drawing
the contour of the
sheet along the if
jf axis.
sheet
ncy,
ul-Qe gative freque
merel y fancif
may think, merely
fancifulnegative
frequency,
.
and all that. Pity.
ngful
ncy is
Negat ive freque
But not at all. Negative
frequency
is aa meani
meaningful
er
wheth
doubt
I
h
thoug
,
earlier
d
showe
I
as
concept,
showed
earlier,
though
I
doubt
whether
pt,
conce
the
in
was
it
for
it,
bers
remem
Clayt
even Mr. Clayf remembers it, for it was in the .
sts (to
October,
suggests
(to anyon
anyonee who
who
Octob er, 1948 issue. It sugge
ility of
remem ber or looks
looks it
it up)
up) the
the possib
possibility
of
does remember
vepositi
scale
removal
zero-j/j point
point up
up the
the scale positiveremov al of the zero-j
our
n with
wards;
what can
can happe
happen
with and
our
wards ; and that is just what
to all
diagrams.
hitherto
all our
our poles
poles axl
and
ms. The fact that hither
diagra
axis
"
real
"
ve
negati
the
occur red on
on the negative "real ereds
zeros have occurred
begin ners. We
just shows we are beginners.
We have
have consid
considered
s. It
first-o rder "" system
only " first-order
systems.
It is
is high
high time
time we
we went
went
on.
. t last
,
phone circui
speak ing, our gramo
ly speaking,
Strictly
gramophone
circuit last
Strict
se
becau
but
,
d-orde r system
second-order
system, but because itita
month was a secon
limite d kind we
we were
were able
able to
to treat
treat it
it as
asthea
was of a limited
all
see
To
s.
system
rder
first-o
combination
of
first-order
systems.
To
see
all
the
n
comb inatio
e
we must
ons we
record -order functi
features
functions
must includ
include
featur es of record-order
4 is
ent-R , C
all three types of elem
elementR,
C and
and L.
L. Fig.
Fig.
4
is
le of
simpl est kind of examp
the simplest
example
of this,
this, with
with only
only one
one
of each, all in series:
R
Vo
_^
5
..
..
(1)
(1)
F
= T
F(jw)
=
Vo =
^
(j^)=
1
vl
-|R
-Jj
coL
jwC + R + jwL
single
watch ing aa ray
menta lly watching
tstlcs
istics by mentally
ray from
fromit the
the
single
s a
follow
as
slope
and
length
in
sing
increa
pole increasing in length and slope as it follows
area
there
when
But
scale.
jf
the
up
g
point movin
moving
the j/ scale. But when theremore
are
looks
work
l
menta
the
severall poles and zeros
zeros the mental work looks
more
severa
with
month
last
Howe ver, as
lt. However,
difficult.
as we
we saw
saw last month with an
an
difficu
lhavin g one zero
example
zero and
and two
two poles,
poles, the
the difficu
difficul
examp le having
certai n
s
notice
one
if
recede
y
quickl
ties quite quickly recede if one notices
certain
le, poles
princi ples. For
genera
generall principles.
For examp
example,
poles and
and tozeros
zeros
ponds
corres
this
coinci de; this corresponds to the
cancel out if they coincide;
the
above
s
llation of
aic cance
algebraic
cancellation
of equal
equal factor
factors above and
and
algebr
out
m also
below the line. But
But the
the diagra
diagram
also brings
bringsl one
out
pole and
pictorially
and zero
zero tend
tend to
to cance
cancel
one,
pictor ially how a pole
Again
er.
togeth
close
are
er when they are close together.
another
Again
anoth
y with
magn itude chang
phase and magnitude
changee most
most rapidl
rapidly
with
close
frequency
is aa pole
pole or
or zero
zero close to
to the
the
freque ncy where there is
jw axis.
sheet
ne aa thin
Anoth er aid is
' Ânother
is to
to imagi
imagine
thin rubbe
rubberr represheet
m. Zeros
diagram.
Zeros are
are
represpread over the whole diagra
poles
and
holdin g the
sented by tacks holding
the sheet
sheet down,
down, and
poles
the
ally from
ng up
are actual poles standi
standing
up vertic
vertically
from
the
ely
infinit
be
to
ought
they
ly
etical
Theor
surface.
they ought to be infinitely
surfac e. Theoretically
ut
witho
le
possib
as
high
as
practi ce they are
high; in practice
are as high as possible without
endangering
gering the sheet.
endan
d
peake
Thus Fig. 2 would
would appea
appearr as
as aa sharpl
sharplyyThe
peaked
freX.
at
paper
the
of
out
rising
tain
mountain
of the paper at X. The
re-n
moun
al sectio
rs as
charac teristi c appea
quenc
quencyy characteristic
appears
as the
the vertic
vertical
section
n
sectio
this
how
jf axis.
along the if
axis. Fig.
Fig. 33 shows
shows how2. this
section
from the
would look if seen from
the right
right of
of Fig.
Fig. 2. The
The dotted
dotted
distan t view
line is a distant
view of
of the
the infinit
infinitee peak
peak itself.
itself.
ize its
Mathematicians
recognize
its slopes
slopes as
as recrecmatic ians will recogn
Mathe
to
sed
suppo
are
we
But we are supposed to be
hyper bolas. But
lar hyperbolas.
tangular
be
tangu
onsecti
the
ing
concentrating
line depict
depicting the section
conce ntratin g on the full line
is,
It
teristi c.
itude/ freque ncy charac
our magn
magnitude/frequency
characteristic.
it the
is,
of
slope
ng
outlyi
the
by
ced
produ
course , produced
of course,
by the outlyingcurves
slopeweofhave
the
of
sort
the
mountain.
tain. It differs from the sort of curves we have
moun
two
in
the last
lookin g at during
been looking
during the
last two
two month
monthssthe
in lefttwo
to
due
is
nces
differe
the
of
One
ts.
respects.
differences
is
due
to
the
leftrespec
s
se it
we usuall
hand half, which we
usuallyy ignore
ignore becau
because
it applie
applies
nce is
ncies. The
negati ve freque
to negative
frequencies.
The other
other differe
difference
is
ncies
nt flatten
that the gradie
gradient
flattenss out
out at
at high
high freque
frequencies
ward
m down
ds aa unifor
tendin g towar
instead
towards
uniform
downward
instea d of tending
our
that
is
,
course
of
that,
for
reason
The
for that, of course, is that
our
slope.
scale,
t
heigh
linear
a
on
works
moun tain
rubberr mountain
on a linear height scale,
rubbe
antage
disadv
a
is
That
tain. That is a disadvantage
mountain.
like any other moun
d.
kinde rgarte n metho
of this kindergarten
method.
nsaunfam iliarit ies bring
bring some
some compe
compensaBoth these unfamiliarities
resem
the
notice
to
h
enoug
ant
observ
tion if we are observant enough to noticedotted
the resemone
-and the
betwe en this
blance between
this curve
curveand
the dotted looks
one
nal one
resona nce peak.
tooto
peak. The
The sectio
sectional
oneaslooks
too-t o a resonance
the
ivity was
as if its select
selectivity
was rather
rather poor,
poor, where
whereas
the
you
But,
Q.
large
ely
infinit
an
has
clearly
one
dotted
dearly
an infinitely large Q. But, you
jjwCR
ojCR
1 + j ojCR -h j2oj2LC
nt,
capac itive time
ar capacitive
We see our famili
familiar
time consta
constant,
we have
CR, but what about LC? As
As we
have found
found subsubable
consta nts for CR
stituting
CR and
and L/R
L/R so
so profit
profitable
stituti ng time constants
uity and
little ingen
in the past, let us use aa little
ingenuity
and call
call CR
CR
1T 2;
Then
" .
"T
"TV',
T22".
Then LC
LC is
is just
just TT^;
"T1", and L/R "
simple!
simple!
jwTl
-r-y( JW , iCjTl
(2)
(2)
2 T1T2' - 1i + j./r,
+ (jw)
(i-pT.T,
jwT1 +
w with
on of
This is now clearly aa functi
function
of jjco
with timetimebefore . All
coefficients, as before.
constant
All we
we need
need do
do to
to
consta nt coefficients,
out
g
pickin
for
form
tomed
accus
into
it
bring
accustomed form for picking
out
us zero
the poles as well as
as the
the one
one obvio
obvious
zero (at
(at f/ == 0)
0)
inator . But
factor ize the denom
denominator.
But the
the object
object
is to factorize
make
that
f
of
value or
the value
or values
values of / that make
of that is to find the
=
Fe . ) _
o---t
example
Fig.
Fig. 4. Simple example
second-order
general second-order
of a general
analysis.
system,, for analysis.
system
L
R
the denominator
So, more
more
denom inator zero. So,
atic
quadr
have to do is solve the
quadratic
2
(jw) T 1T 2 == 00
tuT!1 +
+ (jco^TxTa
+ jjwT
11 +
la:
formula;
Using the usual formu
2 :-_-~4=T:-t=T 2
vT=-::t2
1
- Tr
_ T
li
V'Tj
; 4T,T.,
-- - - -- - - jw =
2T,T,
2TIT2
ly, what
direct
directly,
what we
we
ion
equat
equation
4T2s
T/Ta
(3)
It
simplify
this t)o
to
ify t~~
to simjpl
temiti n(g to
is tempting
It is
-
2T~
-1
1./ 11 --
(4)
T1
-Eo.
ber 1960
corresp ondenc e April,
tt See
April, May
May and
and Septem
September
1960 issues.
issues.Ed.
See correspondence
]UNE 1962
WORLD , June
Wireless
1962
WIREL ESS World,
290
it is
can be mi sle adi ng, and
tha t itit can
see that
shall see
but
be misleading, and it is
bu t we Shall
(3).
to (3).
stic k to
better
,ortant thing
ter to stick
th ee,
betHowever
ng isis the
im po rta nt thi
we wnte
it theîimr
one using
the
Ho we ver we wr ite it, the
usi ng th
one
,
ons
uti
sol
two
the re aare
us there
tells us
ant
which
tells
j
eant
me
is
wh ich
at
hat
ls
m
wh
is
at
Th
.
nus
ere
uss and the oth er the mi
system,
There
Th
.
plu
tem
pl
sys
der
a sec ond -or
is cal led as
Fig . 4 iscaueu
are
when
solutions
wh en Fig.
sol uti ons are
pos sib ilit y tha t bo th squ are -ro ot
the PfS.Muy
cou rse the
is
is of course
the
t
tha
so
4T
=
2
of
the sam e, wh en T 1
is also the pos sib ilit y
ter m goes out . Th ere j hav ing to be bro ug ht in,
int ere st4T 2 > T 1' res ult ing incom ple x. Th at is
the interest. .he
ma kin g bo th sol uti ons
one .
me ans
ingHowever,
one.
. , h 4T.
at means
Th
< tT 1 y^That
4T 2s
wit
<dV
^
. j and
sta rt ^th
us start
no
let us
and
Ho we ver , let
no
so
ty,
nti
qua
e
s of a
pos itiv h side of the 1/2T
t is
roo?/
T22
squ are r00
1/2
the square
â ^
the
of
lci
eac
e
sid
h
the two pol es eac
avo id
we can pplo
ott the
tt in
order
to avoid
er to
tha
ord
in
tha
ote
(N
5.
point
5-1
orking
in w,
po int as in Fig . eve
rki ng in
are Wwo
we are
e we
27T eve ryw
in 2bringing
J fher
/h
There
is
also
the
zero
zer o
the
bri ng ing m
o
als
is
ere
Th
f.)
of /0
ins tea d of
fas hio n, instead
(2)_.
.
adult
Thcre^
^
^
eqn
adu lt fashion,
in
(2)
or
rat
me
by ithe nu
at
frequency,
ind ica ted DY
as indicated
,
ncy
zer o, as
que
at zero,
fre
o
zer
zer o aat
wi th zero
beg ins wnh
SSo
^ ^
V 0 /V1 begins
pro_0 Vo/Vr
in pro
ses
rea
inc
It
4.
.
Fig
in
C in rig.
to C
du e to
obviously
obv iou sly due
jCd
is red uce d to
L
as L^yeduced
hap pen s as
Wh at happens
wrong
M
wr ong . What
ves off
2) mo
poi nt (( -1
cen tre point
that
'wh/2T
istan
ce
the centre
tha t the
ce
ddis
tan
the
ile
ty
ini
th
dls
n
inf
to infinity
lef twa rds to
to
the map
while
^
"
ma p leftwards
ses
rea
inc
e
pol
d
ure
rigPht- han
theany
.betwee
Ti
the
right-hand
pole tic
increases
to
wqhle
mathematicians
in
the
the
en itit and
in
s
bet! we
ian
ma
ma the
1/T1 Wh ile any pu re uth s to pro tes t aga ins t
oo - l/Tl
00
mo hurriedly
fJnine
to protest
against
the ir mouths
house
p nin g their
substitute
stit ute
hou"se are - ope
it pn
it, I'll hur rie dly sub lef tg
ttin
pu
of
y
wa
t
that
8^ rrig
ight-hand
pole
moves
ves lefttha way of P
mo
e
pol
d
han
httha t the
pol e
sta tem ent th
the statement
pe left-hand
lef t-h and pole
tthe
1 and
po int -1 /Tbourse,
the pom,
one
wards
is
just
what
one
rds to thc
at
wa
wh
t
jus
is
rse ,
oo. Th
-
and
moves
l-tuis,' of
.cou
e start
moves to sta rt and
L
at
th
the
at
L
ng
itti
om
e got by
uld hav
fun cti on,
wo
tra nsf er function.
arriving
threctât
the ftrst-orderr tr^te,
dir ect at the firs t-o rde
in
fa~t
in fact
zer0
IS
o is
zer
arr ivi ng
the
jwT 1 /(1 + jwT l).
mo del is con cer ned ,
So far as the rub ber far the r pol e ma kes litt le
the
'""V?
l-nfss
sss
ing
ban ish
ect of banishing
effect
nce was
il anyway,
any wa y,
eff
sm all
was sma
inf lue^
its in
difference,
far..
y far
shifted
very
difference, for its
ver
d
fte
shi
e
hav
t
no
olce ma y
nea rer Ppol
ves
cur
,^
,
be
type-l
curves
and the neater
e-1
typ
at
t
the
at
loo kin g
by lookingât
eit her by
see, either
. 66
Fig
in
Bu t we see,
But
the
tyP
^
0
=
o
T
pu ttin g 2
iss ue or by
mo nth 'ss issue
las t month
in last
rig htw ard s
yand the zer o g,c/> rightwards
k
pea
shi ftin g the
dif fer ent .
and
d so
fun dam ent all y lliferen.
sha pe is fntaU,
the sCc"
"'
tha t t'
ty, that
inf1iniifSS
use ful
h useful
to infimty,
the
snap
ug
tho
,
though
aid
ual
thi s vis
tha t mis
lea rn that
we learn
bei ng
n
And
"'^
'
being
An d so we
tio
uca
(
d
ion
(ed
kin der gar ten sta ge
early ^^rdimTnTshiW
deception)
at the eariy
at
dec ept ion ) isis
ng
shi
ini
dim
of
s
ces
a pro
def ine
dis tan t par ts,
n d as
S
in distant
rel iab le, at lea st in
not
pars,
the r ^^ât^least^
alt ogeether
not altog
"
el.
lev
sea
diato unc ert ain ty of "
Pole -zero diawh ich
ing
Fig.
D
ow
T
Fig. 5. Pole-zero
y
var
to
is
8
Fig . 441 0X
the Figfor the
alt ern ati ve pro ced ure uti on âryj.
ahmSiv^procedureî^n^
which
m
gram
for
ati on.
An
gra
equ
the
of
eac h sol
compofor compocircuit,
circuit, for
/aJ22 V;
app ear s onl y onc e in 6 it to inf ini ty, wh ich eli mi nke
a
ma
t
se
tha
inc rea
values that make!
nent
nent values
irc uit .
is tim e we
T&f
grease
> Th
R2 >
ver tin g it int o a sho rt-c
(i.e., Re
T1 (i.e..
4T2 < Ti
4T
ate s C in Fig . 4 by con -ro ot ter m wit hou t aff ect ing
4L/C).
C).
4Lf
the squ are
ThisûtsS
term without affecting
Th is cut s ou t ^square-root
get
we
t,
res
the
rest,
so
we
get
^
'
'-----y-1 i 11
__
- 2-
- 2'~
-'2T2
2T 2
2T
2Tz
to
uss ion s. Th e rig htces
erc
tan
dis
rep
the
aw kw ard repcrcussions^
sam e tim e 1 fest'but then
without
TJe
ear ing
wit hou t any awkward
appîghtw, bu t at the "s^wlât
n
the
ori gin , dis
portion
w:
t
the
po rtio n to ^
bu
t
ch
rea
now .does îth
e now
se, slowly at firs
pol
and
rea
d
hand
pole
the
ro
there,
and
re,
inc
han
the
es
o
pol
zer
in
two
the
se
the
p
wi th
can cel lat ion witn
que nci es the inc rea
l
fre
tua
is
h
Th
mu
g:.=so
fvcîgh
s
hig
y
.
in
mutual
cancellation
in
_
.
This
ver
/T
at
-1
2
so
1/T2
at
fas ter ,
lef t-h and pol e,, ^
the nea rer pol e and lea
by the
the left-hand^p
onl y the
ly
vin g only
leaving
nea rly offset by
ide ntiiccal
C i's ô^t
now
ally
w ident
y11 due
ne
,
no
du e to Cis
1,
.
ond
Vo/
Fig
sec
V 0 /V
th
g
the
wi
of
got
we
wh at w
wi th what
checks
pig.
22 was
plotted
wh en the effect
plo tte d
checks with
s
bcr
wa
offset whcn
.
tha n offset
um
Fig
more
ximum
c
xim
ber
mo re than
ma
em
a
is
a
ma
(R em
cir cui t. (Rememoer
y, the n, the re is
sam e circuit.
Cle arly,^,,
x- g
cou nte d. Clear
inf ini te tlthe same
pole
pol e is counted.
at infinite
zer o at
to zcr0
27T app ear s.)
a fal l-o ff ^
so
n
jf,
f0r
O 2
the
pos itiv e
for
the poti.
e
somewhere
and
then
f
,
her
lor ed ^
ect
ew
exp
we
would
expect
( AL S ;r?f SotoughJ,
exp
som
y
uld
ghl
P.og
wo
rou
we
tho
at
tty
wh
pre
ctly
g
exa
vin
e to
is
Ha
com
ich
we
Wh
n,
.
frequency.
y
wi th
fre que ncy Which is exac
beg ins with
der the roo t sig
ard s pha se, itit begins
regard
T
As rcg
4. As
ran ge of wh at lies8 un1
4T
Fig . 4.
o:
2 = T 1
and
zer
looking
P
cancelled
and
r
it
led
loo kin g at Fig.
g
cel
fi
kin
can
t
ma
S^Scond^casc
'by making it zero; 4T2
bu t thi s is firs
sec ond cas e by
zer o, but
the
the zero
to the
du e to
o
oo due
-go
to
+
tlus
rsnrs^^
^
^
,
+g90
s
to
uce
red
9()
the n reduces
for mu la then
(Ou
by the app roa ch
e
ed
pol
r
ers
olr
pole
formula
to
rev
ally
fin
w)
n
F(j
then
y can easily
the finally reversed We
ske tch F(i)
easily sketch
1
poles.
JL
0
the Poles
of the
eac h of
sho ws
for each
Equation
(1) shows
Eq uat ion (1)
3).
.
Fig
2
are
2T
mp
(Co
6. (Compare g ;
Fig . 6.
urs
occ
as in Fig.
^
which
occurs
ich
wh
k,
sim ply Fig . 7. Th e
pos itio n of the Ppea
and position
pol e-z ero dia gra m fis two^coincident
poles
hei ght and
thi s . and the pole-zero
the height
kno w this
e all j^qw
two coi nci den t poles
We
s
C.
ent
j/w
res
=
rep
two fac t tha t the cro ss r
where
the
nu mb er.
the two
wh ere jwL = - . 1/j wC ona nce condition,
an
,
ion
rom
dit
the
con
by
ly
nal
res
series re
the series
of ;f.rnXoSo
ll as the
is sho wn con ven tiosrfy
well
^r out
of
ter mswe
we
n terms
out_. iIn
reactances
one ano the
frequency, which
can cel lin g on^^
s ^ncellmg
we
ich
rea ctacnce
wh
,
ncy
que
a nts
t h
res ona nt1/2freVT
the
sta
=
time
nf
fsS',i/
wr =
tim e con
and ta,
1/ 2 7rVLC =
T22,, and
yT11T
=: 1/25W7Tnd
is 1/2
f r, is
call /V,
can call
, 7TXdy'L
Vin1CVFig
6.
a s. 5 aand 6.
lg
ma rke X P d
T VTjT,,
any
T 1T 2, as marked
us any
l/y
gives us
ray s gives
o rays
the o1 a
If visualizing
, zer
centre
of
our
rubber
her
vis ual izin g the Ppole and
If
rub
r
ou
of
tre
the cen
do wn toe^ccmtrcê
tac kin g down,
difficulty,
^
onc e
at once
difficulty, tackmg
zer o ^
the
ent
res
rep
to
ori gin
sheet
Pof Fig . 6, plu
. s its negativeshe et at the origin
neg ativ egra ph of
up per graph
I
shows
Fig. o, Pi
sho ws us the upper
Magnitude
6. Magnitude
Fig. 6,
cou nte rpa rt.aDS to the eye
frequency
is
what
happens
=21 r ff i
s Fig.
pen
hap
fre que ncy c^^P^
er
at
nsf
wh
tra
is
of
eye
se
pha
and phase
transfer
to the
lea ps to
tha t leaps
que stio n that
one function
The
u tha
r t the nearer
Th e question
nea rer one
for Fig. 44
function for
sep ara te so
pol es separate
when
^far^
.
freres
inst
cor
are
the
corres
wh en the P^s
aga
plotted
against
frethe
plotted
o, and wh at are
Its shape
coi nci des8 wit h the zerion s? Lo oki ng at the ter m quency.
quency.
by
con dit
cir cui t conditiog
estimated by
t can be estimated
pemding
^migS
gh
mi
po nd ing circuit
we
4),
(
.
eqn
sig n in
5.
looking
ing at Fig. 5.
un der the squ are -ro ot t by ma kin g T 2 = 0 (say, look
ou by ma^ng T = 0 (say,
we cou ld fin d out
Sink
thi nk w^co^^find
a
1, lea vin g- ~ +
was 1,
ter m was
wh ole term
the whole
leaving ^ +
tha t the
O) so that
L
= 0)
L =
1/2 T 2 has bec om e
1 = 0. But
me ant im e 1/2T
the meantime
in the
Bu t in
_L
2 has become
T ;'
ert ain and
22 2
om e unc
bec
has
n
sio
291
clu
J
\
this
conclusion
has
become
uncertain and
con
s
thi
oo, y so0
2 2
1962
}UN E 1962
WO RLD , June
Wireless
WIR ELE SS World,
You may question the need for this, seeing

seeing that
that aa would certainly be rather cumbersome
cumbersom e if
if one
one were
were to
to
single pole goes to infinity and one can
can hardly
hardly calculate them from this equation, they are
represenare
represenadvance on that. The answer is that each
of
the
each of the ted by the distances of the poles
poles from
from the
the origin,
origin,
poles counts when distances and angles
angles are
are being
being which can be measured.
reckoned.
Again we take as an easily checkable
checkable example
example the
the
In this connection it is interesting to
to plot
plot the
the condition of resonance. First of
all
we
of
all
we have
have to
to
frequency of resonance on Fig. 7. As
have
As we
we have choose a circuit, or at least the
the relative
relative magnitudes
magnitudes
already noted,
{=2^f
)
=
l/VLC,
no,ted, in general u>
w rrC=2'"fr)
r
= 1/ vLC, of the imaginary and real parts
parts of
of the
the pole
pole cocoor 1l/VTjTa.
I vT 1T 2 When, as in this special
special case,
case, T,
T1 =
=
4T22, co
wr
r = 1/2T22.. So both poles are
jw
are at
at an
an angle
angle
of 45 and together they cancel the 90 angle
angle to
to the
the
zero, as shown at f
frr in Fig. 6.
6.
In working out the corresponding
correspond ing magnitude
magnitude of
of
/
/
F(j w)
u>) one can easily go wrong over the
the scale
scale factors.
factors.
/
(The same applies to Case 1, which we
/
we didn't
didn't stop
stop
/
Fig. 7. If 4T2 ^
Fig.
= TTj,1 ,
to do.) To avoid this we had better
/
-'-=-L
better write
write out
out the
the
the two poles coincide
/
Ah
2T
,fTJiZ
zTz
whole transfer function for this particular case
2
and
/
case and
so the place is marked
/
frequency. Remember,
Remember , joj
jw in each denominator
denominato r
"" //."
/
II."
n //, 45
factor has to be multiplied by minus
minus the
the reciprocal
reciprocal
of a solution of the equation formed by
by putting
putting
the denominator
denominato r equal to zero, so that
that when
when j<u
j w is
is
equated with either of those solutions the
the correscorresponding factor becomes zero and indicates
indicates aa pole.
pole.
1/2T22,, so
In our Case 2 both solutions are
are
-1/2T
so
ordinates. In Fig. 9 II have taken 3 :: 11 as
as aa simple
simple
p/* \ =
jjwT
ajT11 .
F(jw)
ratio.
This means that the square-root
Jml
square-root term,
term,
~ (1
jo,2TJ
(1 + jaj2T
jw2T 22)) (1 -1/
+ jw2T 2)
y4T
/T l1
\
4T
/T
must
be
equal
to
3,
and
that
gives
us
..,-1,
2
that
gives
This shows that the distance of the
zero
(1/2T
the zero (1 /2T22 the relative magnitudes of T, and T ; ST, = 2Tus.
T1
T 22 ; 5T1 = 2T 22
at this frequency) must be multiplied by
by T,,
Tu whereas
whereas Next, we use this result in the
resonance relationship,
relationship ,
the distances of the poles {\/2
( y2 x
X 1/2T
1/2T22 at
at this
this w
wr
=
1/vT
T
, to find co
wr
frequency) must be multiplied by 2T
=
r
=
I/VTjTjj,
=
1.58/T
,
or
3.16/2T
1
3. 16/2T22..
2
2T22.. Doing
2
Doing this:
r
2
this:
Plotting this on the diagram, we find it
it lies
lies slightly
slightly
1
above the upper pole.
pole. Applying the rules for
x
for finding
finding
2T2x
T1
21"
-p
2
the value of the transfer function at
at this
this frequency,
frequency,
lF(jj)| = -= -L1 = 11
IF(jw)!
32
we divide the distance of u
wrr to the
the zero
zero (3.16/2T,)
(3.16j2T 2)
/a/2
_ )\
4T2
v 2 X
--X 2T
by 1/Tu
1/T,, which is 5/2T
5/2T 22.. So the numerator is
T2
is
((2T
7
2T22
0.632. The two factors in the
the denominator
denominato r are
are
as one would expect, since at resonance the
the two
the poles
two found by dividing the distances to the
poles (QP
(QP
reactances in Fig. 4 add up to zero.
and QP*) by OP and OP*. The result is
is
Now at last we come to the third case, in
in which
which
0.632
=
4T?2 >
> T^
T 1 The best way of dealing with
with2 this
this is
is to
I1| F(j
to
F (j ai)j
w)I1 =
=
1.02
6.25 ::c Il
L02
6.25
divide inside the square-root sign by
1)
by jj 2(=
( =
-1)
- - X
X - and multiply outside by j. This makes the
3.16
3A6
3.16
the square
square
root positive and therefore calculable, while
while making
making
The phase angle is obtained by deducting from
from the
the
it clear that on the pole-zero diagram
diagram the
the whole
whole angle from the zero (+
( + 90) the
the angles
angles fa
c/J 1 and
and ^c/J22
term must be represented vertically. Again,
Again, the
the from the poles10
poles-10 and 80 respectivelyto
respective ly-to give
give
:
sign shows that equal distances must be
be set
set off
off the reassuring answer, zero.
_
in both directions; Fig. 8.
The same obviously correct result is
is obtainable
obtainable by
by
Each pole phasor, then, has a ""real"
real " part
part and
and an
an substituting w
in the
wr
T 1 and T
T 22)) for
r (in terms of T,
for a>
win
the
"imaginar
" imaginary"
y" one, so as a whole is
is "" complex."
complex." transfer function. This not only takes much
much longer
longer
This, however, introduces no real complexities
complexities but requires more concentration,
concentrati on, even
even in
in this
this
mentioning
that
in the procedure. But it is worth
worth mentioning that example which is quite exceptionally
exceptionally simple
simple because
because
because the imaginary parts of the pole phasors
phasors are
are of the zero phase angle. For plotting
plotting curves
curves of
of
equal and opposite, these phasors are
are called
called the
the magnitude and angle against frequency, the saving
saving by
by
conjugates one of the other. The conventional
convention al using the pole-zero method instead
instead would
would be
be really
really
sign for the conjugate of a quantity
quantity is
is an
an asterisk;
asterisk; substantial.
e.g., Z* is the conjugate of Z.
Z. Don't
Don't start
start looking
looking
Do I hear a murmuring from
from readers
readers anxious
anxious to
to
for a footnote.
point out that calculating points for
for the
the curves
curves can
can
The transfer function admittedly looks
looks impressive
impressive be done at least as quickly, and
and more
more intelligibly,
intelligibly,
when written out in full;
full:
by using the old familiar potential-divider
potential-di vider expression
expression
.
and
l/wC,
without
in R, <uL
wL
1/wC,
jw
T
1
F(Jw)
= ------ ------- - - F(j
"0 =
,. -- --- ----'JUJl
7
---;-- - - - - the WOrk
work of
the
solvin
a
of
solving
a
quad\\
ratic equation to g findquadthe
1 + _1_ __~'
!1 +
+
/!:!____4T
+
j
/4T2 2-)I
poles, and then having to
i
(f
----L - ~ -- - 1
--^
- \ ! ___ _11
1
measure distances and angles?
\
2T
2T
:2T22 'Y
2T22 ' 2T
2T22 AT,
T1 . 7 \
2T22
Tl1
'
Like George Washington,
Washington , I
'will
will not attempt to conceal
And even when tidied up a bit
it
bit you
you may
may not
not like
like it from them the truth, which is
is that
that they
they are
are dead
dead
much better. My only reason for exhibiting
exhibiting it
it is
is to
to right. Then am I just trying (unsuccessfully,
(unsuccessfully, it
it
show you what you are by-passing by
by using
using the
the seems) to blind people with maths?
maths? Certainly
Certainly not.
not.
pole-zero diagram. For although the
the scale
scale factors
factors I have carefully chosen an example so
simple
that
so simple that
-~ --~~ 4T2~:::=)(
I
292
WIRELESS
Wireless World,
WoRLD, June
JuNE
1962
1962
joo
4<
Vr,r,
+J - - -
Tz'
> Tv1, the VT'tz iV
Fig. 8. 'If
if 4T22>T
square root terms have
multiplied by j,j, so
to be multiplied
vertically
they are set off vertically
as shown here.
!
I
I
I
with
expect, with
to expect,
answer s to
what answers
one knows all along what
those
tackle those
to tackle
confidence to
up confidence
buildin g up
the object of building
any
In any
saving. In
real saving.
where poles and zeros show aa real
with
that with
advant age that
the advantage
have the
case, as I said, they have
withou t
discern ible without
is discernible
practice
practic e the general shape is
And
diagram
the
at
looking
by
simply
plotting,
at the diagram.. And
plottin g,
functio nthe functionon the
light on
sheds light
approa ch sheds
different approach
the different
circuits.
ing of these circuits.
the
that the
is that
8, is
Fig. 8,
at Fig.
One thing we notice, looking at
poles
the poles
closer the
the closer
T 2 the
constan t Tj
longer the time constant
corresp onding ly
is aa correspondingly
result is
The result
are to the j w axis. The
jw
of jtu
range of
the range
over the
j w over
with )
F(j w) with
rapid change in F(j">)
resonance.
of resonance.
sharpn ess of
implies sharpness
close to a pole. This implies
is
L/R, is
being L/R,
T 2, being
for Ta,
surpris ing, for
Which is hardly surprising,
Q.
to Q.
akin to
selectivity, akin
measur e of selectivity,
a measure
can
you can
scale you
w scale
the jj oj
to the
So if you see poles dose
close to
frequencies
the frequencies
at the
resonances, at
et them as sharp resonances,
interpret
interpr
near.
are near.
they are
scale they
shown by the parts of the scale
jw
I
I;=
zTz
constan t
kept constant
is kept
it is
if it
So if
resonan ce. So
frequency
frequen cy of resonance.
as
circle, as
out aa circle,
trace out
poles trace
T I! is varied, the poles
while T,
must
T 1 must
course, T,
of course,
this, of
drawn in Fig. 10. To do this,
varyof varyw,r of
on ai
effect on
the effect
be varied too, to offset the
ing T 2
P;
above P;
little above
is aa little
Fig. 99 is
in Fig.
explains why Q in
This
This explains
vertica l
as vertical
axis as
j w axis
the jco
with the
they both lie on a circle with
the
where the
point where
the point
diameter.
diamet er. And, of course, the
two
the two
where the
is where
axis is
horizon tal axis
circle cuts the horizontal
7.
Fig. 7.
2, Fig.
coalesce in Case 2,
poles coalesce
,, ,
the
with the
acquai ntance with
If you have even a slight acquaintance
ly
certain
almost
will
you will almost certainly
circuits , you
oscillatory circuits,
theory of oscillatory
classes
three classes
our three
of our
significance of
have caught on to the significance
Fig. 10. This corres9,

ponds to Figs. 8 and 9,
geometrical,
but is purely geometrical,
only.
magnitudes only.
to show magnitudes
relationship
It shows the relationship
frequency of
between the frequency
wr,
e, ai
resonance,
resonanc
r, the frequency of natural oscillation, aiw0o, and the quantity
is aa
Rf2L, which is
lf2T
l/2T2 or R/2L,
damping.
measure of the damping.
0!)T
vV
\
\
\
\
' ' ',
1
i=T
i 2L/
1
/
/
1,
/
1I /I
II /I
1/
'x...._
ess than,
4T 2 /T 1 is ^less
which AcVJ^-t
circuit -those in which
of this circuitthose
than,
may
criterio n may
This criterion
1. This
equal to, or greater than 1.
L,
into L,
back into
transla ted back
is translated
fa~liar if it is
look more familiar
and
R
n
betwee
is
rison
compa
the
when
C and R,
comparison is between R and
in aa
when, in
that when,
shows that
Textbo ok theory shows
2\/L/C.. Textbook
2vL;C
series,
in series.
all in
R all
and R
compri sing L, C and
circuit comprising
I /1
- zTz
exNumerical exFig. 9. Numerical

4T2 havample of Fig. 8, 4T2
to
ing been made equal to
(OTi.
IOT1
I
I
I
I
I
1
* --{Pz
p ---
example
numeri cal example
this numerical
out this
workin g out
If instead of working
might
we might
Fig. 88 we
at Fig.
harder at
and harder
we had looked longer and
probab ly
you probably
noticed ; you
have noticed;
notice d-! might have
have noticedI
is
pole is
each pole
of each
abscissa of
becaus e the abscissa
hat because
did!that
did!-t
2
2,
-114T
T
T
hll/
2
1
e
ordinat
1/2T,
and
the
ordinate
is
dz
1
vT/TiT
IMT^,
-l/2T1
2
X)
to X)
0 to
from O
(direct from
triangl e (direct
the third side of each triangle
And
v1/T 1T 2 And
be yl/TiTj.
Pythag oras, be
accord ing to Pythagoras,
must, according
the
w,,rJ tne
to cu
equal to
is equal
that is
that that
seen that
we have already seen
M88
exponential
of exponential
range of
examples of the wide range
Fig. II. Some examples
forms.
293
}UNE 1962
WORLD , June
Wireless
WIRELE SS World,
R
<2vL/C (as in our last case) the circuit is oscilR<2-i/L/C
latory; any impulse causes a damped train of oscillations at the natural frequency. When R=2i/L/C,
R=2v'L/C,
damped"; the response to
the circuit is " critically damped
a disturbance is just unidirectional. And when
/
R
> 2 v'L/C
R>2v
L/C it is over-damped. If we are more
at home with the Q
Q factor than with time constants
we will take the trouble to translate the critical
= 2v'L/C
2 v'L/C into terms of Q
condition R =
Q and find
that it means simply Q
Q = !.
Another piece of information from the textbook
is that the natural frequency of oscillation of the
circuit we are considering is (in radians per sec
v'I
/LC/4L22,, which is identical with our
Vl /LC
R22/4T
v'1 /T 1 T 2
vT/TjTa
1/4T2222. So if we denote this frequency
by (jjw00 we can very much more tidily
tidiJy specify the
ordinates in Fig.
Fig. 8 as ijo,,,.
j w 0 This is shown in
Fig. 10, which is structurally the same as Figs.
Figs . 8
and 9, but as it is only meant to show magnitudes
I t illustrates the well-known
there is no need for j. It
fact that as the circuit damping, of which R/2L
R /2L
is a measure, is reduced, the frequency of natural
oscillation approaches the frequency of resonance,
and in low-loss tuned circuits is practically equal
to it. At the other extreme, the circuit becomes
non-oscillatory or critically damped when the
frequency of natural oscillation becomes zero.
zero. The
frequency of resonance is unaffected

unaffected so long as
frequency
T 1 T 22 or LC is kept constant.
constant.
TiT
Analogous effects occur with meter pointers
pointers when
when
readings are being taken, or with car
car bodies
bodies over
over
bumpy roads, and many other things. The
The same
same
mathematical methods can be used for all, so are
worth learning.
AH
All the
the way
way through
through we
we have
have been
been studying
studying only
only
the steady-state response to
to WKumfda/inputs.
sinusoidal inputs. Transients and non-sinusoidal waveforms have been
excluded.
excluded. But now that the response of the simple
simple
LCR circuit to impulses has been mentioned, itit
is time to reveal that yet another merit
merit of
of pole-zero
pole-zero
diagrams is
is that
that they
they are
are valid
valid for
for transients
transients and for
for
diagrams
3,1
all exponential
exponential waveforms.
waveforms. One
One may
may tend
tend to
to think
of exponential
exponential waveforms
waveforms as
as only
only the
the familiar
familiar dieaway and
and build-up
build-up kinds.
kinds. However,
However, all
all those
those shown
shown
away
in Fig. ^
11 are
are exponential
exponential forms
forms or
or are
are simply
simply
derived from
from them,
them, even
even without
without taking
taking advantage
derived
0
our
of.^ F
Fourier
to build
build up
up any
any periodic
periodic waveform
waveform from
ier
to
ssine
ne wa
es
n
waves.
In
fact, most
most of
of the
the forms
forms in
in common
common
'
Y
'
fact;
use
use are
are included.
included. The
The only
only form
form that
that never
never exactly
occurs in
in practice
practice is
is an
an unvarying
unvarying sine
sine wave! So
occurs
act; that pole-zero diagrams are
the ^fact
to
fl'Y
.
pole^zero diagrams are not limited to
quite something.
something.
ît is Quite
This peak of expectancy is clearly
clearly the
the right
right
moment for adjourning until next month.
month.
News
from Industry
Industry
News
from
Mullard-G .E.C. Semiconductor Activities.Following
Activities.-F allowing
Mullard-G.E.C.
news of the decision of the General Electric Company
Ltd.
and
to pool their resources in the
Ltd.
Mullard Ltd. to
field of semiconductors (reported in W.W.
W .W. for March), it
is announced that a joint company.
company, Associated Semiconductor Manufacturers Ltd., has been set up and will
now combine Mullard and G.E.C. semiconductor dedevelopment and production and undertake all future
manufacture. Two-thirds of the shareholding of A.S.M.
will be owned by Mullard and the other third by G.E.C.
The sales of all products made by the company will,
by agreement with G.E.C., be handled by Mullard's
Entertainment Markets Division for types used in sound
radio, television and consumer equipment, and through
through
its Industrial Semiconductor Division in the case
case of
of
industrial types. It is stated that continuity of supplies
supplies
of existing ranges of both companies' semiconductors is
is
assured.
Murphy Radio Ltd.A

Ltd.-A group loss of 266,588 for
the year 1961 is reported by Murphy.

Murphy. In
In 1960
1960 the
the
loss was 76,039. After crediting 47,792 net
net tax
tax
recoverable (21,235 charged last year)
year) and
and previous
previous
year's adjustments 3,070 (5,619), there
there is
is aa loss
loss
of 215,726, compared with 91,655.
At
At present
present
the Rank Organisation is negotiating for
for control
control of
of
Murphy.
Relay Exchanges Ltd. in
in its
its annual
annual report
report for
for 1961
1961
records a surplus on trading, before
before charging depreciadepreciation and taxation, of
of 4,155,346
4,155,346 compared
compared with
with
3,949,892 for 1960.
After allowing some 3M
3M for
for
depreciation and renewal of plant and
and receivers
receivers and
and
sundry other sums including 105.137
105 ,137 for
for taxation,
taxation, the
the
net vroup
~Yroup profit was 951,646.
95 L646. The
The group
group includes
includes in
in
addition to many radio and television relay
ions
relay organiza ~ions
throughout
Rentaset " rental
throur-hout the country the ""Ren~aset"
rental business
business
and Goodmans Industries.
E.M.I.-Philips
E.M.I.-Phllips Pool Tape Production.Electric
Production.-Electric &
&
Musical Industries Ltd. and Philips Electrical IndusIndustries Ltd,
Ltd. are to pool their
their technical
technical resources
resources for
for the
the
manufacture of magnetic recording tape.
tape. Under
Under the
the
agreement a new company is to be formed named Tape
Tape
Manufacturing Co.
Co. Ltd., in which the financial interest
interest
will be equally shared
shared by
by Philips
Philips and
and E.M.I.
E.M.I. Tapes
Tapes
will be developed and produced by
by it
it but
but the
the finished
finished
product will be marketed under the separate
separate labels
labels of
of
E.M.I.
E.M.I, and Philips in competition with
with each
each other.
other.
Manufacture will be carried out in a new factory at
at the
the
E.M.I. works at Hayes, Middx.
E.M.I,
Bush Prepare For Colour Television.A

Television.-A production
production
programme to manufacture colour television
television receivers,
receivers,
beginning in the autumn, is announced by
by Bush
Bush Radio,
Radio,
a division of the Rank Organization. According
According to
to
award, the
Bush managing director, Dudley SSaward,
the initial
initial
flow from the first production line
line would
would be
be between
between
6 and 30 sets a week depending on
on public
public demand,
demand,
with prices somewhere between
between 700
700 and
and 800
800 aa receiver.
receiver.
Jason Electronic Designs Ltd.,
Ltd., of
of 2a
2a Kimberley
Kimberley
Gardens, Harringay, London, N.4,
N.4, who,
who, as
as noted
noted on
on
p. 116 of the March issue, was in
in the
the hands
hands of
of aa receiver
receiver
and manager, has been
and
been sold
sold to
to Hillvar
Hillvar Ltd.,
Ltd., which
which
company has changed its name
name to
to Jason
Jason Electronic
Electronic
Designs Ltd. It is stated
stated that
that Jason
Jason products
products are
are still
still
being manufactured at
being
at Kimberley
Kimberley Gardens
Gardens and
and that
that
the same service facilities will
will be
be continued
continued as
as before.
before.
Birmingham Sound Reproducers, manufacturers
manufacturers of
of
Monarch record changers and Monardeck tape
tape decks,
decks,
report that group net profit for the year
reached
year 1961
1961 reached aa
record figure of 1,816,547 as
as against
against 1,526,576
1,526,576 for
for
1960. Net profit, after tax of 876,477 (666,124
(666,124 in
in
1960) is up from 860,452 to 940,070.
294
294
Wireless World,
WIRELESS
WORLD, June
}UNE
1962
for
aerials for
Erection of 13 high masts complete with aerials
Anthorn,
at Anthorn,
transmittin g station at
Nj^.T.O.'s
N.A.T.O.'s new v.l.f. transmitting
Insulated
British Insulated
near Carlisle, is J:>eing
being undertaken by British
from
order from
1-!M order
Callender's
Callender' s Cables Ltd. following a UM
Texas,
Dallas, Texas,
of Dallas,
Continental
Continent al Electronics Systems Inc., of
involves
system involves
aerial system
for their design and supply. The aerial
masts
six masts
of six
rings of
one central mast and two concentric rings
centre,
the centre,
from the
ft from
each. The inner ring will be 1,300 ft
of
Height of
ft. Height
2,100 ft.
the radius of the outer ring being 2,100
ft
600 ft
to 600
centre to
the centre
at the
ft at
the masts varies from 745 ft
take
will take
station will
the station
of the
Completio n of
at the outer ring. Completion
about two years.
of aa
work of
the work
is the
instrument ation is
Space research instrumentation
McMichae l
by McMichael
up by
set up
departmen t recently set
specialist department
pieces
basic pieces
making basic
of making
Radio with the primary object of
instrument athe instrumentaof the
Some of
of equipment for satellites. Some
has
satellite ""Ariel"
tion in the capsule of Britain's satellite
Ariel" has
G.E.C.
the G.E.C.
of the
company of
been supplied by this subsidiary company
Collins
by Collins
jointly by
Collins Italiana S.p.A., owned jointly
S.p.A.
Telettra S.p.A.
and Telettra
Radio Company of Dallas, Texas, and
of
range of
the range
market the
to market
of Milan, has been formed to
equipment
communic ation equipment
Collins ground and airborne communication
equipment
of equipment
line of
complete line
the complete
in Italy. In the U.K. the
Co.
Radio Co.
Collins Radio
by Collins
handled by
is handled
of the parent company is
Middx.
Staines, Middx.
Road, Staines,
London Road,
of England Ltd., 242 London
(Tel.: Staines 54128.)
new
building aa new
are building
Radio-We rke G.m.b.H. are
Grundig Radio-Werke
satellite
flourishing satellite
the flourishing
to the
tape recorder works close to
the
of the
Constructi on of
Ni.irnberg -Dutzendte ich. Construction
town of Ntirnberg-Dutzendteich.
sq
25,000 sq
of 25,000
area of
an area
cover an
will cover
office buildings, which will
will
completion will
and completion
commence d and
metres, has already commenced
workers
2,500 workers
some 2,500
finished some
When finished
take about one year. When
tape
studio-qua lity tape
making studio-quality
in making
will be employed in
dictating
and dictating
recorders for the domestic market and
machines for office use.
inand inelectronic and
Ltd., electronic
Partners Ltd.,
& Partners
F. C. Robinson &
established
been established
strumentation
strumentat ion engineers, who have been
at
premises at
taken premises
now taken
have now
Mancheste r, have
since 1948 in Manchester,
S.W.19
Wimbledo n, S.W.19
Road, Wimbledon,
Davies House, 181 Arthur Road,
and
office and
sales office
London sales
for aa London
6386), for
Wimbledo n 6386),
(Tel.: Wimbledon
(Tel.;
of
sales of
home sales
and home
showroom.
showroom . All export business and
eastan eastof an
south of
equipment south
instruments
instrumen ts and electrical equipment
handled
be handled
will be
Birmingha m will
to-west line drawn through Birmingham
to
continue to
will continue
sales will
Northern sales
from the new office. Northern
Cheadle,
at Cheadle,
works at
company's works
the company's
be handled from the
Cheshire.
Street,
James's Street,
St. James's
58 St.
United States Trade Centre, 58
goods
American- made goods
of American-made
S.W.1, where ranges of
London, S.W.I,
accredited
their accredited
by their
or by
makers or
their makers
are displayed by their
been
has been
Britain, has
in Britain,
buyers in
trade buyers
to trade
U.K.
U
K importers to
equipment
amplifying equipment
sound amplifying
high-fideli ty sound
fitted out with high-fidelity
J.-td.
Industries Ltd.
Electrical Industries
installed by Associated Electrical
of
producers
the
Ltd.,
Tubes
Fine
A new plant for Fine Tubes Ltd., the producersuse
of
for use
tubing for
thin-wall tubing
precision drawn small diameter thin-wall
types
all types
in all
etc., in
cylinders, etc.,
grid cylinders,
and grid
as cathodes, anode and
this
completed this
be completed
to be
expected to
is expected
of electron tubes, is
comThe comDevon. The
summer
summer at Estover, near Plymouth, Devon.
SurbiRoad, SurbiCharles Road,
King Charles
at King
pany also have premises at
ton, Surrey.
100kW
Telefunke n lOOkW
second Telefunken
The Vatican has ordered aa second
enlarge
to enlarge
order to
in order
transmitte r in
broadcastin g transmitter
short-wave broadcasting
installation s.
Radio Vatican installations.
the Radio
now
is now
Ltd. is
Equipmen t Ltd.
Head office of Vactric Control Equipment
Derwent
(Tel.: Derwent
Surrey (Tel.:
located at Garth Road, Morden, Surrey
6644).
and
paste and
soldering paste
of soldering
manufactu rers of
Fluxite Ltd., manufacturers
Bridge
at Bridge
premises at
new premises
soldering fluid, have moved to new
Mitcham
(Tel,: Mitcham
S.W.19 (Tel.:
Road, Merton Abbey, London, S.W.19
9759).
subsidiary
their subsidiary
and their
Laboratori es Ltd., and
Furzehill Laboratories
premises
new premises
to new
moved to
British Watch Timers Ltd., have moved
(Tel.:
Herts (Tel.;
Wood, Herts
Bareham Wood,
in Theobald Street, Boreham
Elstree 4331).
}UNE 1962
WoRLD, June
Wireless
WIRELESS World,
disb:ing dismicrophon es are now being

Swedish-made
Swedish-m ade Pearl microphones
End,
tributed in the U.K. by Audix B.B. Ltd., Bentfield End,
tributed
agents.
sole agents.
Stansted, Essex, who have been appointed sole
micromoving-coil microThe
The Pearl range includes crystal and moving-coil
for
types for
phones,
dynamic-c ardioid and condenser types
phones, also dynamic-cardioid
profession al use.
studio and professional
dismanufactu red and disBeckman
Beckman products are to be manufactured
Beckman- Toshiba
tributed in Japan by a new company, Beckman-Toshiba
jointly
Ltd., which has been formed in Tokyo and isis jointly
CaliFullerton, CaliInstrumen ts Inc., of Fullerton,
owned by Beckman Instruments
Company
fornia, and the Tokyo Shibaura Electric Company
instrument s,
(Toshiba). Beckman make electronic instruments,
faciliand faciliplants and
componen ts and maintain plants
systems and components
Glenat Glenand at
Switzerlan d and
ties in Canada, Germany, Switzerland
rothes, Fife, Scotland.
loudspeak er
of loudspeaker
manufactu rers of
Hawley Products Ltd., manufacturers
Hawley
from Hawley
cones and fibre mouldings under licence from
some
for some
and for
Products Co. Inc., of Illinois, U.S.A., and
has
companies , has
of companies,
g,roup of
years one of the Plessey group
American
the American
of the
wholly-ow ned subsidiary of
become a wholly-owned
continuing
is continuing
Manufactu re is
company as from May 5. Manufacture
factory.
Swindon, factory.
at the company's Cheney Manor, Swindon,
threefold
Expansio n.-Plans for a threefold
Sylvania-Thorn
Sylvania-T horn Expansion.Plans
oscilloand oscilloinstrumen t and
increase in their production of instrument
the
by the
announced by
graph cathode ray tubes are announced
who
Laboratori es, who
Sylvania-Thorn
horn Colour Television Laboratories,
Sylvania-T
facilimanufactu ring facilihave recently acquired additional manufacturing
premises.
Enfield premises.
Industries ' Enfield
ties at Thorn Electrical Industries'
formerly
capacitors, formerly
Solid dielectric gang timing capacitors,
manuGerman manuimported by Impectron Ltd., from the German
be
to be
are now
facturers, Ludwig Beck Nachf. oHG, are
now to
Ltd.,
(G.B.) Ltd.,
Beck (G.B.)
L. Beck
by L.
made in the U.K. and marketed by
venjoint venW.4-a joint
414 Chiswick High Road, London, W.4-a
Ltd
Impectron Ltd
company, Impectron
ture by the German parent company,
Ltd.
(G.B.) Ltd.
Co. (G.B.)
and the Goldring Mnfg. Co.
OVERSEAS
OVERSEAS
TRADE
TRADE
Bergen,
Arendal, Bergen,
Norwegian nautical schools at Arendal,
comfor comorders for
Kristiansand
Kristiansa nd S., and Oslo have placed orders
addition
In addition
systems. In
communic ation systems.
plete Marconi communication
equipdirection-f inding equipMarconi Lodestar automatic direction-finding
Stavanger,
at Stavanger,
schools at
nautical schools
ment has been ordered for nautical
S. Lodestone
Kristiansa nd S.
Troms~, Arendal and Kristiansand
Tromsd,
Lodestone
Bergen
at Bergen
direction-finders
direction-f inders are being supplied to schools at
Porsgrunn .
and Porsgrunn.
less
in less
equipment s in
Orders for 1,000 marine radar equipments
state
who state
Decca, who
by Decca,
than nine months are recorded by
1,000
previous 1,000
any previous
than any
considerab ly quicker than
that this is considerably
company.
the company.
by the
obtained by
orders for marine sets yet obtained
of
one of
was one
radar was
The order for the 12,000th Decca radar
Throughsource. Throughfive recently received from a German source.
currently
is currently
ships is
fitted ships
out the world the total of radar fitted
Decca.
state Decca.
estimated at between 22,000 and 23,000, state
mobile
Mullard mobile
with Mullard
Egypt's Army is to be equipped with
placed
165,000 placed
wireless stations under an order worth 165,000
Egyptian
the Egyptian
by the
Equipmen t Ltd. by
with Mullard Equipment
Government.
Governme nt.
at
link, at
communic ations link,
Ankara-Karachi
Ankara-Ka rachi microwave communications
Treaty
Central Treaty
constructio n for the Central
present under construction
92for aa 92Organization,
Organizati on, spans 3,060 miles and calls for
Main
band. Main
2,000Mc/ s band.
station microwave link in the 2,000Mc/s
M-0
the M-O
Internation al, but the
R.CA International,
contractorss are RCA
contractor
contract
$-!-M contract
Valve Company was recently awarded aa $JM
link.
the link.
for the
tubes for
for the supply of travelling wave tubes
Co.
Valve
Electric
English Electric Valve .Co.
of English
All activities in Canada of
Company,
Marconi Company,
Canadian Marconi
Ltd., hitherto handled by Canadian
English
subsidiary , English
new subsidiary,
have been transferred to a new
been
which has
Ltd.; which
Electric Valve Co. (Canada) Ltd.,
has been
testimporting, testof importing,
objects of
formed in Toronto with the objects
also
and also
tubes and
E.E. tubes
trans-shipp ing E.E.
ing, storing and trans-shipping
service.
providing an after-sales service.
295
UNBIASED
~
'
.
1
. By "FREE
FREE GRID
GRID''
large supply of local energy large

large of a water diviner
What's in a Name
Name??
diviner standing
standing near
near
the H20,
H20, or for that matter,
matter, near
near aa reONE wanders
wonders why it is so
reso often
often enough at any rate, to waggle the
ceiver when the B.B.C. is
is radiating
stated by people who ought to know armature of the morse inker.
radiating
of
its
less
entertaining
proone
better that transistors have largely
prolargely
grammes.
replaced valves, or that one day they Antinode Dowsing
wtll do so. I see this foolish statezoill
statement repeated once again in an other- I MUST accept with becoming humi- The Auto-amplifying LoudA ulo-amplifying Loudrebukewise excellent article on a system lity, the Editor's implied rebuke
in sorrow
sorrow speaker
developed for use in hospitals wherewhere- written, I feel sure, more in
.
anger-in his footnote to
to my
my
by data about patients' heartbeats, resres- than in angerin
interested in
issue about
in the
about I WAS interested
the remarks
remarks
piration, etc., is fed to a control
control panel
panel complaint in the April issue
tbe Editor
Editor of
B.B.C.'s made by the
of our
our sister
sister
watched over by a nurse. This
This the shortcomings of the B.B.C.'s
Technology about
. journal Electronic .Technology
about
arrangement is, of course, merely an
an v.h.f./f.m. service.
the Johnsen-Rahbek
At the same time I must point out
Johnsen-Rahbek effect
out , the
effect which
which
obvious and logical development of
has once
once more
that II was
more come
was not
come to
not !tas
to the
the fore.
fore. We
we
the baby-alarm system first discussed in justice to myself that
in the
the world
world of
of wireless
wireless communicacommunicain this journal between 30
30 and
and 40
40 complaining on my own behalf but m
merely giving further publicity to the
the effect
effect since
the tion know .the
since it
it used
used to
to
years ago.
loudspeaker of
news. be employed in a loudspeaker
of the
the
The writer of this article, which complaints made in a national newslisteners same name.
appeared a tew
few months ago in the paper by just ordinary listeners
In brief, the
th.e loudspeaker
loudspeaker conof
conDaily Express, tells us that
this without the specialized knowledge of
that ""this
sisted of a clockwork-driven revolvrevolvdevice has been made possible
possible by
by the Editor and myself.
I cannot imagine ordinary dwellers
very similar
dwellers ing cylinder, very
similar to
to that
that of
transistors, the tiny slivers of metal
of
metal
J:ollow_s. setting forth
forth by
by night
night with
with a phonograph, over which
which was
which have replaced valves." Need- in hollows
was
famthes to look for
for fat
fat antinodes
antinodes stretched a metal-backed band of
less to say, transistors have not re- their families
of
after aa patient
patient semi-conducting material. One end
end
placed valves, and never can do so, in the gardens, and after
sought of the band was
was firmly
for the simple reason that they are
firmly anchored
anchored to
to
are search, finding the fruit they sought
as Eve
Eve did
did after
after listenlisten- the baseboard and the
themselves valves; fully as much so
the other
other attached
attached
so in a tree just as
to
the
ill-meant
advice
of
the
ing
ill-meant advice of the to
~o the
the. loudspeaker
lou~speaker diaphragm.
as the older thermionic type. Also
diaphragm. An
An
incoming signal boosted the electromcommg
I don't think it correct to say tran- serpent.
electroThe
ordinary
non-technical
lisstatic attraction between band
sistors have made possible the device
band and
and
described; I feel quite sure the job
an cylinder so that the band
band was
was
job tener would not, I fear, recognize an
antinode
when
he
found
one,
and
could have been done by thermionic
and momentarily gripped by the revolvrevolvvalves, especially the miniamrized
cylin_der, thus giving
really only
only ing cylinder,
giving aa sharp
miniaturized even if he did, it would really
sharp tug
tug
reveal
to
his
nakednessof
knownakedness-of
type, although certainly less
on the diaphragm.
dtaphragm. In
less conIn an
an alternative
alternative
ledge
and
not
of
body
as
in
the
case
veniently.
case arrangement the cylinder was semiEve-so that he
I am afraid all this trouble comes
band entirely
he conducting and the band
comes of Adam and Eveso
entirely
wouldn't
know
exactly
what
to
.
about because in the heyday of
to do
do metallic.
of
had
thermionic valves, nobody thought to when he had found what he
This type of loudspeaker thus
he had
thus
coin a handy name for them as did sought.
a~plified, as well as reproduced
amplified,
reproduc;ed the
the
I have great respect for radio
the inventors of the modern athermsignal,
and
so
was
of
great
interest
radio stgnal,
great interest
ionic type when they coined the word dealers-at
dealersat least for some of them
in
the
days
before
valve
amplifiers
themvalve amplifiers
"transistor."
" transistor." The handy trip-off-the- but I cannot imagine their approving came into their own. The recollecrecollectongue word " transistor" is on aa when they found the customer was, tion of the Johnsen-Rahbek speaker
speaker
par with the word "radar" which
like
the
Editor,
using
only
the
simple
set me wondering how many other
which
other
has made many people fail to realize dipole which is essential to the suc- types of self-amplifying loudspeaker
that what we now call "radar"
"radar" cess of this method. Their remedy
remedy had been developed. I can only
existed long before this name was would be to get the customer to try recall two but I think there were
were
coined, under the name "radioloca" radioloca- to increase signal strength by adding more, and maybe some of the
the older
older
tion"
tion " and ""R.D.F."
R.D.F."
a long line of directors to the horihori- readers of Wireless World can recall
recall
Athermionic valvesof
valves--of which zontal dipole on the roof so that the
the ' others.
First the Stemorphone,
Stentorphone,
transistors when stripped of their thing resembled a xylophone, as
do
as do which was greatly in evidence on
on all
all
fancy name, are merely a special
special class
class some of the TV aerials in
in East our seaside piers in the summer
summer of
of
-do
do not date back merely to 1906,
1906, Anglia, upon which I once com- 1921, it being sponsored by
by aa
or thereabouts, when crystal
crystal receivers
receivers mented in these columns.
national newspaper. The StemorStentorcame on the scene. They date right
But still, there are plenty of tech- phone, invented by H. A. Gaydon
right
Gaydon
back to the nineties when the coherer
coherer nically wide-awake and conscientious
conscientious and made by Creed &
Co.,
& Co., used
used
reigned supreme. The coherer fulful- dealers, and no doubt before long
long we
we compressed air which was modumodufils the conditions laid down by the
the shall find notices in their windows
windows lated by the incoming signals by
by
author of the Daily Express article
article saying they are expert antinode
antinode means of a vibrating grille valve. when he tells us
U5 "the transistor is
is dowsers, and payment for their serThe second one I recall very well
well
basically a dny
tiny electronic tap which
which vices will be at so much per mV/ui
f.LV /m as I still possess a specimen
specim~n of
of it.
it . .
can control
contrOl a big flow of electricity."
electricity." gained.
S.
It was the Crystavox, made by
by S. G.
G.
Surely that is precisely what aa
I have often thought it would be
be Brown Ltd. It consisted of
a
microof a microcoherer is, or wasa
was-a tap closed by
by possible for a psychically sensitive phone amplifier built into the base
base
the tiny oscillations in the aerial circir- person, armed with a dipolar dowsdows- of a small horn-type loudspeaker.
loudspeaker.
cuit, and opened by the decoherer. In
In ing rod, to feel an oscillating twitch
twitch The name Crystavox was obviously
obviously .
the process of this opening and closclos- when in the right spot, so imparting
imparting suggested by the fact that it
it was
was
ing, the coherer controlled quite
quite aa movement to the rod as in the case
case intended to be connected direct
direct to
to
296
Wireless
WIRELESS World,
WORLD, June
iuNE 1962
1962
loudus loudcrysta l sets, and so give

give us
our crystal
nte
any iinterwithou t any
outpu t without
speakerr output
fspeake
This it
amplifier. This
vening valve amplifier.
it did
did
very
e
becam
it
very well indeed and it became very
were
valves were
popular
popula r as in those days valves
fragile.
very fragile.
ive to buy and very
expensive
expens
emitbright emitcourse,, being bright
Also, of course
amps
0.75 amps
consum ed 0.75
ters, they consumed
draine d our
soon drained
apiece,, and so soon
our
apiece
accumulators
accum ulators dry.
mH 0' e*irics
nil
Jtki
jir
Anti clim ax
Atomic
Atom ic Anticlimax
the
by the
exhibi tion staged
THE exhibition
staged by
of
title of
the title
Museu m under the
Sciencee Museum
Scienc
during March
Work '' during
"Atomss at Work"
March
"Atom
very well
opinio n, very
was, in my opinion,
well done.
done.
intend ed for
not intended
course , not
It was, of course,
for
calibre of
techni cal calibre
people of the technical
of
young est
the youngest
reader s, the
ss World readers,
Wireless
Wirele
about
learne d all
of whom will have learned
all about
mothe r'ss
his mother
at his
anatom y of atoms at
the anatomy
10
AND 10
6 AND
LAMP
LAMP
INDICATORS
ICATORS
IND
knee.
for
intend ed for
The show was clearly intended
genera l
the general
of the
enligh tenme nt of
the enlightenment
help
not help
could not
public and, as such, II could
ed
credite d its intend
thinking
intended
thinki ng that it credited
than
knowl edge than
patrons
patron s with more knowledge
possess.
to possess.
expect ed to
they might be expected
bethe very
at the
certain ly started at
It certainly
very beby easy
ginningg and took us
us by
easy stages
stages
ginnin
power
nuclea r power
Calde r Hall nuclear
to the Calder
almos t
told almost
station,, where we were told
station
genera ted in
casually,
m
casually, that the heat generated
steam,
raise steam,
to raise
used to
reacto r was used
the reactor
power
the power
after which the rest of the
turbo- alterna tor
followed the turbo-alternator
station followed
forbears.
tional forbears.
pattern
conventional
patter n of its conven
the
to the
carefu lly to
I listened
listene d very carefully
people ,
passin g people,
conversation
rsation of the passing
conve
noticin g from
help noticing
couldn 't help
and I couldn't
from
this
that this
other that
remark s to each other
their remarks
statem ent of fact
simple statement
fact seeme
seemedd to
to
simple
obviwas obviit was
becaus e it
puzzle them because
accord ance with
ously not in accordance
with their
their
nuclea r
pre-conceived
nceive d ideas of what aa nuclear
pre-co
be.
power station ought to be.
ordina ry
the ordinary
troubl e is that the
The trouble
with "atom
acquai ntance with
man's acquaintance
" atomss"
when
Hirosh ima when
really began with Hiroshima
energy
tremen dous energy
he was told of the tremendous
of
splittin g of
the splitting
release d by the
that was released
have
possibly have
the atom. He may possibly
of
power of
locked -up power
heard of the locked-up
that,
to that,
prior to
years prior
atoms for many years
Ruthe rford and
but the work of Rutherford
and
publiwell publiothers was never very well
cized.
Hirosh ima
Unfortunately,
Unfor tunate ly, after Hiroshima
the
of the
public ity of
there was too much publicity
man
ordina ry man
wrong
wrong sort. The ordinary
the A
of the
realisedd that the power of
A
realise
the actual
directl y from the
bomb came directly
actual
bomb
necess ity
withou t the necessity
atomic fission without
atomic
such as
proces s such
interm ediate process
of any intermediate
as
of
that
expect ed that
raising steam, and he expected
raising
genera ted
electricity
electricity would be generated
at aa
manne r at
"direct"
"dire ct, in the same manner
imagin ed
nuclear
station . He imagined
nuclea r power station.
the
winkle d out
that the electrons
out of
of the
electro ns winkled
the
split atom, would be sent along
along the
split
house.
light and heat his house.
mains to fight
mains
rethe reobviou s from
It was quite obvious
from the
idea of
overhe ard that the idea
marks I overheard
of a:a
marks
nuclear
nuclea r power station being exactly
except
one, except
ordina ry one,
the same as an ordinary
used inwas used
nuclea r reacto
that a nuclear
reactorr was
inwas
boiler, was
oil-fired boiler,
stead of a coal or oil-fired
anticlimax.
very much of an anticlimax.
lifa
jZWiWt-.
Wmmi&
liite.
M
Mm-
mw
mm
ML,
ifS
nr
List No.
0.906/1 . {Two)
111' Ml3
% il 1 ill L
3
fKHI'J'jiit
lBW|l!4!fllJ
l-SS l!aH33
aSBjklli
il |I|l-_
MSB
I
JP
a
IBn .fh
]
Wi
p
iSnili l.b
& kjE'i ij
Fk
m u
afil*
BRiyr
SlllEllllli
11
iiil il
',! fii
'IBil
'M
List
No.
List No.
D.910/1.
0.910/1 .
MtS'
Sm
mmm
Wm?
y&ffMsyf SSss
iU9
JW'
<0*
*
Mgk
w
:W
m?
-W ^ pstfH
f? W&Sm
;
of Bulgin
House of
The House
The
Bulgin is
is please
pleasedd
nce a NEW quality
to annou
announce
quality range
range
tors.
messa ge/leg end indica
multi message/legend
of tnvdti
of
indicators.
Consisting
basic model
modelss
Consis ting of two basic
(illustrated)
six or
or ten
ten
(illustr ated) having either six
ally
olders and
lamph
lampholders
and legend
legendss (norm
(normally
secret- until-l it ")
"" secret-until-fit
") and
and aa choice
choice of
of
s. Front
colours.
Front bezels
bezels are
are
five lens colour
ss steel
of satin finishe
finishedd stainle
stainless
steel or
or
conceal the
e and
polish ed chrom
polished
chrome
and
conceal
the
fixing
moder n
give aa neat modern
to give
screws to
fixing screws
one,
appearance.
telephone,
appear ance. Write or teleph
ce No. 6-10
quotingg referen
reference
610 WW.
WW.
quotin
ete range
for
for full
full details
details of
of the
the compl
complete
range
detaile d below.
Lamps
ListNo
Lamp! w1:a~~s
List No. Engravings
- Up to SIX Up
1
to 6 windows
/1
D.906
D.906/1
Up to SIX Up to 6 1
D.906/2
D.906 /2 Up to SIX Up to 6 22
D.906/3
D.906 /3 Up to SIX Up to 6 33
to 10
Up to
D.910 /1 Up to TEN Up
D.910/1
10 11
. .
compr ehensi ve
for our
Write also for
our comprehensive
which
202/C
catalogue
No. 202/C which
catalogue
range of
ete range
illustrates
complete
of
illustra tes our compl
over
10,000 Electronic
C~mponents.
Electr onic Components.
over 10,000
trade
to
free
or
free
Price 2/6 post
or free to trade
letterhead
letterh ead or order.
ESSEX.
BARKING, ESSEX.
ROAD, BARKING,
BYE-PASS
BYE-PASS ROAD,
RIPpleway 5588
Telephone: RIPpleway
LTD. Telephone:
A.
5588 (12
(12 lines)
lines)
BUL GIN & CO. LTD.
:F. BULGIN
A. F.
297
JUNE 1962
Wireless
WORLD , June
WIRELESS World,
AND EXHIBITIONS
CONFERENCES
CONFERENCES AND
EXHIBITIONS
Latest
Latest information on forthcoming events both in the
U.K. and abroad is given below. Further details are
obtainable from the addresses in parentheses.
obtainable
LONDON
LONDON
July 2-6
Imperial College
The Ionosphere
The
S.W.1)
Soc.,
(Inst. of Phys. & Phys. Soc
47
Belgrave
Square,
S.W.I)
0
Aug. 22-Sept. 11
Earls Court
#
National Radio & Television Show
W.C.1)
(Radio
(Radio Industry Exhibitions, 59 Russell Square, W.C.I)
Sept. 19-21
19-21
^ ^
Savoy Place
Components for Microwave Circuits
(I.E.E., Savoy Place, W.C.2)
Sept. 25-27
Imperial College
Neutron Beam Research in Solid State
State Physics
S.W.l)
(Inst. of Phys. & Phys. Soc., 47 Belgrave Square, S.W.I)
Oct. 18-19
Savoy Place
Symposium
on Electronic Equipment Reliability
Symposium on
(I.E.E., Savoy Place, W.C.2.)
BIRMINGHAM
BIRMINGHAM
July 9-12
The University
Sonar Systems
Systems Symposium
Sonar
W.C.1)
(Brit.I.R.E., 9 Bedford Square, London, W.C.I)
BOURNEMOUTH
BOURNEMOUTH
Oct. 2-4
The Pavilion
Battery Symposium
Battery
(D.
(D. H. Collins, Admiralty Eng'g. Lab., W. Drayton, Middx.)
EXETER
July 16-20
The University
Physics of Semiconductors
Physics
S.W.1)
(Inst. of Phys. & Phys. Soc., 47 Belgrave Sq., London, S.W.I)
FARNBOROUGH
FARNBOROUGH
.
Sept. 3-9
R.A.E.
Farnborough Air Show
Farnborough
S.W.1)
Stre<!t, London, S.W.I)
29 King Strept,
(S.B.A.C., 29
HARROGATE
HARROGATE
Sept.
Sept. 20-22
Old Swan Hotel
Standardization in Non-destructive Testing
Standardization
(Institution of Production Engineers, 10 Chesterfield
W .1)
Street, London, W.l)
HARWELL
HARWELL
Sept. 10-12
A.E.R.E.
Low Energy Nuclear Physics Conference
S.W.1)
(Inst. of Phys. & Phys. Soc., 47 Belgrave Sq., London, S.W.I)
MANCHESTER
MANCHESTER
July 5-11
College of Science & Technology
Electronics, Instruments and Components Exhibition
(W. Birtwistle, Inst. of Electronics, 78 Shaw Road, Rochdale,
Lanes.)
Aug. 29-Sept. 5
Free Trade Hall
British Association Meeting
(British Association for the Advancement of Science, 3
S.W.l)
Sanctuary
Sanctuary Bldgs., Great Smith Street, London, S.W.I)
OVERSEAS
June 11-24
Rome
Exhibition
& Congress on Electronics, Nuclear Energy,
Exhibition &
Radio, Television & Cinematography
(R.I.E.N.T.,
14, Rome)
via della Scrofa 14,
(R.I.E.N.T., via
June
12-15
Budapest
June 12-15
Microwave
Microwave Communications Colloquium
Kutat6 Intezet, Gabor Aron u 65,
(G. Bognar, Tavkozlesi Kutato
(G.
Budapest 11)
II)
Budapest
June
Chicago
18-19
June 18-19
Broadcast
Conference
Receivers Conference
Television Receivers
& Television
Broadcast &
(I.R.E.,
(I.R.E., 11 East 79 Street, New York 21)
June
Washington
25-27
June 25-27
Military
Electronics Conference
Military Electronics
(I.R.E.,
New York 21)
Street, New
79 Street,
East 79
(l.R.E., 11 East
June 25-30
Copenhagen
25-30
June
Electromagnetic
& Antennas
Theory &
Electromagnetic Theory
(J.
Dept., University College,
Eng'g. Dept.,
Electrical Eng'g.
Brown, Electrical
(J. Brown,
London)
June
New York
27-29
June 27-29
Integrated Automatic
Automatic Control Systems
Xntegrated
(A.
1050 Ivanhoe
Road,
Ivanhoe Road,
Co., 1050
Meter Co.,
Bailey Meter
Hornfeck, Bailey
(A. J. Hornfeck,
Cleveland 10, Ohio)
San Francisco
June 28-29
Radio Frequency Interference
Radio
(R. G. Davis, Lockheed Missile & Space Co., P.O. Box
504, Sunnyvale, Cal.)
Aug. 14-16
Boulder
Precision Electromagnetic Measurements Conference
(J.
(J. F. Brockman, National Bureau of Standards, Boulder)
Aug. 21-24
Los Angeles
Western Electronics
Show
Electronics Show
Western
(Wescon, 1435 S. La Cienega Boulevard, Los Angeles, 35)
Aug. 21-28
Copenhagen
Acoustics Congress
(Professor
S.
Ingerslev,
Royal
Technical
College,
Ostervold(Professor
gade 10, Copenhagen)
Aug. 27-Sept. 11
Munich
Information Processing & Digital Computers
(International Federation of Information Processing, c/o
E.C.2)
B.C.S.,
B.C.S., Finsbury Pavement, London, E.G.2)
Aug. 29-Sept. 11
Stockholm
Speech Communication Seminar
.. (Dr. G. Fant, Royal Inst,
Inst. of Technology, Stockholm, 70)
Sept. 3-7
The Hague
Sept.
Microwave Valves Congress
Microwave
(Congress Microgolfbuizen, Postbus 62, Eindhoven)
Sept.
Brussels
Sept. 3-7
Information Theory
Theory Symposium
Information
(Dr. F. L. Stumpers, Philips Research Labs., Eindhoven)
(Dr.
Sept. 13-14
Washington
Engineering Writing and Speech Symposium
Engineering
(J. E.
Durkovic, ARINC, 1700 "K" St. N.W., Washington
E. Durkovic,
6, D.C.)
Chicago
Sept.
Sept, 19-20
Industrial Electronics Symposium
Industrial
Ill.)
(J. A. Granath, Armour Research Foundation, Chicago, 111.)
(J.
Sept. 28-29
Washington
Broadcast Symposium
Symposium
Broadcast
(Dr. W. Hughes, Oklahoma University, Stillwater, Okla.)
Oct.
Utica
1-3
Oct. 1-3
Communications Symposium
Communications
(G. Baldwin, Paris Road, R.D.2, Clinton, N.Y.)
Oct. 2-4
Miami Beach
2-4
Oct.
Telemetry Symposium
and Telemetry
Electronics and
Space Electronics
Space
(Otto A. Hoberg, Marshall Space Flight Center M-ASTR-I,
Bldg. 4487-B, Huntsville, Ala.)
Bldg.
Oct. 8-10
Chicago
National Electronics Conference
(Dr. T.
T. W. Butler, Jr., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor)
(Dr.
Detroit
Oct. 15-18
Detroit
Space Phenomena and Measurements
(Dr. H.
A VCO Corp., 201 Lowell Street,
H. E. De Bolt, AVCO
(Dr.
Wilmington, Mass.)
Oct. 15-20
Basle
British Component and Instrument Exhibition
British
W.1)
London,
(Industrial Exhibitions Ltd., 9 Argyle Street, London, W.l)
Oct. 22-24
Baltimore
Aerospace & Navigational Electronics
(W. C. Vergara, Bendix Radio, Towson, Md.)
Oct.
Anaheim
bet. 30-31
Spaceborne Computer
Computer Engineering Conference
Spaceborne
(Dr. R. A. Kudlich, General Motors Corp., 950 North
Sepulveda
Sepulveda Boulevard, El Segundo, Cal.)
Nov.
^ _
Chicago
4-7
Nov. 4-7
Engineering
Biology and Medicine
in Biology
Engineering in
Ill.)
(D.
A. Holaday, P.O. Box 1475, Evanston, 111.)
(D. A.
Nov.
Pittsburgh
12-15
Nov. 12-15
Conference on
& Magnetic Materials
Magnetism &
on Magnetism
Conference
(Prof. F. Keffer, University of Pittsburgh, Pa.)
Nov. 16-17
Montreal
Communications
Symposium
Communications Symposium
(A. B. Oxley, Box 802, Station B, Montreal, Quebec)
Nov.
Milan
Nov. 22-27
Automation
and Instrumentation Congress
Automation and
(Federazione delle Associazioni Scientifiche e Tecniche di
Milano,
10, Milan)
Milan)
Politecnico, 10,
del Politecnico,
Via del
Milano, Via
York
New York
Nov. 29-30
New
Ultrasonics
Symvosium
Ultrasonics Symposium
N.J.)
(R. N. Thurston, Bell Telephone Labs., Murray Hill, NJ.)
Wireless
JUNE 1962
WORLD, June
WIRELESS World,
298

Wireless World 1962 06

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Wireless World 1962 06

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Wireless World

249 Editorial Comment

PRICE: 2s. 6d.

Television Symposium, Montreux

Conferences and Exhibitions

letterbefore letterobtained before

(ADV ERTIS EMEN T)

VVIR ELES S VVOR

EM87 SENSITIVE VOLTAGELEVEL INDICATOR

10V GRID BASE

ST OR AG E tube s had thei

city of the inci den t bea m is

Fig. 2. Secondary-emission characteristic

all rely upon secondary emission and/or

reached where the primary electron creates

Wireless World, June 1962

W IRELESS WORLD, }UNE

rates. Storage tubes of this direct viewviewing

Barrier-grid Storage Tube.Tube.The

charge patter n modul ates the numbe r of second ary

Raytheon (U.S.A.) and 20th Century,

case, where the dielect ric faces the collector, some

Choicee of Tube Type

iewing imposs ible, at the presen t state

High-bri ghtness disHigh-brightness

field with one and the

is reflected by a higher 3figure of

Double triode type 7247 (Telefunken,

be considered as ten unijunction

Exhibitors from France,

programmi ng of television and

station searching on u.h.f. as well as v.h.f.

Graetz v.h f. switch tuner, with

by changing the distribution of r.f. current

FSAI U24 universal (v.h.ffu.h.f.)

fesa Corner 3 " broad-band (IV

transu.h.f. transmain u.h.f.

International Television Conference.London

Demonstrations.-An invitainvitaVideo Tape Recorder Demonstrations.An

The C.G.I.A. has

R. J. F. Howard has been

355 1405 455 1 503

1357 3581 408

M36I 362EFlSM^0 461 507 508 :

1 459 458 | 506 |

Electronics and Automation Exhibition

of exhibitors on the following pages

Componen t Manuand Electronic Component

outstandin g equipissue some of the outstanding

tion, which occupies both the Grand

An electronics conference was held

British Electric Resistance Co. ... . L 508

Walker, Crosweller & Co. ... . Q

Prediction for June

THE full-line curves indicate the highest frequenci

FREOUENCY BELOW WHICH COMMUNICATION SHOULD BE POSSIBLE

FREQUENCY BELOW WHICH COMMUNICATION SHOULD BE POSSIBLE

G.P.0..Satellite Communications Station

n. SERIES of experiments to assess the technical receiving

A great deal of complex test equipment

Rigidity is essential for the 900-ton

Movements of the automatically

Will deliver 120

This high fidelity